Returns the site layout for different contexts.
- \r\n
- level 1\r\n
- \r\n
- level 2\r\n
$newstring=======$ascii\\\";\r\nThe 160 is a space problem for browsers\r\n\r\nCode Entity Hex Character Description\r\n------ -------------- --- --------- -----------------------------------\r\n � %00 Unused\r\n %01 Unused\r\n %02 Unused\r\n %03 Unused\r\n %04 Unused\r\n %05 Unused\r\n %06 Unused\r\n %07 Unused\r\n %08 Unused\r\n %09 Horizontal tab\r\n \r\n %0A Line feed\r\n
%0B Unused\r\n %0C Unused\r\n \r\n %0D Carriage return\r\n %0E Unused\r\n %0F Unused\r\n %10 Unused\r\n %11 Unused\r\n %12 Unused\r\n %13 Unused\r\n %14 Unused\r\n %15 Unused\r\n %16 Unused\r\n %17 Unused\r\n %18 Unused\r\n %19 Unused\r\n \Z %1A Unused\r\n %1B Unused\r\n %1C Unused\r\n %1D Unused\r\n %1E Unused\r\n %1F Unused\r\n %20 Space\r\n ! %21 ! Exclamation mark\r\n \\\" \\\" %22 \\\" Quotation mark\r\n # %23 # Number sign\r\n $ %24 $ Dollar sign\r\n % %25 % Percent sign\r\n & & %26 & Ampersand\r\n \\\' %27 \\\' Apostrophe\r\n ( %28 ( Left parenthesis\r\n ) %29 ) Right parenthesis\r\n * %2A * Asterisk\r\n + %2B + Plus sign\r\n , %2C , Comma\r\n - %2D - Hyphen\r\n . %2E . Period (fullstop)\r\n / %2F / Solidus (slash)\r\n 0 %30 0 0\r\n 1 %31 1 1\r\n 2 %32 2 2\r\n 3 %33 3 3\r\n 4 %34 4 4\r\n 5 %35 5 5\r\n 6 %36 6 6\r\n 7 %37 7 7\r\n 8 %38 8 8\r\n 9 %39 9 9\r\n : %3A : Colon\r\n ; %3B ; Semi-colon\r\n < < %3C < Less than\r\n = %3D = Equals sign\r\n > > %3E > Greater than\r\n ? %3F ? Question mark\r\n @ %40 @ Commercial at\r\n A %41 A A\r\n B %42 B B\r\n C %43 C C\r\n D %44 D D\r\n E %45 E E\r\n F %46 F F\r\n G %47 G G\r\n H %48 H H\r\n I %49 I I\r\n J %4A J J\r\n K %4B K K\r\n L %4C L L\r\n M %4D M M\r\n N %4E N N\r\n O %4F O O\r\n P %50 P P\r\n Q %51 Q Q\r\n R %52 R R\r\n S %53 S S\r\n T %54 T T\r\n U %55 U U\r\n V %56 V V\r\n W %57 W W\r\n X %58 X X\r\n Y %59 Y Y\r\n Z %5A Z Z\r\n [ %5B [ Left square bracket\r\n \\\\ %5C \\\\ Reverse solidus (backslash)\r\n ] %5D ] Right square bracket\r\n ^ %5E ^ Caret\r\n _ %5F _ Horizontal bar (underscore)\r\n ` %60 ` Acute accent\r\n a %61 a a\r\n b %62 b b\r\n c %63 c c\r\nd %64 d d\r\ne %65 e e\r\nf %66 f f\r\ng %67 g g\r\nh %68 h h\r\ni %69 i i\r\nj %6A j j\r\nk %6B k k\r\nl %6C l l\r\nm %6D m m\r\nn %6E n n\r\no %6F o o\r\np %70 p p\r\nq %71 q q\r\nr %72 r r\r\ns %73 s s\r\nt %74 t t\r\nu %75 u u\r\nv %76 v v\r\nw %77 w w\r\nx %78 x x\r\ny %79 y y\r\nz %7A z z\r\n{ %7B { Left curly brace\r\n| %7C | Vertical bar\r\n} %7D } Right curly brace\r\n~ %7E ~ Tilde\r\n %7F Unused\r\n€ %80 Unused\r\n %81 Unused\r\n‚ %82 Unused\r\nƒ %83 Unused\r\n„ %84 Unused\r\n… %85 Unused\r\n†%86 Unused\r\n‡ %87 Unused\r\nˆ %88 Unused\r\n‰ %89 Unused\r\nŠ%8A Unused\r\n‹ %8B Unused\r\nŒ %8C Unused\r\n %8D Unused\r\nŽ %8E Unused\r\n %8F Unused\r\n %90 Unused\r\n‘ %91 Unused\r\n’ %92 Unused\r\n“ %93 Unused\r\n†%94 Unused\r\n• %95 Unused\r\n– %96 Unused\r\n— %97 Unused\r\n˜ %98 Unused\r\n™ %99 TM TM TM TM TM\r\nš %9A Unused\r\n› %9B Unused\r\nœ %9C Unused\r\n %9D Unused\r\nž %9E Unused\r\nŸ %9F Unused\r\n [3.2] %A0 Non-breaking space\r\n¡ ¡ [3.2] %A1 ¡ Inverted exclamation\r\n¢ ¢ [3.2] %A2 ¢ Cent sign\r\n£ £ [3.2] %A3 £ Pound sterling\r\n¤ ¤ [3.2] %A4 ¤ General currency sign\r\n¥ ¥ [3.2] %A5 ¥ Yen sign\r\n¦ ¦ [3.2] %A6 ¦ Broken vertical bar\r\n§ § [3.2] %A7 § Section sign\r\n¨ ¨ [3.2] %A8 ¨ Umlaut (dieresis)\r\n© © [3.2] %A9 © Copyright\r\nª ª [3.2] %AA ª Feminine ordinal\r\n« « [3.2] %AB « Left angle quote, guillemotleft\r\n¬ ¬ [3.2] %AC ¬ Not sign\r\n  [3.2] %AD  Soft hyphen\r\n® ® [3.2] %AE ® Registered trademark\r\n¯ ¯ [3.2] %AF ¯ Macron accent\r\n° ° [3.2] %B0 ° Degree sign\r\n± ± [3.2] %B1 ± Plus or minus\r\n² ² [3.2] %B2 ² Superscript two\r\n³ ³ [3.2] %B3 ³ Superscript three\r\n´ ´ [3.2] %B4 ´ Acute accent\r\nµ µ [3.2] %B5 µ Micro sign\r\n¶ ¶ [3.2] %B6 ¶ Paragraph sign\r\n· · [3.2] %B7 · Middle dot\r\n¸ ¸ [3.2] %B8 ¸ Cedilla\r\n¹ ¹ [3.2] %B9 ¹ Superscript one\r\nº º [3.2] %BA º Masculine ordinal\r\n» » [3.2] %BB » Right angle quote, guillemotright\r\n¼ ¼ [3.2] %BC ¼ Fraction one-fourth\r\n½ ½ [3.2] %BD ½ Fraction one-half\r\n¾ ¾ [3.2] %BE ¾ Fraction three-fourths\r\n¿ ¿ [3.2] %BF ¿ Inverted question mark\r\nÀ À %C0 À Capital A, grave accent\r\nà à %C1 à Capital A, acute accent\r\n  %C2  Capital A, circumflex accent\r\nà à %C3 à Capital A, tilde\r\nÄ Ä %C4 Ä Capital A, dieresis or umlaut mark\r\nÅ Å %C5 Å Capital A, ring\r\nÆ Æ %C6 Æ Capital AE dipthong (ligature)\r\nÇ Ç %C7 Ç Capital C, cedilla\r\nÈ È %C8 È Capital E, grave accent\r\nÉ É %C9 É Capital E, acute accent\r\nÊ Ê %CA Ê Capital E, circumflex accent\r\nË Ë %CB Ë Capital E, dieresis or umlaut mark\r\nÌ Ì %CC Ì Capital I, grave accent\r\nà à %CD à Capital I, acute accent\r\nÎ Î %CE Î Capital I, circumflex accent\r\nà à %CF à Capital I, dieresis or umlaut mark\r\nà à %D0 à Capital Eth, Icelandic\r\nÑ Ñ %D1 Ñ Capital N, tilde\r\nÒ Ò %D2 Ò Capital O, grave accent\r\nÓ Ó %D3 Ó Capital O, acute accent\r\nÔ Ô %D4 Ô Capital O, circumflex accent\r\nÕ Õ %D5 Õ Capital O, tilde\r\nÖ Ö %D6 Ö Capital O, dieresis or umlaut mark\r\n× × [3.2] %D7 × Multiply sign\r\nØ Ø %D8 Ø Capital O, slash\r\nÙ Ù %D9 Ù Capital U, grave accent\r\nÚ Ú %DA Ú Capital U, acute accent\r\nÛ Û %DB Û Capital U, circumflex accent\r\nÜ Ü %DC Ü Capital U, dieresis or umlaut mark\r\nà à %DD à Capital Y, acute accent\r\nÞ Þ %DE Þ Capital THORN, Icelandic\r\nß ß %DF ß Small sharp s, German (sz ligature)\r\nà à %E0 à Small a, grave accent\r\ná á %E1 á Small a, acute accent\r\nâ â %E2 â Small a, circumflex accent\r\nã ã %E3 ã Small a, tilde\r\nä ä %E4 ä Small a, dieresis or umlaut mark\r\nå å %E5 å Small a, ring\r\næ æ %E6 æ Small ae dipthong (ligature)\r\nç ç %E7 ç Small c, cedilla\r\nè è %E8 è Small e, grave accent\r\né é %E9 é Small e, acute accent\r\nê ê %EA ê Small e, circumflex accent\r\në ë %EB ë Small e, dieresis or umlaut mark\r\nì ì %EC ì Small i, grave accent\r\nà à %ED à Small i, acute accent\r\nî î %EE î Small i, circumflex accent\r\nï ï %EF ï Small i, dieresis or umlaut mark\r\nð ð %F0 ð Small eth, Icelandic\r\nñ ñ %F1 ñ Small n, tilde\r\nò ò %F2 ò Small o, grave accent\r\nó ó %F3 ó Small o, acute accent\r\nô ô %F4 ô Small o, circumflex accent\r\nõ õ %F5 õ Small o, tilde\r\nö ö %F6 ö Small o, dieresis or umlaut mark\r\n÷ ÷ [3.2] %F7 ÷ Division sign\r\nø ø %F8 ø Small o, slash\r\nù ù %F9 ù Small u, grave accent\r\nú ú %FA ú Small u, acute accent\r\nû û %FB û Small u, circumflex accent\r\nü ü %FC ü Small u, dieresis or umlaut mark\r\ný ý %FD ý Small y, acute accent\r\nþ þ %FE þ Small thorn, Icelandic\r\nÿ ÿ %FF ÿ Small y, dieresis or umlaut mark','Key Codes','keyboard ascii chr key codes','',3,5,0,0,1,2158,'2024-02-22'),(227,'/public_html/SWDHome/wp-content/themes/executive-pro/pagesw.php\r\n<?php\r\n/**\r\n * Genesis Framework.\r\n * Template Name: SWpages\r\n *\r\n * WARNING: This file is part of the core Genesis Framework. DO NOT edit this file under any circumstances.\r\n * Please do all modifications in the form of a child theme.\r\n *\r\n * @package Genesis\\Templates\r\n * @author StudioPress\r\n * @license GPL-2.0+\r\n * @link http://my.studiopress.com/themes/genesis/\r\n */\r\n\r\n//* This file handles pages, but only exists for the sake of child theme forward compatibility.\r\n/* Moved to admin panel\r\nfunction include_link() {\r\n $_SESSION["LEVEL"]=10;\r\n echo"Access <a href=\'/admin31/LoginScreen.php?UR=s0ftw8r3&PD=w3bd3s1gn\' target=\'NewWindow\'>Secondary Admin</a>";\r\n}\r\n*/\r\n\r\nfunction include_page() {\r\n global $page1;global $wpdb; global $row;\r\n $dirSW="/wp-content/themes/executive-pro"; \r\n switch($page1){\r\n case 48: \r\n include(get_theme_root_uri()."/executive-pro/colorconvert.php");break;\r\n case 53:\r\n //InsertCodeSW($page1); break;\r\n//BEGIN OF NOTES BEGIN OF NOTES BEGIN OF NOTES BEGIN OF NOTES BEGIN OF NOTES BEGIN OF NOTES BEGIN OF NOTES BEGIN OF NOTES BEGIN OF NOTES BEGIN OF NOTES BEGIN OF NOTES\r\n $PDS_=$_GET[\'PDS_\'];$PDS_ = ereg_replace(\'[^0-9]\', \'\', $PDS_); $SB=$_GET["SB"];\r\n $url=site_url()."?page_id=53&PDS_=$PDS_";$varView="?page_id=53&PDS_=$PDS_&SB=$SB"; $SB="`".$_GET["SB"]."`";\r\n //compiled version: 1.2013.212.0512\r\n \r\nfunction stripDESC($var1){\r\n $m=strpos($var1,\'DESC\');\r\n if($m>0)$var1=substr($var1,0,$m-1);\r\n return $var1;\r\n}\r\n function CreateLinks($inx,$num,$range,$ALPHA,$VIEW,$varView){ \r\n $ratio=(int)($num/$range);$start=1;$maxlinks=30;\r\n if($ratio<$num/$range)$ratio+=1;\r\n $end=$ratio;\r\n if($ratio>$maxlinks){\r\n $start=$inx/$range-$maxlinks/2;\r\n if($start<1)$start=1;\r\n $end=$start+$maxlinks;\r\n if($end>$ratio){\r\n $end=$ratio;$start=$end-$maxlinks;\r\n }\r\n }\r\n for($i=$start;$i<=$end;$i++){\r\n switch($VIEW){\r\n case 2:\r\n $submenu.="<A Href=\'$varView&INX=".($i-1)*$range."&NUM=$num&ALPHA=$ALPHA&VIEW=$VIEW\'>$i</A>&nbsp;|&nbsp;";\r\n break;\r\n default:\r\n $submenu.="<A Href=\'$varView&INX=".($i-1)*$range."&NUM=$num&ALPHA=$ALPHA&VIEW=$VIEW\'>$i</A>&nbsp;|&nbsp;";\r\n }\r\n }\r\n $dis1.=$submenu;\r\n return $dis1;\r\n }\r\n //include("../admin31/mystuff.php");\r\n //include("../admin31/functions.php");\r\n $varForm="codeForm.php";\r\n // HEADER CODE HERE\r\n \r\n $prn=$_GET["prn"];\r\n $AC=$_GET["AC"]; $AC = ereg_replace(\'[^0-9]\', \'\', $AC);\r\n switch ($AC){\r\n default:\r\n echo "<div id=\'swnotes\' style=\'float:right;\'>";\r\n $sessionListSave=\'@\'.$sessionListSave; \r\n $defaultSearchField="code.title";\r\n $_SESSION["TABLENAME"]="code";\r\n $INX=$_GET["INX"];$NUM=$_GET["NUM"];$ALPHA=$_GET["ALPHA"];$VIEW=$_GET["VIEW"];$report=$_GET["report"];\r\n $BUTTON=$_POST[\'BUTTON\'];$search1=$_POST["SEARCH"];$FID=$_POST["updaterecord"];\r\n if($_POST["resetSM"]=="*")$search1="*";\r\n if($_POST["resetLG"]=="**")$search1="**";\r\n if($_GET[\'PDS_KILL\']!=\'\')$_SESSION[\'PDS_SAVE\']=\'\';\r\n //if($PDS_!=\'\'){ $_SESSION[\'PDS_SAVE\']=$PDS_;$_SESSION[\'INX1\']=$_GET[\'INX\']; $_SESSION[\'NUM1\']=$_GET[\'NUM\']; $_SESSION[\'ALPHA1\']=$_GET[\'ALPHA\'] ; $_SESSION[\'VIEW1\']=$_GET[\'VIEW\'];$INX=0;$NUM=0;$ALPHA=\'\';$VIEW=0; }\r\n //ELSE $PDS_=$_SESSION[\'PDS_SAVE\'];\r\n // `Start Report`\r\n $sql="SELECT * FROM language ORDER BY language";\r\n $rlang=mysql_query($sql);$numlang=mysql_numrows($rlang);\r\n for($i=1;$i<=$numlang;$i++){\r\n $l=mysql_fetch_array($rlang);\r\n $lang[$l[0]]=$l[1];\r\n }\r\n if($_SESSION["FIELDSAVE"]=="")$_SESSION["FIELDSAVE"]=$defaultSearchField;\r\n if($FID==""){ $FID=$_SESSION["FIELDSAVE"]; }\r\n else $_SESSION["FIELDSAVE"]=$FID;\r\n if($search1=="*" || $search1=="**"){\r\n $_SESSION["SEARCHSAVE"]="";\r\n if($search1=="**"){ $_SESSION[\'PDS_SAVE\']="";$PDS_=""; }\r\n $search1="";\r\n }\r\n if($search1==""){ $search1=$_SESSION["SEARCHSAVE"]; }\r\n else{\r\n $INX="";$_SESSION["SEARCHSAVE"]=$search1;\r\n }\r\n if($_POST["inside_search"]=="on" || $_SESSION[\'INSIDE\']==\'on\'){ $_SESSION[\'INSIDE\']=\'on\';$checked1=\'checked\';$anywhere=\'%\'; }\r\n //* Place in Alpha Choice **\r\n if($prn==""){\r\n for($i=65;$i<=90;++$i){\r\n $dis1.="<a class=\'locate\' href=\'$varView&VIEW=2&ALPHA=".chr($i)."\'>".chr($i)."&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</a>";\r\n }\r\n echo $dis1;\r\n // ** END ALPHA CHOICE **\r\n // `Report Before Search`\r\n \r\n echo "<form name=\'search\' method=\'post\' action=\'$varView\'><table width=300><tr>";\r\n echo "<td class=search><input name=\'SEARCH\' type=\'text\' size=20 maxlength=60 value=\'".$search1."\' title=\'** or * Reset Search.\'>\r\n <input name=\'resetSM\' type=\'submit\' value=\'*\'><input name=\'resetLG\' type=\'submit\' value=\'**\'><br>";\r\n echo "<select name=\'updaterecord\' size=1>\\n";\r\n if($FID=="code.title")$FID="code.title"; \r\n if($FID==\'code.title\')echo "<option selected value=\'code.title\'>title\\n";\r\n else echo"<option value=\'code.title\'>title\\n";\r\n if($FID==\'code.code\')echo "<option selected value=\'code.code\'>code\\n";\r\n else echo"<option value=\'code.code\'>code\\n";\r\n if($FID==\'code.keywords\')echo "<option selected value=\'code.keywords\'>keywords\\n";\r\n else echo"<option value=\'code.keywords\'>keywords\\n"; \r\n // `Report Search Fields`\r\n \r\n echo"</select>\\n";\r\n // `Report Search2`\r\n \r\n echo "<input name=\'BUTTON\' type=\'submit\' value=\'SEARCH\'>&nbsp;&nbsp;<input type=\'checkbox\' name=\'inside_search\' title=\'Check me to look inside the data.\' $checked1>&nbsp;&nbsp;Look inside data\r\n </form>";\r\n // `Report Start Task`\r\n \r\n echo "</table>";\r\n }\r\n \r\n //Form variables on update\r\n $maxrec=40;if($report==1 || $prn==1)$maxrec=500000;\r\n $table=\'\';$terms=\'\';$where=\'\';$AND=\'WHERE\';\r\n $t1="operation";$tables.="$t1,";\r\n $terms.="$t1.operation,";\r\n if(strpos(\'|\'.$where,\'WHERE\')>0)$AND="AND";\r\n else if($AND==\'\')$AND="WHERE";\r\n $where.=" $AND code.operationid=operation.operationid";$AND=\' AND\';\r\n $t0="code";$tables.="$t0";\r\n $terms.="$t0.codeid,$t0.operationid,$t0.title,$t0.code,$t0.keywords, $t0.languageid,$t0.show_html,$t0.make_public,$t0.viewed,$t0.viewed_date";\r\n // `Report Terms`\r\n \r\n $cancel==false;\r\n // `Sql Report`\r\n \r\n if($PDS_!=\'\' && $cancel==false){ $where.=" $AND $t0.languageid=\'$PDS_\'";$AND=\'AND\'; }\r\n if($SB=="``"){\r\n $SB=$_SESSION["SORTBY"];\r\n }else{\r\n if($_SESSION["SORTBY"]==$SB)$SB=$SB." DESC";\r\n $_SESSION["SORTBY"]=$SB;\r\n }\r\n if($SB=="``" || $SB=="")$sort="`operation`";\r\n else{\r\n $sort=$SB;\r\n // `Sort Report Header Links`\r\n \r\n }\r\n if($SB!=""){\r\n $innerjoin=stripDESC($SB);$innerjoin=str_replace("`","",$innerjoin);\r\n if(strpos($terms,".".$innerjoin)==0){ $SB="``";$_SESSION["SORTBY"]="";$search1=""; $_SESSION["SEARCHSAVE"]=""; $sort=\'`operation`\'; }\r\n }\r\n $innerjoin="SELECT $terms FROM $tables $where";\r\n $countrecs="SELECT count(codeid) FROM $tables $where";\r\n $whereAlpha="$AND $FID LIKE \'$ALPHA%\'";\r\n if($FID!=\'\'){ $whereSearch=" $AND $FID LIKE \'".$anywhere.$search1."%\'";$AND=\'AND\'; }\r\n else { $whereSearch="$AND $FID LIKE \'".$anywhere.$search1."%\'";$AND=\'AND\'; }\r\n if(strpos(\'|\'.$search1,\'=\')==1){ if(strpos($innerjoin,\'WHERE\')==0)$AND=\'WHERE\';$search1=substr($search1,1,strlen($search1)-1); $whereSearch=" $AND $search1";$AND=\'AND\'; }\r\n $sortcount=0;\r\n $orderby=" ORDER BY $sort";\r\n // `Sql Where` append to innerjoin\r\n \r\n //*************** START REPORT VIEWS ==========================\r\n switch($VIEW){\r\n case 2: //======= REPORT ALPHA ==========\r\n $whereSearch=str_replace(\'WHERE\',\'AND\',$whereSearch);\r\n switch($INX){\r\n case \'\':\r\n $query=$innerjoin.$whereAlpha.$whereSearch;\r\n $INX=0;\r\n default:\r\n $query=$innerjoin.$whereAlpha.$whereSearch." ORDER BY $sort LIMIT ".$INX.",".$maxrec;\r\n }\r\n $query2=$countrecs.$whereAlpha.$whereSearch;\r\n break;\r\n // ============= END ALPAHA ==================================\r\n default: // next VIEW\r\n switch($search1){\r\n case \'\'://no search used\r\n switch($INX){\r\n case \'\':\r\n $query=$innerjoin;\r\n $INX=0;\r\n default:\r\n $query=$innerjoin.$orderby." LIMIT ".$INX.",".$maxrec;\r\n }\r\n $query2=$countrecs;\r\n break;\r\n default://SEARCH USED HERE\r\n switch($INX){\r\n case \'\':\r\n $query=$innerjoin.$whereSearch;\r\n $INX=0;\r\n default:\r\n $query=$innerjoin.$whereSearch.$orderby." LIMIT ".$INX.",".$maxrec;\r\n }\r\n $query2=$countrecs.$whereSearch;\r\n break;\r\n } // end search\r\n } // end report\r\n \r\n $result2=mysql_query($query2); $row2=mysql_fetch_array($result2);$NUM=$row2[0];\r\n $result99=mysql_query($query); $numcode=mysql_numrows($result99); \r\n if($VIEW==\'\')$VIEW=0;\r\n if($report!=1){\r\n if($prn==""){\r\n if($NUM>$maxrec) echo CreateLinks($INX,$NUM,$maxrec,$ALPHA,$VIEW,$varView);$dis1=\'\';\r\n echo "<br><form action=\'$varForm?FORM=0&PID=$PID&INX=$INX&NUM=$NUM&ALPHA=$ALPHA&VIEW=$VIEW\' method=post><input type=button value=\'Printer Friendly\' onclick=\\"location.href=\'$varView?ALPHA=$ALPHA&VIEW=$VIEW&prn=1\'\\"></form>";\r\n }\r\n }\r\n // == START PRINTING HEADERS OR CHECK FOR DATA REPORT ====\r\n $width="style=\'width:900px;\'";\r\n $dis1.="<table border=1 class=view $width><tr>";\r\n $dis1.="<td class=view ><a href=\'$varView&SB=languageid\'>Languageid</a></td><td class=view><a href=\'$varView&SB=operation\'>Operation</a></td> <td class=view ><a href=\'$varView&SB=title\'>Title</a></td> <td class=view ><a href=\'$varView&SB=code\'>Code</a></td> <td class=view ><a href=\'$varView&SB=keywords\'>Keywords</a></td> <td class=view ><a href=\'$varView&SB=viewed\'>Viewed</a></td><td>Details</td>";\r\n // `Report Append Title`\r\n $dis1.="</tr>";\r\n echo $dis1;\r\n \r\n \r\n $cnt=0;// =============== START PRINTING VALUES ===========\r\n for($i=1;$i<=$numcode;$i++){\r\n $rcode=mysql_fetch_array($result99);\r\n $operation=stripslashes($rcode[\'operation\']);\r\n $codeid=$rcode[\'codeid\']; $operationid=$rcode[\'operationid\']; $title=$rcode[\'title\']; $title=stripslashes($title);\r\n $keywords=$rcode[\'keywords\']; $keywords=stripslashes($keywords);\r\n $languageid=$rcode[\'languageid\']; $show_html=$rcode[\'show_html\']; $make_public=$rcode[\'make_public\']; $viewed=$rcode[\'viewed\']; $viewed_date=$rcode[\'viewed_date\'];\r\n $code=$rcode[\'code\'];\r\n if($show_html==1) { $code="<textarea rows=4 cols=40>".stripslashes($code)."</textarea>"; }\r\n else { $code="<textarea rows=4 cols=40>".stripslashes($code)."</textarea>"; }\r\n \r\n // `Report Format`\r\n\r\n if($class==\'\')$class=\'class=alt\';\r\n else $class=\'\';\r\n\r\n $cnt++;$dis.="\\n<tr $class>";\r\n $dis.="<td class=view>$lang[$languageid]</td> <td class=view>$operation</td> <td class=view>$title</td> <td class=view>$code</td> <td class=view>$keywords</td> <td class=viewnumber align=right>$viewed</td><td class=view><a href=\'$varView&AC=1&PID=$codeid\' name=\'$codeid\'>Get Results</a></td> ";\r\n // `Report Append Variable`\r\n $dis.="</tr>";\r\n //Generate Totals Here\r\n\r\n }\r\n\r\n echo "$dis</table></div>";\r\n if($NUM>$maxrec) echo CreateLinks($INX,$NUM,$maxrec,$ALPHA,$VIEW,$varView);\r\n $urlreturn=$varView;if($_GET[\'URL\']!=\'\' || $_SESSION[\'URLSAVE\']!=\'\'){ if($_GET[\'URL\']!=\'\'){ $_SESSION[\'URLSAVE\']=$_GET[\'URL\']; } $urlreturn=$_SESSION[\'URLSAVE\']; }\r\n // `End Report`\r\n break;\r\n case 1:\r\n $maxrec=40; $PID=$_GET["PID"]; $PID = ereg_replace(\'[^0-9]\', \'\', $PID);\r\n $table=\'\';$terms=\'\';$where=\'\';$AND=\'\';\r\n $t0="code";$tables.="$t0";\r\n $terms.="$t0.codeid,$t0.title,$t0.code,$t0.show_html,$t0.make_public";\r\n $where="WHERE codeid=$PID";\r\n $innerjoin="SELECT $terms FROM $tables $where";\r\n $query=$innerjoin;\r\n $result99=mysql_query($query);$num=mysql_numrows($result99);\r\n $dis1.="<div id=\'swnotes\' style=\'width:880px;float:right;\'>";\r\n echo $dis1;\r\n $cnt=0;// =============== START PRINTING VALUES ===========\r\n for($i=1;$i<=$num;$i++){\r\n $rcode=mysql_fetch_array($result99);\r\n $codeid=$rcode[\'codeid\'];\r\n $show_html=$rcode[\'show_html\'];\r\n $title=$rcode[\'title\'];\r\n $title=stripslashes($title);\r\n //$code=stripslashes($code);\r\n if($show_html==0)$code="<textarea cols=100 rows=30>$code</textarea>";\r\n $make_public=$rcode[\'make_public\'];\r\n if($show_html==1) {$b[0]=\'checked\'; $code=stripslashes($rcode[\'code\']); $code=str_replace(chr(10),"<br>",$code); }\r\n else { $b[0]=\'\'; $code="<textarea cols=60 rows=40>".stripslashes($rcode[\'code\'])."</textarea>"; }\r\n\r\n if($make_public==1)$b[1]=\'checked\';\r\n else $b[1]=\'\';\r\n $dis1=array("show_html"=>"<input type=\'checkbox\' name=\'show_html\' ".$b[0].">","make_public"=>"<input type=\'checkbox\' name=\'make_public\' ".$b[1].">","bulldung"=>"scoopshovel");\r\n //REPORT FORMAT here\r\n\r\n if($class==\'\')$class=\'class=alt\';\r\n else $class=\'\';\r\n $cnt++;$dis.="<h3>$title</h3>$code</td>";\r\n $dis.="";\r\n }\r\n echo $dis;\r\n echo "<p><input type=button name=\'return\' value=\'Return\' onclick=\\"location.href=\'$varView#$PID\';\\"></p></div>";\r\n $sql="UPDATE code SET viewed=viewed+1, viewed_date=\'".date("Y-m-d")."\' WHERE codeid=$codeid";\r\n mysql_query($sql);\r\n break;\r\n }\r\n break;\r\n// END OF NOTES END OF NOTES END OF NOTES END OF NOTES END OF NOTES END OF NOTES END OF NOTES END OF NOTES END OF NOTES END OF NOTES END OF NOTES END OF NOTES\r\n case 89:\r\n InsertCodeSW($page1);\r\n break;\r\n default:\r\n echo admin_url()."<br>".\r\n site_url()."<br>".\r\n content_url()."<br>".\r\n includes_url()."<br>".\r\n wp_upload_dir()."<br>".\r\n get_template_directory_uri()."<br>".\r\n ABSPATH."<br>".\r\n get_theme_root_uri();\r\n\r\n }\r\n}\r\n$page1=$post->ID;\r\nif(is_user_logged_in()){\r\n add_action(\'genesis_before_sidebar_widget_area\', \'include_link\');\r\n}\r\n\r\n\r\nadd_action(\'genesis_entry_footer\', \'include_page\');\r\n\r\n\r\n/*\r\nadd_action(\'genesis_after_post_content\', \'include_page\');\r\nfunction include_page() {\r\n global $wpdb;\r\n $page_id = genesis_get_custom_field(\'products\');\r\n $page_data = get_page( $page_id );\r\n $title = $page_data->post_title;\r\n switch($page_data->ID){\r\n case 69:\r\n echo "product prices coming soon";\r\n break;\r\n default:\r\n echo "why are we here"; break;\r\n }\r\n\r\n \r\n}\r\n*/\r\n\r\n\r\ngenesis();','Software Web Design Home Page Code','page plugin ??','Executive Pro',16,28,0,0,0,1,'2022-12-22'),(8,'============================== EXAMPLE WITH FILES =======================\r\n$value) {\r\n if(is_array($value)==true){ readsubdir($value,$repeat); continue; }\r\n echo $char.$value.\"
\";\r\n }\r\n}\r\n\r\n\r\n?>\r\n
\";\r\n\r\nforeach ($iterator as $fileinfo) {\r\n $pathName = $fileinfo->getPathname();\r\n $fileName = $fileinfo->getFilename();\r\n $pathNameClean=str_replace(\".\",\"\",$pathName); $pathNameClean=str_replace(\"/\",\"_\",$pathNameClean);\r\n // Skip the root path entry itself to avoid redundancy\r\n if ($fileinfo->getFilename() === basename($directory_path)) continue;\r\n //if ($fileinfo->getFilename() === basename($pathName)) continue;\r\n if ($fileinfo->isDir()) {\r\n echo \"
$pathName
\\n\\n\\n\\n\";\r\n $directory=$pathName;\r\n //echo \"
\"; }\r\n //echo \"$pathName $fileName $directory
\";\r\n }\r\n}\r\n/*\r\n$all_files = listAllFiles($current_dir);$repeat=1;\r\nforeach($all_files as $k=>$value) {\r\n if(is_array($value)==true){ readsubdir($value,$repeat); continue; }\r\n echo \"shit\".$value.\"
\";\r\n}*/\r\n//$repeated_char = str_repeat($char, $n);\r\n?>\r\n================================ END EXAMPLE ============================\r\nStep 1\r\nPlace this code between the tags in your webpage.\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nStep2\r\nThis is example html you can use, this goes inside your html body.\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\";\r\necho \"Finished\";\r\nexit();\r\n?>','Create Graphic Button On The Fly','grapic button image color','',1,7,1,0,1,1235,'2023-09-09'),(133,'$im = imagecreate(400, 30);\r\n\r\n// Create some colors\r\n$white = imagecolorallocate($im, 255, 255, 255);\r\n$grey = imagecolorallocate($im, 128, 128, 128);\r\n$black = imagecolorallocate($im, 0, 0, 0);\r\n\r\n// The text to draw\r\n$text = \'Testing...\';\r\n// Replace path by your own font path\r\n$font = \'arial.ttf\';\r\n\r\n// Add some shadow to the text\r\nimagettftext($im, 20, 0, 11, 21, $grey, $font, $text);\r\n\r\n// Add the text\r\nimagettftext($im, 20, 0, 10, 20, $black, $font, $text);\r\n\r\n// Using imagepng() results in clearer text compared with imagejpeg()\r\nimagepng($im);\r\nimagedestroy($im);\r\n\r\n\r\n*************************************\r\nThe below script would be called with a tag like this from a page: ![](\"button.php3?s=36&text=PHP+is+Cool\")
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nIt is very important to realize that you cannot put any HTML tags in this file. There should also not be any spaces or blank lines before or after the tags. If you are getting a broken image using this script, chances are you have a stray carriage return somewhere outside the PHP tags','Convert Words Into A Graphic','text graphic image convert','',1,19,1,0,1,1860,'2023-09-09'),(134,'I had a table that would format for either FireFox or IE but not both. I used the border-collapse property with \"!ie\" at the end which IE recognizes but other browswers do Not. Try it with other styling in your css\r\n\r\nSpecify a border collapse for ie\r\n#directory table{border-color:#000000;\r\n border-collapse:separate;\r\n border-collapse:collapse !ie;\r\n border-spacing:0px;}\r\n#event td{padding:10px 10px 10px 10px;}','Customizing Formats For Mircrosoft IE ONLY','!ie IE firefox browser css','',4,3,0,0,1,1276,'2023-09-09'),(12,'MSINET.OCX for 64 bit Windows 7 & Vista : AngryByteSep 9, 2010 ... MSINET.OCX is a file required by many old application in order to ... in the command prompt type: “regsvr32 c:\\\\windows\\\\syswow64\\\\MSINET.OCX†\r\n\r\nMSINET.OCX is a file required by many old application in order to parse HTML pages . This OCX will not register as most of know, by putting in in the system32 folder and typing the command “regsvr32 MSINET.OCXâ€. With newer 64 bit systems it is a bit tricky. Here is how to do it\r\n\r\n1. download the file here\r\n\r\n2. Copy it to c:\\\\windows\\\\syswow64\r\n\r\n3. type the following “Run†command “CMD†then right click the command prompt search result and hit “run as administratorâ€, in the command prompt type: “regsvr32 c:\\\\windows\\\\syswow64\\\\MSINET.OCX†and yes, you must type the full path to the file, not just the name.\r\n\r\n4. That’s it it should work now.','Register Ocx','register ocx dll','',18,9,0,0,1,1650,'2023-09-09'),(110,'function _make_url_clickable_cb($matches) {\r\n $ret = \\\'\\\';\r\n $url = $matches[2];\r\n\r\n if ( empty($url) )\r\n return $matches[0];\r\n // removed trailing [.,;:] from URL\r\n if ( in_array(substr($url, -1), array(\\\'.\\\', \\\',\\\', \\\';\\\', \\\':\\\')) === true ) {\r\n $ret = substr($url, -1);\r\n $url = substr($url, 0, strlen($url)-1);\r\n }\r\n //return $matches[1] . \\\"$url\\\" . $ret;\r\n return $matches[1] . \\\"$url\\\" . $ret;\r\n}\r\n\r\nfunction _make_web_ftp_clickable_cb($matches) {\r\n $ret = \\\'\\\';\r\n $dest = $matches[2];\r\n $dest = \\\'http://\\\' . $dest;\r\n\r\n if ( empty($dest) )\r\n return $matches[0];\r\n // removed trailing [,;:] from URL\r\n if ( in_array(substr($dest, -1), array(\\\'.\\\', \\\',\\\', \\\';\\\', \\\':\\\')) === true ) {\r\n $ret = substr($dest, -1);\r\n $dest = substr($dest, 0, strlen($dest)-1);\r\n }\r\n return $matches[1] . \\\"$dest\\\" . $ret;\r\n}\r\n\r\nfunction _make_email_clickable_cb($matches) {\r\n $email = $matches[2] . \\\'@\\\' . $matches[3];\r\n return $matches[1] . \\\"$email\\\";\r\n}\r\n\r\nfunction MakeHyperlink($ret) {\r\n $ret = \\\' \\\' . $ret;\r\n // in testing, using arrays here was found to be faster\r\n $ret = preg_replace_callback(\\\'#([\\\\s>])([\\\\w]+?://[\\\\w\\\\\\\\x80-\\\\\\\\xff\\\\#$%&~/.\\\\-;:=,?@\\\\[\\\\]+]*)#is\\\', \\\'_make_url_clickable_cb\\\', $ret);\r\n $ret = preg_replace_callback(\\\'#([\\\\s>])((www|ftp)\\\\.[\\\\w\\\\\\\\x80-\\\\\\\\xff\\\\#$%&~/.\\\\-;:=,?@\\\\[\\\\]+]*)#is\\\', \\\'_make_web_ftp_clickable_cb\\\', $ret);\r\n $ret = preg_replace_callback(\\\'#([\\\\s>])([.0-9a-z_+-]+)@(([0-9a-z-]+\\\\.)+[0-9a-z]{2,})#i\\\', \\\'_make_email_clickable_cb\\\', $ret);\r\n\r\n // this one is not in an array because we need it to run last, for cleanup of accidental links within links\r\n $ret = preg_replace(\\\"#(]+?>|>))]+?>([^>]+?)#i\\\", \\\"$1$3\\\", $ret);\r\n $ret = trim($ret);\r\n return $ret;\r\n}','Automatically Make Urls Clickable','hyperlinks click email url link','',1,7,1,0,1,1617,'2023-09-09'),(111,'CSS and Printing\r\n\r\nBy Joe Burns\r\n\r\n\r\nUse these to jump around or read it all...\r\n\r\n[Page Break]\r\n[The Format]\r\n[Setting A Specific Page Break]\r\n\r\nI get a lot of questions asking if there are ways to \\"force\\" people\\\'s browsers to do certain things. The events most often asked for are to force a browser to bookmark the page, to set user preferences, and this one: How can I force a person\\\'s browser to print my page?\r\n\r\nThe short and truthful answer is that you can\\\'t. There\\\'s no command or tag, to my knowledge, that produces a print when your page loads. There are just too many factors involved. Is the user\\\'s printer turned on? Can the Web page fit nicely in the print space set by the viewer? And most importantly: Does the viewer want to print your page? It would cheese me if I logged into your page and all of a sudden my printer was humming.\r\n\r\n\r\n Update! As of 10/99 there is still no way to force a printer to print a page; however, you can initiate a print request. See the tutorial. \r\n \r\n\r\nYou can take some control when the user decides he or she does want to print your page. Through the magic of Style Sheets, you can now make a point of indicating where the pages will break during the print process.\r\n\r\n\r\n As of 12/21/98, this CSS2 command is supported only by Internet Explorer browsers version 4 and above. \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n--------------------------------------------------------------------------------\r\n\r\n\r\nPage Break\r\nThere are two commands you\\\'re worried about here:\r\n\r\npage-break-after\r\npage-break-before \r\n\r\nYou can pretty much pick out what each does. The first sets the printing page break just before the element, the second sets the page break just after.\r\n\r\nEach command has, in theory anyway, four attributes:\r\n\r\n\r\nalways | auto | left | right\r\n\r\nalways tells the browser to break the print page after this element always. \r\nauto is the default. You\\\'re telling the browser to do what it would do anyway: Page break where the page ends. \r\nleft is not supported by any browser yet. It is used if your printer will print both sides of a page, like a manuscript. If the page is a left-facing page, use this attribute. \r\nright is what you use if it\\\'s a right-facing page. \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n--------------------------------------------------------------------------------\r\n\r\n\r\nThe Format\r\nHere\\\'s what it looks like in your page\\\'s <HEAD> tags:\r\n\r\n<STYLE TYPE=\\"text/css\\">\r\n H2 {page-break-before: always}\r\n</STYLE> \r\n\r\nThat format will produce a print page break before each H2 on the page. Would you like to try it out? This page has four H2 headings. Go ahead and print the page. Each H2 will use a new page and will act as the Header for the printed page. Remember, though, that you have to be using Internet Explorer 4 or better. \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n--------------------------------------------------------------------------------\r\n\r\n\r\nSetting A Specific Page Break\r\nMaybe it\\\'s better not to have every H2 break the page. Maybe you\\\'d like a page break at a specific point to keep a particular look. You do that by setting up a class of page breaks.\r\n You can set up the class on any HTML command, but I think the best method is to set up the class within a <BR> or <P> command. That way there\\\'s some white space where the page can break. Here\\\'s a look at the format (this will sit between your <HEAD> tags):\r\n\r\n<STYLE TYPE=\\"text/css\\">\r\n P.breakhere {page-break-before: always}\r\n</STYLE> \r\n\r\nThis then will be the activator for the page break:\r\n\r\n\r\n<P CLASS=\\"breakhere\\">\r\nYou can set up as many different classes as you\\\'d like as long as you keep following the same format as above. \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n--------------------------------------------------------------------------------\r\n\r\n\r\nAnd That\\\'s That...\r\nThis is another one of those commands that I would use if there\\\'s a need for it, regardless of the type of browser the viewer is running. Those that understand the command get the effect, and those that don\\\'t just get a straight page print. Either way, the user gets a nice print of the page. It\\\'s just that in one of the prints, you\\\'re able to set a few parameters. \r\n \r\n\r\nEnjoy!','Using Css To Induce Printing','printing page break','',4,10,0,0,1,1089,'2025-03-30'),(112,'Many WordPress website and blog themes come with design credits in the footer area at the bottom of each Web page. If you commissioned a designer to create a custom theme for your WordPress business site, you can simply ask him to change the footer credits, but for an \"off the shelf\" free or premium template, you will need to edit the footer section of the template to alter the credits. Although this might sound complicated, the process is straightforward and even a novice with limited WordPress knowledge should be able to accomplish this task.\r\n\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nAds by Google\r\n\r\n\r\n10 Keys for Mktg Success\r\n\r\nThis free guide shows the metrics and the tactics you need to improve\r\nvocus.com?/?Marketing\r\n\r\nStep 1\r\nLog in to WordPress from the homepage of your business blog or website.\r\n\r\nStep 2\r\nClick the website\'s name on the left side of the top WordPress navigation menu.\r\n\r\nStep 3\r\nSelect \"Themes\" from the drop-down menu to open the Themes page in the Appearance settings section.\r\n\r\nStep 4\r\nClick \"Editor\" under the Appearance tab in the left menu.\r\n\r\nStep 5\r\nClick \"Footer (footer.php)\" in the Templates section on the right side of the page to open the footer template file in the Edit Themes pane. If you can\'t find the footer.php file, look for another PHP file with \"foot\" or \"footer\" in the filename.\r\n\r\nStep 6\r\nScroll to the credit line of code, which will look similar to this:\r\nContent © . WordPress Theme by Example WordPress Theme\r\n\r\nStep 7\r\nHighlight and delete the elements of the footer credits that you want to change. For example, to remove just the theme designer\'s credit but retain your website\'s name and copyright line, delete the following:\r\nTheme by Example WordPress Theme\r\nTo retain the designer\'s credit but remove the link to her website, remove \"\" and \"\" but leave the other text in place. Alternatively, you can add text or links to the footer credits by using the same format.\r\n\r\nStep 8\r\nScroll to the bottom of the page and click the blue \"Update File\" button to save and implement your changes.\r\n\r\nUnder the genesis framework, I used the following above the do_actions in the Genesis footer.php to replace there results.\r\nadd_filter( \'genesis_footer_creds_text\', \'custom_footer_creds_text\' );\r\nfunction custom_footer_creds_text() { \r\n echo \'[div class=\"creds\"][p]\'; echo \'Copyright © \'; echo date(\'Y\'); echo \' · [a href=\"http://www.softwarewebdesign.com\"]Software Web Design[/a] · Built by Software Web Design\'; echo \'[/p][/div]\'; }','Change Footer Credits On WordPress','footer credits add_filter','',22,19,0,0,1,1622,'2023-09-09'),(113,'// I use a browser script that send the proper data to back up since if have multiple accounts. I separate the small files in one zip and large files in another. Under case 1. you will notice mp3 and zip this prevents bloated zips which may fail. Video and music should be done seperately from the rest of the files. I included a mysql backup that gets the data and makes a .sql file if you give it database information.\r\n\r\n1){\r\n mysql_connect($server,$user,$password);\r\n mysql_select_db($PHPdatabase);\r\n $backupFile =$source_dir.$PHPdatabase.\\\".sql\\\";\r\n $result .= \\\"# MySQL Data Backup of \\\".$PHPdatabase.\\\"\\\\n\\\";\r\n $result .= \\\"# This was generated on \\\" . date(\\\"m/d/Y\\\") . \\\"\\\\n\\\\n\\\";\r\n \r\n $tables = mysql_list_tables($PHPdatabase);\r\n for($i = 0; $i < mysql_num_rows($tables); $i++){\r\n $table = mysql_tablename ($tables, $i);\r\n if(substr($table,0,7)!=\\\"tblStat\\\"){\r\n $result .= \\\"# Start of $table \\\\n\\\";\r\n $result .= \\\"TRUNCATE TABLE $table;\\\\n\\\";\r\n $query = mysql_query(\\\"select * from $table\\\");\r\n $num_fields = mysql_num_fields($query);\r\n $result .= \\\"$table fields (\\\\n\\\";\r\n for($ii = 0; $ii < $num_fields; $ii++) {\r\n $result.= mysql_field_name($query,$ii).\\\"-\\\".mysql_field_type($query,$ii).\\\"(\\\".mysql_field_len($query,$ii).\\\")\\\".mysql_field_flags($query,$ii).\\\"\\\\n\\\";\r\n }\r\n $result.=\\\");\\\\n\\\";\r\n $numrow = mysql_num_rows($query);\r\n\r\n while( $row = mysql_fetch_array($query, MYSQL_NUM))\r\n {\r\n $result .= \\\"INSERT INTO \\\".$table.\\\" VALUES(\\\";\r\n for($j=0; $j<$num_fields; $j++)\r\n {\r\n $row[$j] = addslashes($row[$j]);\r\n $row[$j] = str_replace(\\\"\\\\n\\\",\\\"\\\\\\\\n\\\",$row[$j]);\r\n $row[$j] = str_replace(\\\"\\\\r\\\",\\\"\\\",$row[$j]);\r\n if (isset($row[$j]))\r\n $result .= \\\"\\\\\\\"$row[$j]\\\\\\\"\\\";\r\n else\r\n $result .= \\\"\\\\\\\"\\\\\\\"\\\";\r\n if ($j<($num_fields-1))\r\n $result .= \\\", \\\";\r\n }\r\n $result .= \\\");\\\\n\\\";\r\n }\r\n }\r\n if ($i+1 != mysql_num_rows($tables))\r\n $result .= \\\"\\\\n\\\";\r\n}\r\n $ID++;\r\n\r\n // ===================\r\n\r\n $fp = fopen($backupFile, \\\"w\\\");\r\n fwrite($fp, $result);\r\n // Move to the start of the file\r\n fclose($fp);\r\n}\r\n//echo $topDir.\\\"/BACKED\\\".$folder0.\\\"L.zip\\\"; echo $exportstring;exit;\r\nswitch($AC){\r\ncase 1:\r\n $zip_file = $topDir.\\\"/BACKED/\\\".$project.\\\"L.zip\\\";\r\n $fi0=$_GET[\\\"fi0\\\"];\r\n $exportstring.=\\\"&fi0=$fi0&fi1=/BACKED/\\\".$project.\\\"L.zip\\\";\r\n break;\r\ndefault:\r\n $zip_file = $topDir.\\\"/BACKED/\\\".$project.\\\".zip\\\";\r\n $exportstring.=\\\"&fi0=/BACKED/\\\".$project.\\\".zip\\\";\r\n break;\r\n}\r\n//echo $zip_file;exit;\r\n$file_list = Utils::listDirectory($source_dir);\r\n//echo \\\"shit2\\\";exit;\r\n$zip = new ZipArchive();\r\nif ($zip->open($zip_file, ZIPARCHIVE::CREATE) === true) {\r\n foreach ($file_list as $file) {\r\n if ($file !== $zip_file) {\r\n switch($AC){\r\n case 1: \r\n if(filesize($file)>= 250000 && strpos($file,\\\".zip\\\")==0 && strpos($file,\\\".mp3\\\")==0) $zip->addFile($file, substr($file, strlen($source_dir)));\r\n break;\r\n default:\r\n if(filesize($file)<= 250000) $zip->addFile($file, substr($file, strlen($source_dir)));\r\n break;\r\n }\r\n }\r\n //$i++;if($i==10)break;\r\n }\r\n $zip->close();\r\n}\r\nif($AC==\\\"\\\"){ header(\\\"location:zipdemo.php?$exportstring&L=1\\\");exit; }\r\nelse{ header(\\\"location:http://$return1?$exportstring\\\"); exit; }\r\n?>\r\n\r\nThis script includes header files which may hiccup if error reporting is set to show warnings. The one below will handle warnings.\r\n\r\n1){\r\n mysql_connect($server,$user,$password);\r\n mysql_select_db($PHPdatabase);\r\n $backupFile =$source_dir.$PHPdatabase.\\\".sql\\\";\r\n $result .= \\\"# MySQL Data Backup of \\\".$PHPdatabase.\\\"\\\\n\\\";\r\n $result .= \\\"# This was generated on \\\" . date(\\\"m/d/Y\\\") . \\\"\\\\n\\\\n\\\";\r\n\r\n $tables = mysql_list_tables($PHPdatabase);\r\n for($i = 0; $i < mysql_num_rows($tables); $i++){\r\n $table = mysql_tablename ($tables, $i);\r\n if(substr($table,0,7)!=\\\"tblStat\\\"){\r\n $result .= \\\"# Start of $table \\\\n\\\";\r\n $result .= \\\"TRUNCATE TABLE $table;\\\\n\\\";\r\n $query = mysql_query(\\\"select * from $table\\\");\r\n $num_fields = mysql_num_fields($query);\r\n $result .= \\\"$table fields (\\\\n\\\";\r\n for($ii = 0; $ii < $num_fields; $ii++) {\r\n $result.= mysql_field_name($query,$ii).\\\"-\\\".mysql_field_type($query,$ii).\\\"(\\\".mysql_field_len($query,$ii).\\\")\\\".mysql_field_flags($query,$ii).\\\"\\\\n\\\";\r\n }\r\n $result.=\\\");\\\\n\\\";\r\n $numrow = mysql_num_rows($query);\r\n\r\n while( $row = mysql_fetch_array($query, MYSQL_NUM))\r\n {\r\n $result .= \\\"INSERT INTO \\\".$table.\\\" VALUES(\\\";\r\n for($j=0; $j<$num_fields; $j++)\r\n {\r\n $row[$j] = addslashes($row[$j]);\r\n $row[$j] = str_replace(\\\"\\\\n\\\",\\\"\\\\\\\\n\\\",$row[$j]);\r\n $row[$j] = str_replace(\\\"\\\\r\\\",\\\"\\\",$row[$j]);\r\n if (isset($row[$j]))\r\n $result .= \\\"\\\\\\\"$row[$j]\\\\\\\"\\\";\r\n else\r\n $result .= \\\"\\\\\\\"\\\\\\\"\\\";\r\n if ($j<($num_fields-1))\r\n $result .= \\\", \\\";\r\n }\r\n $result .= \\\");\\\\n\\\";\r\n }\r\n }\r\n if ($i+1 != mysql_num_rows($tables))\r\n $result .= \\\"\\\\n\\\";\r\n}\r\n $ID++;\r\n\r\n // ===================\r\n\r\n $fp = fopen($backupFile, \\\"w\\\");\r\n fwrite($fp, $result);\r\n // Move to the start of the file\r\n fclose($fp);\r\n}\r\n//echo \\\"Done sql\\\";exit;\r\n//echo $topDir.\\\"/BACKED\\\".$folder0.\\\"L.zip\\\"; echo $exportstring;exit;\r\nswitch($AC){\r\ncase 1:\r\n $zip_file = $topDir.\\\"/BACKED/\\\".$project.\\\"L.zip\\\";\r\n $fi0=$_GET[\\\"fi0\\\"];\r\n $exportstring.=\\\"&fi0=$fi0&fi1=/BACKED/\\\".$project.\\\"L.zip\\\";\r\n break;\r\ndefault:\r\n $zip_file = $topDir.\\\"/BACKED/\\\".$project.\\\".zip\\\";\r\n $exportstring.=\\\"&fi0=/BACKED/\\\".$project.\\\".zip\\\";\r\n break;\r\n}\r\n//echo $zip_file;exit;\r\n$file_list = Utils::listDirectory($source_dir);\r\n//echo \\\"shit2\\\";exit;\r\n$zip = new ZipArchive();\r\nif ($zip->open($zip_file, ZIPARCHIVE::CREATE) === true) {\r\n foreach ($file_list as $file) {\r\n if ($file !== $zip_file) {\r\n switch($AC){\r\n case 1: \r\n if(filesize($file)>= 250000 && strpos($file,\\\".zip\\\")==0 && strpos($file,\\\".mp3\\\")==0) $zip->addFile($file, substr($file, strlen($source_dir)));\r\n break;\r\n default:\r\n if(filesize($file)<= 250000) $zip->addFile($file, substr($file, strlen($source_dir)));\r\n break;\r\n }\r\n }\r\n //$i++;if($i==10)break;\r\n }\r\n $zip->close();\r\n}\r\n/*\r\nif($AC==\\\"\\\"){ header(\\\"location:zipdemo.php?$exportstring&L=1\\\");exit; }\r\nelse{ header(\\\"location:http://$return1?$exportstring\\\"); exit; }\r\n*/\r\nif($AC==\\\"\\\"){ echo \\\"Continue\\\"; exit; }\r\nelse{ echo \\\"Continue\\\"; exit; }\r\n\r\n?>\r\n\r\nTo unzip an archive just upload the archive and this script into the directory and run. Do this for both zips to get the complete archive.\r\n\r\nUNZIP SCRIPT\r\n\r\nopen(\\\'SUBWAYL.zip\\\') === TRUE) {\r\n $zip->extractTo($topDir);\r\n $zip->close();\r\n echo \\\'ok\\\';\r\n} else {\r\n echo \\\'failed\\\';\r\n}\r\n?>','Ziping And Unziping Server Folders Using Php','zip unzip directory folder backup mysql backup directory','',1,7,1,0,1,1767,'2023-09-09'),(114,'
![\\\"Opera\\\"](\\\"http://www.w3schools.com/images/compatible_opera2020.gif\\\" "\\\\"Opera\\\\"")
![\\\"Safari\\\"](\\\"http://www.w3schools.com/images/compatible_safari2020.gif\\\" "\\\\"Safari\\\\"")
![\\\"Chrome\\\"](\\\"http://www.w3schools.com/images/incompatible_chrome2020.gif\\\" "\\\\"Chrome\\\\"")
![\\\"Firefox\\\"](\\\"http://www.w3schools.com/images/incompatible_firefox2020.gif\\\" "\\\\"Firefox\\\\"")
![\\\"Internet](\\\"http://www.w3schools.com/images/incompatible_ie2020.gif\\\" "\\\\"Internet")
Try it yourself »
![\\\"Safari\\\"](\\\"http://www.w3schools.com/images/incompatible_safari2020.gif\\\" "\\\\"Safari\\\\"")
![\\\"Chrome\\\"](\\\"http://www.w3schools.com/images/compatible_chrome2020.gif\\\" "\\\\"Chrome\\\\"")
![\\\"Firefox\\\"](\\\"http://www.w3schools.com/images/compatible_firefox2020.gif\\\" "\\\\"Firefox\\\\"")
![\\\"Internet](\\\"http://www.w3schools.com/images/compatible_ie2020.gif\\\" "\\\\"Internet")
Try it yourself »
Try it yourself »
Try it yourself »
![\\\"Opera\\\"](\\\"http://www.w3schools.com/images/incompatible_opera2020.gif\\\" "\\\\"Opera\\\\"")
Try it yourself »
\r\n\r\nProgrammatically with PHP\r\nYou can write a PHP script to connect to your MySQL database and execute queries to generate the CREATE TABLE statements. This is useful for building custom backup tools. \r\nThe following approach involves fetching table metadata and reconstructing the SQL, or leveraging PHP\'s ability to execute shell commands like mysqldump for simplicity: \r\n\r\n Executing mysqldump from PHP: This method executes the command-line utility within your PHP script, which is often the most reliable way to get a perfect SQL structure dump. \r\n\r\nphp\r\n\r\n=?php\r\n$db_user = \"your_username\";\r\n$db_pass = \"your_password\";\r\n$db_name = \"your_database\";\r\n$table_name = \"your_table\";\r\n$output_file = \"structure_export.sql\";\r\n\r\n// Command to export only the structure (--no-data)\r\n$command = \"mysqldump -u\" . $db_user . \" -p\" . $db_pass . \" \" . $db_name . \" \" . $table_name . \" --no-data > \" . $output_file;\r\n\r\n// Execute the command\r\nexec($command, $output, $return_var);\r\n\r\nif ($return_var === 0) {\r\n echo \"Table structure exported successfully to \" . $output_file;\r\n} else {\r\n echo \"Error exporting table structure.\";\r\n}\r\n?=\r\n
\r\n=?php\r\nALL TABLES\r\nfunction backup_mysql_database($host, $user, $pass, $dbname, $filename) {\r\n // Ensure the output file has a .sql extension for clarity\r\n if (substr($filename, -4) !== \'.sql\') {\r\n $filename .= \'.sql\';\r\n }\r\n\r\n // Command to execute mysqldump: \r\n // --opt is enabled by default and is recommended for speed and size\r\n // --single-transaction allows a consistent backup without locking tables for InnoDB tables\r\n $command = sprintf(\r\n \'mysqldump -h%s -u%s -p%s --opt --single-transaction %s > %s\',\r\n escapeshellarg($host),\r\n escapeshellarg($user),\r\n escapeshellarg($pass),\r\n escapeshellarg($dbname),\r\n escapeshellarg($filename)\r\n );\r\n\r\n $output = [];\r\n $result_code = 0;\r\n \r\n // Execute the command\r\n exec($command, $output, $result_code);\r\n\r\n if ($result_code === 0) {\r\n return \"Database dump successful. File saved as: $filename\";\r\n } else {\r\n return \"Error creating database dump. Command output: \" . implode(\"\\n\", $output);\r\n }\r\n}\r\n\r\n// Configuration variables\r\n$DBHOST = \'localhost\';\r\n$DBUSER = \'your_username\';\r\n$DBPASS = \'your_password\';\r\n$DBNAME = \'your_database_name\';\r\n$BACKUP_FILE = \'backup_\' . date(\'Y-m-d_H-i-s\') . \'.sql\';\r\n\r\n// Run the backup function\r\n$message = backup_mysql_database($DBHOST, $DBUSER, $DBPASS, $DBNAME, $BACKUP_FILE);\r\n\r\necho $message;\r\n?=\r\n\r\n
\r\n=?php\r\n$command = \"ls -l\"; // Command to list files and directories (on Unix-like systems)\r\n$output_lines = [];\r\n$return_status;\r\n\r\n// Execute the command, capture output lines into $output_lines, \r\n// and capture the exit code into $return_status\r\nexec($command, $output_lines, $return_status);\r\n\r\necho \"Command Executed:\";\r\necho \"$command\";\r\n\r\necho \"Output Lines:\";\r\n\r\nprint_r($output_lines);\r\necho \"Return Status:\";\r\necho \"$return_status\"; // 0 usually means success\r\n?=','Generate The CREATE TABLE Statements','table create exec(','Table Dump',11,12,1,0,1,1,'2025-12-19'),(115,'HTML5 New Form Attributes\r\nHTML5 has several new attributes for \r\n and \r\n.\r\nNew attributes for \r\n:\r\nautocomplete\r\nnovalidate\r\nNew attributes for :\r\n\r\nautocomplete\r\nautofocus\r\nform\r\nformaction\r\nformenctype\r\nformmethod\r\nformnovalidate\r\nformtarget\r\nheight and width\r\nlist\r\nmin and max\r\nmultiple\r\npattern (regexp)\r\nplaceholder\r\nrequired\r\nstep\r\n\r\n\r\n / \r\n autocomplete Attribute\r\nThe autocomplete attribute specifies whether a form or input field should have autocomplete on or off.\r\nWhen autocomplete is on, the browser automatically complete values based on values that the user has entered before.\r\nTip:\r\n It is possible to have autocomplete \\\"on\\\" for the form, and \\\"off\\\" for specific input fields, or vice versa.\r\nNote:\r\n The autocomplete attribute works with \r\n and the following \r\n types: text, search, url, tel, email, password, datepickers, range, and color.\r\nExample\r\nAn HTML form with autocomplete on (and off for one input field):\r\n First name:\r\n Last name: \r\n E-mail: \r\n\r\nTry it yourself �\r\nTip:\r\n In some browsers you may need to activate the autocomplete function for this to work.\r\n novalidate Attribute\r\nThe novalidate attribute is a boolean attribute.\r\nWhen present, it specifies that the form-data (input) should not be validated when submitted.\r\nExample\r\nIndicates that the form is not to be validated on submit:\r\n E-mail: \r\n\r\nTry it yourself �\r\n autofocus Attribute\r\nThe autofocus attribute is a boolean attribute.\r\nWhen present, it specifies that an \r\n element should automatically get focus when the page loads.\r\nExample\r\nLet the \\\"First name\\\" input field automatically get focus when the page loads:\r\nFirst name:\r\nTry it yourself �\r\n form Attribute\r\nThe form attribute specifies one or more forms an \r\n element belongs to.\r\nTip:\r\n To refer to more than one form, use a space-separated list of form ids.\r\nExample\r\nAn input field located outside the HTML form (but still a part of the form):\r\n First name: \r\n\r\nLast name: \r\nTry it yourself �\r\n formaction Attribute\r\nThe formaction attribute specifies the URL of a file that will process the input control when the form is submitted.\r\nThe formaction attribute overrides the action attribute of the \r\n element.\r\nNote: \r\nThe formaction attribute is used with type=\\\"submit\\\" and type=\\\"image\\\".\r\nExample\r\nAn HTML form with two submit buttons, with different actions:\r\n First name: \r\n Last name: \r\n\r\n\r\nTry it yourself �\r\n formenctype Attribute\r\nThe formenctype attribute specifies how the form-data should be encoded when submitting it to the server (only for forms with method=\\\"post\\\")\r\nThe formenctype attribute overrides the enctype attribute of the \r\n element.\r\nNote: \r\nThe formenctype attribute is used with type=\\\"submit\\\" and type=\\\"image\\\".\r\nExample\r\nSend form-data that is default encoded (the first submit button), and encoded as \\\"multipart/form-data\\\" (the second submit button):\r\n First name: \r\n\r\n\r\nTry it yourself �\r\n formmethod Attribute\r\nThe formmethod attribute defines the HTTP method for sending form-data to the action URL.\r\nThe formmethod attribute overrides the method attribute of the \r\n element.\r\nNote:\r\n The formmethod attribute can be used with type=\\\"submit\\\" and type=\\\"image\\\".\r\nExample\r\nThe second submit button overrides the HTTP method of the form:\r\n First name: \r\n Last name: \r\n\r\n\r\nTry it yourself �\r\n formnovalidate Attribute\r\nThe novalidate attribute is a boolean attribute.\r\nWhen present, it specifies that the \r\n element should not be validated when submitted.\r\nThe formnovalidate attribute overrides the novalidate attribute of the \r\n element.\r\nNote:\r\n The formnovalidate attribute can be used with type=\\\"submit\\\".\r\nExample\r\nA form with two submit buttons (with and without validation):\r\n E-mail: \r\n\r\nTry it yourself �\r\n formtarget Attribute\r\nThe formtarget attribute specifies a name or a keyword that indicates where to display the response that is received after submitting the form.\r\nThe formtarget attribute overrides the target attribute of the \r\n element.\r\nNote:\r\n The formtarget attribute can be used with type=\\\"submit\\\" and type=\\\"image\\\".\r\nExample\r\nA form with two submit buttons, with different target windows:\r\n First name: \r\n Last name: \r\n\r\n\r\nTry it yourself �\r\n height and width Attributes\r\nThe height and width attributes specify the height and width of an \r\n element.\r\nNote:\r\n The height and width attributes are only used with \r\n.\r\nTip:\r\n Always specify both the height and width attributes for images. If height and width are set, the space required for the image is reserved when the page is loaded. However, without these attributes, the browser does not know the size of the image, and cannot reserve the appropriate space to it. The effect will be that the page layout will change during loading (while the images load).\r\nExample\r\nDefine an image as the submit button, with height and width attributes:\r\n\r\nTry it yourself �\r\n list Attribute\r\nThe list attribute refers to a \r\n element that contains pre-defined options for an \r\n element.\r\nExample\r\nAn \r\n element with pre-defined values in a \r\n:\r\n\r\n\r\nTry it yourself �\r\n min and max Attributes\r\nThe min and max attributes specify the minimum and maximum value for an \r\n element. The \r\nTYPE MUST BE NUMBER NOT TEXT\r\nNote:\r\n The min and max attributes works with the following input types: number, range, date, datetime, datetime-local, month, time and week.\r\nExample\r\n elements with min and max values:\r\nEnter a date before 1980-01-01:\r\n Enter a date after 2000-01-01:\r\n Quantity (between 1 and 5):\r\nTry it yourself �\r\n multiple Attribute\r\nThe multiple attribute is a boolean attribute.\r\nWhen present, it specifies that the user is allowed to enter more than one value in the \r\n element.\r\nNote:\r\n The multiple attribute works with the following input types: email, and file.\r\nExample\r\nA file upload field that accepts multiple values:\r\nSelect images: \r\nTry it yourself �\r\n pattern Attribute\r\nThe pattern attribute specifies a regular expression that the \r\n element\\\'s value is checked against.\r\nNote:\r\n The pattern attribute works with the following input types: text, search, url, tel, email, and password.\r\nTip:\r\n Use the global \r\ntitle\r\n attribute to describe the pattern to help the user.\r\nTip:\r\n Learn more about \r\nregular expressions\r\n in our JavaScript tutorial.\r\nExample\r\nAn input field that can contain only three letters (no numbers or special characters):\r\nCountry code: \r\nTry it yourself �\r\n placeholder Attribute\r\nThe placeholder attribute specifies a short hint that describes the expected value of an input field (e.g. a sample value or a short description of the expected format).\r\nThe short hint is displayed in the input field before the user enters a value.\r\nNote:\r\n The placeholder attribute works with the following input types: text, search, url, tel, email, and password.\r\nExample\r\nAn input field with a placeholder text:\r\n\r\nTry it yourself �\r\n required Attribute\r\nThe required attribute is a boolean attribute.\r\nWhen present, it specifies that an input field must be filled out before submitting the form.\r\nNote:\r\n The required attribute works with the following input types: text, search, url, tel, email, password, date pickers, number, checkbox, radio, and file.\r\nExample\r\nA required input field:\r\nUsername: \r\nTry it yourself �\r\n step Attribute\r\nThe step attribute specifies the legal number intervals for an \r\n element.\r\nExample: if step=\\\"3\\\", legal numbers could be -3, 0, 3, 6, etc.\r\nTip:\r\n The step attribute can be used together with the max and min attributes to create a range of legal values.\r\nNote:\r\n The step attribute works with the following input types: number, range, date, datetime, datetime-local, month, time and week.\r\nExample\r\nAn input field with a specified legal number intervals:\r\n\r\nTry it yourself �\r\nHTML5 \r\n Tag\r\nTag\r\nDescription\r\nDefines an HTML form for user input\r\nDefines an input control','Form Attributes','required min max pattern','Html Forms',17,4,1,0,1,1831,'2023-09-09'),(360,'How to Export Audio ONLY in Davinci Resolve (+ Best Format)\r\n\r\nBy\r\nJens Trimmer\r\nMay 3, 2022\r\nUPDATED\r\nJanuary 14, 2023\r\nExport\r\nIn this article, you will learn how to export audio ONLY from Davinci Resolve.\r\n\r\nThis is actually quite simple so let’s get to it:\r\n\r\nOpen the “Deliver†page inside Davinci Resolve.\r\nIn the “Render Settings†window, open the “Video†tab and uncheck “Export Video“.\r\nClick on “Audio†to open the tab, and change “Format†to “MP3†or “Wave“.\r\nClick on “Add to Render Queue“.\r\nClick on “Render All†on the right-hand side of the screen.\r\nThat’s the straightforward answer on how to do it!\r\n\r\nFor a more detailed explanation of this, and whether “MP3†or “Wave†is best, read on!\r\n\r\n(You’ll also learn how to render only one audio track).\r\n\r\nHow to Export Audio Only From Davinci Resolve! (Detailed Guide)\r\nSo let’s explain what was discussed above with a bit more details (and pictures!).\r\n\r\nIt does not matter if it’s a video or simply a song you have added to the timeline.\r\n\r\nYour final product will end up how you set the export settings anyways.\r\n\r\nBelow, you can see that I’ve added a normal MP4 file to the timeline, which I’m going to export as an MP3 file:\r\n\r\nNormal click in timeline\r\nThe next step is to go to the “Deliver†page in Davinci Resolve:\r\n\r\ndeliever page\r\nInside the “Deliver†page you should be able to see the “Render Setting†in the top corner on the left-hand side. Watch the picture below if you can’t see it.\r\n\r\nInside the “Render Setting“, the first thing you see is some pre-made render settings. Which is awesome, and something we are going to use!\r\n\r\nBy default this one is set to “Custom Export“, we want to change this one to “Audio Only“.\r\n\r\nTo find this option you have to scroll sideways:','Export Audio','DaVinci resolve audio','Sound Editor',19,25,1,0,1,0,'2026-01-07'),(361,'\r\n\r\n
\r\nfunction wp_debug_mode() {\r\n /**\r\n * Filters whether to allow the debug mode check to occur.\r\n *\r\n * This filter runs before it can be used by plugins. It is designed for\r\n * non-web runtimes. Returning false causes the `WP_DEBUG` and related\r\n * constants to not be checked and the default PHP values for errors\r\n * will be used unless you take care to update them yourself.\r\n *\r\n * To use this filter you must define a `$wp_filter` global before\r\n * WordPress loads, usually in `wp-config.php`.\r\n *\r\n * Example:\r\n *\r\n * $GLOBALS[\'wp_filter\'] = array(\r\n * \'enable_wp_debug_mode_checks\' => array(\r\n * 10 => array(\r\n * array(\r\n * \'accepted_args\' => 0,\r\n * \'function\' => function() {\r\n * return false;\r\n * },\r\n * ),\r\n * ),\r\n * ),\r\n * );\r\n *\r\n * @since 4.6.0\r\n *\r\n * @param bool $enable_debug_mode Whether to enable debug mode checks to occur. Default true.\r\n */\r\n if ( ! apply_filters( \'enable_wp_debug_mode_checks\', true ) ) {\r\n return;\r\n }\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nif ( WP_DEBUG ) {\r\n error_reporting( E_ALL );\r\n\r\n if ( WP_DEBUG_DISPLAY ) {\r\n ini_set( \'display_errors\', 1 );\r\n } elseif ( null !== WP_DEBUG_DISPLAY ) {\r\n ini_set( \'display_errors\', 0 );\r\n }\r\n\r\n if ( in_array( strtolower( (string) WP_DEBUG_LOG ), array( \'true\', \'1\' ), true ) ) {\r\n $log_path = WP_CONTENT_DIR . \'/debug.log\';\r\n } elseif ( is_string( WP_DEBUG_LOG ) ) {\r\n $log_path = WP_DEBUG_LOG;\r\n } else {\r\n $log_path = false;\r\n }\r\n\r\n if ( $log_path ) {\r\n ini_set( \'log_errors\', 1 );\r\n ini_set( \'error_log\', $log_path );\r\n }\r\n } else {\r\n error_reporting( E_CORE_ERROR | E_CORE_WARNING | E_COMPILE_ERROR | E_ERROR | E_WARNING | E_PARSE | E_USER_ERROR | E_USER_WARNING | E_RECOVERABLE_ERROR );\r\n }\r\n\r\n /*\r\n * The \'REST_REQUEST\' check here is optimistic as the constant is most\r\n * likely not set at this point even if it is in fact a REST request.\r\n */\r\n if ( defined( \'XMLRPC_REQUEST\' ) || defined( \'REST_REQUEST\' ) || defined( \'MS_FILES_REQUEST\' )\r\n || ( defined( \'WP_INSTALLING\' ) && WP_INSTALLING )\r\n || wp_doing_ajax() || wp_is_json_request()\r\n ) {\r\n ini_set( \'display_errors\', 0 );\r\n }\r\n}','Code That Displays Errors','error','Error Traping',22,7,0,0,1,1,'2026-01-08'),(363,'To add\r\nsession_start() using a WordPress hook, the recommended approach is to hook into the init action with an early priority in your theme\'s functions.php file or a custom plugin. \r\nRecommended Code Snippet\r\nAdd the following code to your active theme\'s functions.php file: \r\nphp\r\n\r\nfunction register_my_session() {\r\n if (!session_id()) {\r\n session_start();\r\n }\r\n}\r\nadd_action(\'init\', \'register_my_session\', 1);','Adding Sessions To Wordpress','session function','Wordpress Apps',22,19,1,0,1,1,'2026-01-09'),(364,'Got it — you want to embed an iFrame inside the WordPress admin area (not just in posts or pages). This is a bit different from front-end embedding because it involves customizing the WordPress dashboard or admin pages.\r\n\r\nHere’s how you can do it safely and cleanly:\r\n\r\n1. Add an iFrame to a Custom Admin Page\r\nYou can create a new admin menu item and load your iFrame inside it.\r\n\r\nPhp\r\nCopy code\r\n// Add this to your theme\'s functions.php or a custom plugin\r\nfunction my_custom_admin_page() {\r\n add_menu_page(\r\n \'My iFrame Page\', // Page title\r\n \'iFrame Page\', // Menu title\r\n \'manage_options\', // Capability\r\n \'my-iframe-page\', // Menu slug\r\n \'my_iframe_page_html\', // Callback function\r\n \'dashicons-admin-site\', // Icon\r\n 20 // Position\r\n );\r\n}\r\nadd_action(\'admin_menu\', \'my_custom_admin_page\');\r\n\r\nfunction my_iframe_page_html() {\r\n ?>\r\n {div class=\"wrap\">\r\n {h1>Embedded iFrame{/h1>\r\n {iframe src=\"https://example.com\" width=\"100%\" height=\"600\" style=\"border:0;\">{/iframe>\r\n {/div>\r\n {?php\r\n}\r\n2. Embed iFrame in an Existing Admin Page via Hook\r\nIf you want to insert it into an existing settings page, you can hook into the page’s output:\r\n\r\nPhp\r\nCopy code\r\nfunction my_iframe_in_settings_page() {\r\n echo \'{iframe src=\"https://example.com\" width=\"100%\" height=\"500\" style=\"border:0;\">{/iframe>\';\r\n}\r\nadd_action(\'admin_notices\', \'my_iframe_in_settings_page\');\r\n(Note: This will show at the top of all admin pages — you can conditionally check $_GET[\'page\'] to target specific ones.)\r\n\r\n3. Use a Dashboard Widget with iFrame\r\nThis is great if you want the iFrame right on the WordPress Dashboard.\r\n\r\nPhp\r\nCopy code\r\nfunction my_iframe_dashboard_widget() {\r\n wp_add_dashboard_widget(\r\n \'my_iframe_widget\',\r\n \'My iFrame Widget\',\r\n function() {\r\n echo \'{iframe src=\"https://example.com\" width=\"100%\" height=\"400\" style=\"border:0;\">{/iframe>\';\r\n }\r\n );\r\n}\r\nadd_action(\'wp_dashboard_setup\', \'my_iframe_dashboard_widget\');\r\n???? Tips for Safety & Compatibility\r\n\r\nOnly embed trusted URLs to avoid security risks.\r\nSome sites block embedding via X-Frame-Options. If your iFrame doesn’t load, that’s likely the reason.\r\nFor better styling, you can enqueue custom CSS for admin pages using admin_enqueue_scripts.\r\nIf you want, I can make a version where the iFrame is responsive and styled to match the WordPress admin UI so it feels native. Would you like me to prepare that?\r\n\r\nUndo\r\n\r\n\r\n
?php\r\n/*\r\nPlugin Name: Custom Admin PHP Script\r\nDescription: Adds a custom admin page that runs a PHP script.\r\nVersion: 1.0\r\nAuthor: Your Name\r\n*/\r\n\r\n// Hook into admin menu\r\nadd_action(\'admin_menu\', \'cap_add_admin_page\');\r\n\r\nfunction cap_add_admin_page() {\r\n add_menu_page(\r\n \'Custom PHP Script\', // Page title\r\n \'Custom Script\', // Menu title\r\n \'manage_options\', // Capability\r\n \'custom-php-script\', // Menu slug\r\n \'cap_render_admin_page\', // Callback function\r\n \'dashicons-editor-code\', // Icon\r\n 100 // Position\r\n );\r\n}\r\n\r\n// Render the admin page\r\nfunction cap_render_admin_page() {\r\n if (!current_user_can(\'manage_options\')) {\r\n wp_die(\'Unauthorized user\');\r\n }\r\n\r\n echo \'{div class=\"wrap\">{h1>Custom PHP Script Output{/h1>\';\r\n\r\n // Your PHP script logic here\r\n try {\r\n $result = date(\'Y-m-d H:i:s\'); // Example: current date/time\r\n echo \"{p>Server time is: {strong>{$result}{/strong>{/p>\";\r\n } catch (Exception $e) {\r\n echo \'{p style=\"color:red;\">Error: \' . esc_html($e->getMessage()) . \'{/p>\';\r\n }\r\n\r\n echo \'{/div>\';\r\n}','Putting Your Code Into Wordpress Admin','admin embed iframe','Developer Wordpress',9,19,1,0,1,0,'2026-01-19'),(365,'to change the default download location in Firefox,\r\n\r\n open the menu (three horizontal lines) in the top-right corner, \r\n\r\nselect Settings, and scroll down to the Downloads section under the General panel.\r\n Click \"Browse\" next to \"Save files to\" to choose a new folder, or select \"Always ask me where to save files\". Steps to Change Download Location: Access Settings: Click the menu button \\(\\equiv \\) in the top right and select Settings.Locate Downloads: Scroll down to the Files and Applications section and find the Downloads option.Change Folder: Click Browse (or \"Choose\") to select a new folder for downloads.Alternative Option: Select \"Always ask me where to save files\" to choose a destination every time a download starts. Important Notes: You can set Firefox to save to custom locations, including desktop or specific folders.If you select \"Always ask me where to save files,\" you will be prompted for a location with each download.Changes are saved automatically. ','Change The Default Download Location In Firefox','download firefox','Firefox',13,19,0,0,0,0,'2026-02-08'),(366,'\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nLatitude and Longitude of a Point \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n','Gps Google Map Copy','gps','Google Map Calculations Backup',2,28,0,0,1,1,'2026-02-20'),(15,'mysql settings- root folder wp-config.php\r\n\r\n[current page]\r\n$temp = get_page_template();\r\n$path = pathinfo($temp);\r\n$temp = $path[\'filename\'] . \".\" . $path[\'extension\'];\r\necho $temp;','Show Current Page','mysql setting current page','',22,9,0,0,1,1995,'2023-09-09'),(16,'w\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\n \r\n\r\n
[DIR] {$pathName}
\";\r\n } else {\r\n if(strpos(\"/\".$pathName,$directory)>0){ echo \"$fileName\"; }\r\n //echo \"$pathName $fileName $directory
\";\r\n }\r\n}\r\n/*\r\n$all_files = listAllFiles($current_dir);$repeat=1;\r\nforeach($all_files as $k=>$value) {\r\n if(is_array($value)==true){ readsubdir($value,$repeat); continue; }\r\n echo \"shit\".$value.\"
\";\r\n}*/\r\n//$repeated_char = str_repeat($char, $n);\r\n?>\r\n================================ END EXAMPLE ============================\r\nStep 1\r\nPlace this code between the tags in your webpage.\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nStep2\r\nThis is example html you can use, this goes inside your html body.\r\n\r\n
Try these: show a1\r\nshow a2\r\nshow a3\r\nshow \\\'thiscanbeanything\\\'
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n
\r\n\r\n Sample text:
\r\nJean-Paul Sartre, (1905-1980) born in Paris in 1905, studied at the �cole \r\n Normale Sup�rieure from 1924 to 1929 and became Professor of Philosophy at Le Havre\r\n in 1931. With the help of a stipend from the Institut Fran�ais he studied in Berlin\r\n (1932) the philosophies of Edmund Husserl and Martin Heidegger. After further teaching\r\n at Le Havre, and then in Laon, he taught at the Lyc�e Pasteur in Paris from 1937 to 1939.\r\n Since the end of the Second World War, Sartre has been living as an independent writer.
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n More on JPS
\r\nThe conclusions a writer must draw from this position were set forth in \r\n \\\"Qu\\\'est-ce que la litt�rature?\\\" (What Is Literature?), 1948: literature is\r\n no longer an activity for itself, nor primarily descriptive of characters \r\n and situations, but is concerned with human freedom and its (and the author\\\'s)\r\n commitment. Literature is committed; artistic creation is a moral activity.
\r\n \r\n\r\n\r\n \r\n
\r\n \r\n Yet more content. This can be anything in here, html, pictures.. flash ...
\r\n\r\n
\r\nThis content is in a div with id \\\"thicanbeanything\\\"
\r\nSartre is one of those writers for whom a determined philosophical position is the \r\n centre of their artistic being. Although drawn from many sources, for example, \r\n Husserl\\\'s idea of a free, fully intentional consciousness and Heidegger\\\'s existentialism,\r\n the existentialism Sartre formulated and popularized is profoundly original. \r\n Its popularity and that of its author reached a climax in the forties, and Sartre\\\'s \r\n theoretical writings as well as his novels and plays constitute one of the main inspirational\r\n sources of modern literature. In his philosophical view atheism is taken for granted; the\r\n \\\"loss of God\\\" is not mourned. Man is condemned to freedom, a freedom from all authority,\r\n which he may seek to evade, distort, and deny but which he will have to face if he is to\r\n become a moral being. The meaning of man\\\'s life is not established before his existence.\r\n Once the terrible freedom is acknowledged, man has to make this meaning himself, has to \r\n commit himself to a role in this world, has to commit his freedom. And this attempt to\r\n make oneself is futile without the \\\"solidarity\\\" of others.
\r\nClasses
\r\n if it is a class.\r\n\r\n\r\ncompared to if it is an id.\r\n','Div - Hide A Layer','hide div layer class getElementById getElementsByClassName example','Create Folder-file List',2,3,0,0,1,1878,'2026-03-11'),(9,'[url location]\r\nparent.frame_name.location= url \\\"send url into a frame\\\"\r\n\r\n[Integer]\r\nvar pop=parseInt(1000*Math.random());\r\n\r\n[decimal only]\r\nvar fracPart = 123456 % 1000;\r\n\r\nanchor() Creates an HTML anchor 1 3 \r\nbig() Displays a string in a big font 1 3 \r\nblink() Displays a blinking string 1 \r\nbold() Displays a string in bold 1 3 \r\ncharAt() Returns the character at a specified position 1 3 \r\ncharCodeAt() Returns the Unicode of the character at a specified position 1 4 \r\nconcat() Joins two or more strings 1 4 \r\nfixed() Displays a string as teletype text 1 3 \r\nfontcolor() Displays a string in a specified color 1 3 \r\nfontsize() Displays a string in a specified size 1 3 \r\nfromCharCode() Takes the specified Unicode values and returns a string 1 4 \r\nindexOf() Returns the position of the first occurrence of a specified string value in a string 1 3 \r\nitalics() Displays a string in italic 1 3 \r\nlastIndexOf() Returns the position of the last occurrence of a specified string value, searching backwards from the specified position in a string 1 3 \r\nlink() Displays a string as a hyperlink 1 3 \r\nmatch() Searches for a specified value in a string 1 4 \r\nreplace() Replaces some characters with some other characters in a string 1 4 \r\nsearch() Searches a string for a specified value 1 4 \r\nslice() Extracts a part of a string and returns the extracted part in a new string 1 4 \r\nsmall() Displays a string in a small font 1 3 \r\nsplit() Splits a string into an array of strings 1 4 \r\nstrike() Displays a string with a strikethrough 1 3 \r\nsub() Displays a string as subscript 1 3 \r\nsubstr() Extracts a specified number of characters in a string, from a start index 1 4 \r\nsubstring() Extracts the characters in a string between two specified indices 1 3 \r\nsup() Displays a string as superscript 1 3 \r\ntoLowerCase() Displays a string in lowercase letters 1 3 \r\ntoUpperCase() Displays a string in uppercase letters 1 3 \r\ntoSource() Represents the source code of an object 1 - \r\nvalueOf() Returns the primitive value of a String object \r\n\r\n\r\nDefinition and Usage\r\n\r\nThe substr() method extracts a specified number of characters in a string, from a start index.\r\nSyntax stringObject.substr(start,length)\r\n\r\nParameter Description\r\nstart Required. Where to start the extraction. Must be a numeric value\r\nlength Optional. How many characters to extract. Must be a numeric value.\r\n\r\nTips and Notes\r\n\r\nNote: To extract characters from the end of the string, use a negative start number (This does not work in IE).\r\n\r\nNote: The start index starts at 0.\r\n\r\nNote: If the length parameter is omitted, this method extracts to the end of the string.\r\nExample 1\r\n\r\nIn this example we will use substr() to extract some characters from a string:\r\n\r\n\r\nThe output of the code above will be:\r\nlo world!','List Of Functions','javascript functions','',2,7,0,0,1,2025,'2023-09-09'),(129,'Even though it is cool using the bricks in the start menu I still like putting my favorite apps on the windows task bar without pinning. It takes up a lot less space.\r\n\r\nTo do this:\r\n- Right click on the desk top and create a new folder. Give it a Short name so it does not take up much space on the tool bar \r\n
- I like my desk top clean so I just dragged and dumped everything I use a lot on this folder. You will need to copy and paste if you want an icon to stay on the desk top. \r\n
- Leave the folder on your desktop. \r\n
- Right click on the task bar and click on toolbars-new toolbar. \r\n
- From the dialogue box select the Desktop. Select the file folder that you named. \r\n
- You now have all your favorites on the task bar. After you reboot the will be list by alpha. \r\n
\";\r\necho \"Finished\";\r\nexit();\r\n?>','Create Graphic Button On The Fly','grapic button image color','',1,7,1,0,1,1235,'2023-09-09'),(133,'$im = imagecreate(400, 30);\r\n\r\n// Create some colors\r\n$white = imagecolorallocate($im, 255, 255, 255);\r\n$grey = imagecolorallocate($im, 128, 128, 128);\r\n$black = imagecolorallocate($im, 0, 0, 0);\r\n\r\n// The text to draw\r\n$text = \'Testing...\';\r\n// Replace path by your own font path\r\n$font = \'arial.ttf\';\r\n\r\n// Add some shadow to the text\r\nimagettftext($im, 20, 0, 11, 21, $grey, $font, $text);\r\n\r\n// Add the text\r\nimagettftext($im, 20, 0, 10, 20, $black, $font, $text);\r\n\r\n// Using imagepng() results in clearer text compared with imagejpeg()\r\nimagepng($im);\r\nimagedestroy($im);\r\n\r\n\r\n*************************************\r\nThe below script would be called with a tag like this from a page: Note: Not all major browsers support all the new input types. However, you can already start using them; If they are not supported, they will behave as regular text fields.
Input Type: color
The color type is used for input fields that should contain a color.
Input Type: date
The date type allows the user to select a date.
Input Type: datetime
The datetime type allows the user to select a date and time (with time zone).
Example
Define a date and time control (with time zone):
Birthday (date and time):
Try it yourself »
Input Type: datetime-local
The datetime-local type allows the user to select a date and time (no time zone).
Input Type: email
The email type is used for input fields that should contain an e-mail address.
Example
Define a field for an e-mail address (will be automatically validated when submitted):
E-mail:
Try it yourself »
Tip: Safari on iPhone recognizes the email type, and changes the on-screen keyboard to match it (adds @ and .com options).
Input Type: month
The month type allows the user to select a month and year.
Example
Define a month and year control (no time zone):
Birthday (month and year):
Try it yourself »
Input Type: number
The number type is used for input fields that should contain a numeric value.
You can also set restrictions on what numbers are accepted:
Use the following attributes to specify restrictions:
- max - specifies the maximum value allowed
- min - specifies the minimum value allowed
- step - specifies the legal number intervals
- value - Specifies the default value
Try an example with all the restriction attributes: Try it yourself
Input Type: range
The range type is used for input fields that should contain a value from a range of numbers.
You can also set restrictions on what numbers are accepted.
Example
Define a control for entering a number whose exact value is not important (like a slider control):
Try it yourself »
Use the following attributes to specify restrictions:
- max - specifies the maximum value allowed
- min - specifies the minimum value allowed
- step - specifies the legal number intervals
- value - Specifies the default value
Input Type: search
The search type is used for search fields (a search field behaves like a regular text field).
Example
Define a search field (like a site search, or Google search):
Search Google:
Try it yourself »
Input Type: tel
Input Type: time
The time type allows the user to select a time.
Input Type: url
The url type is used for input fields that should contain a URL address.
The value of the url field is automatically validated when the form is submitted.
Tip: Safari on iPhone recognizes the url input type, and changes the on-screen keyboard to match it (adds .com option).
Input Type: week
The week type allows the user to select a week and year.
','New Html Types','color','',17,3,1,0,1,1208,'2023-09-09'),(352,'CREATE TABLE `cash` (\r\n `cashid` mediumint(9) NOT NULL AUTO_INCREMENT,\r\n `amount_total` smallint(6) NOT NULL,\r\n `amount_split` smallint(6) NOT NULL,\r\n `caleb` smallint(6) NOT NULL,\r\n `jarrod` smallint(6) NOT NULL,\r\n `received_on` datetime NOT NULL,\r\n `farm` tinyint(4) NOT NULL,\r\n `cutting` tinyint(4) NOT NULL,\r\n `chk_cash` tinyint(4) NOT NULL,\r\n `bale_count` smallint(6) NOT NULL,\r\n `comment` varchar(50) NOT NULL,\r\n `ave_price` decimal(8,2) NOT NULL,\r\n PRIMARY KEY (`cashid`),\r\n KEY `received_on` (`received_on`)\r\n) ENGINE=MyISAM AUTO_INCREMENT=1683 DEFAULT CHARSET=latin1\r\n\r\nCREATE TABLE `lastbackup` (\r\n `backupid` mediumint(9) NOT NULL AUTO_INCREMENT,\r\n `to` tinyint(4) NOT NULL,\r\n `type` tinyint(4) NOT NULL,\r\n `method` tinyint(4) NOT NULL, \r\n `device` varchar(30) NOT NULL, \r\n `table_name` varchar(30) NOT NULL,\r\n ` database_name` varchar(30) NOT NULL,\r\n `destination` varchar(50) NOT NULL, \r\n `received_on` datetime NOT NULL,\r\n PRIMARY KEY (`backupid`),\r\n KEY `received_on` (`received_on`)\r\n) ENGINE=MyISAM AUTO_INCREMENT=1 DEFAULT CHARSET=latin1\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nProgrammatically with PHP\r\nYou can write a PHP script to connect to your MySQL database and execute queries to generate the CREATE TABLE statements. This is useful for building custom backup tools. \r\nThe following approach involves fetching table metadata and reconstructing the SQL, or leveraging PHP\'s ability to execute shell commands like mysqldump for simplicity: \r\n\r\n Executing mysqldump from PHP: This method executes the command-line utility within your PHP script, which is often the most reliable way to get a perfect SQL structure dump. \r\n\r\nphp\r\n\r\n=?php\r\n$db_user = \"your_username\";\r\n$db_pass = \"your_password\";\r\n$db_name = \"your_database\";\r\n$table_name = \"your_table\";\r\n$output_file = \"structure_export.sql\";\r\n\r\n// Command to export only the structure (--no-data)\r\n$command = \"mysqldump -u\" . $db_user . \" -p\" . $db_pass . \" \" . $db_name . \" \" . $table_name . \" --no-data > \" . $output_file;\r\n\r\n// Execute the command\r\nexec($command, $output, $return_var);\r\n\r\nif ($return_var === 0) {\r\n echo \"Table structure exported successfully to \" . $output_file;\r\n} else {\r\n echo \"Error exporting table structure.\";\r\n}\r\n?=\r\n
\r\n=?php\r\nALL TABLES\r\nfunction backup_mysql_database($host, $user, $pass, $dbname, $filename) {\r\n // Ensure the output file has a .sql extension for clarity\r\n if (substr($filename, -4) !== \'.sql\') {\r\n $filename .= \'.sql\';\r\n }\r\n\r\n // Command to execute mysqldump: \r\n // --opt is enabled by default and is recommended for speed and size\r\n // --single-transaction allows a consistent backup without locking tables for InnoDB tables\r\n $command = sprintf(\r\n \'mysqldump -h%s -u%s -p%s --opt --single-transaction %s > %s\',\r\n escapeshellarg($host),\r\n escapeshellarg($user),\r\n escapeshellarg($pass),\r\n escapeshellarg($dbname),\r\n escapeshellarg($filename)\r\n );\r\n\r\n $output = [];\r\n $result_code = 0;\r\n \r\n // Execute the command\r\n exec($command, $output, $result_code);\r\n\r\n if ($result_code === 0) {\r\n return \"Database dump successful. File saved as: $filename\";\r\n } else {\r\n return \"Error creating database dump. Command output: \" . implode(\"\\n\", $output);\r\n }\r\n}\r\n\r\n// Configuration variables\r\n$DBHOST = \'localhost\';\r\n$DBUSER = \'your_username\';\r\n$DBPASS = \'your_password\';\r\n$DBNAME = \'your_database_name\';\r\n$BACKUP_FILE = \'backup_\' . date(\'Y-m-d_H-i-s\') . \'.sql\';\r\n\r\n// Run the backup function\r\n$message = backup_mysql_database($DBHOST, $DBUSER, $DBPASS, $DBNAME, $BACKUP_FILE);\r\n\r\necho $message;\r\n?=\r\n\r\n
\r\n=?php\r\n$command = \"ls -l\"; // Command to list files and directories (on Unix-like systems)\r\n$output_lines = [];\r\n$return_status;\r\n\r\n// Execute the command, capture output lines into $output_lines, \r\n// and capture the exit code into $return_status\r\nexec($command, $output_lines, $return_status);\r\n\r\necho \"Command Executed:\";\r\necho \"$command\";\r\n\r\necho \"Output Lines:\";\r\n\r\nprint_r($output_lines);\r\necho \"Return Status:\";\r\necho \"$return_status\"; // 0 usually means success\r\n?=','Generate The CREATE TABLE Statements','table create exec(','Table Dump',11,12,1,0,1,1,'2025-12-19'),(115,'HTML5 New Form Attributes\r\nHTML5 has several new attributes for \r\n and \r\n.\r\nNew attributes for \r\n:\r\nautocomplete\r\nnovalidate\r\nNew attributes for :\r\n\r\nautocomplete\r\nautofocus\r\nform\r\nformaction\r\nformenctype\r\nformmethod\r\nformnovalidate\r\nformtarget\r\nheight and width\r\nlist\r\nmin and max\r\nmultiple\r\npattern (regexp)\r\nplaceholder\r\nrequired\r\nstep\r\n\r\n\r\n / \r\n autocomplete Attribute\r\nThe autocomplete attribute specifies whether a form or input field should have autocomplete on or off.\r\nWhen autocomplete is on, the browser automatically complete values based on values that the user has entered before.\r\nTip:\r\n It is possible to have autocomplete \\\"on\\\" for the form, and \\\"off\\\" for specific input fields, or vice versa.\r\nNote:\r\n The autocomplete attribute works with \r\n and the following \r\n types: text, search, url, tel, email, password, datepickers, range, and color.\r\nExample\r\nAn HTML form with autocomplete on (and off for one input field):\r\n First name:\r\n Last name: \r\n E-mail: \r\n\r\nTry it yourself �\r\nTip:\r\n In some browsers you may need to activate the autocomplete function for this to work.\r\n novalidate Attribute\r\nThe novalidate attribute is a boolean attribute.\r\nWhen present, it specifies that the form-data (input) should not be validated when submitted.\r\nExample\r\nIndicates that the form is not to be validated on submit:\r\n E-mail: \r\n\r\nTry it yourself �\r\n autofocus Attribute\r\nThe autofocus attribute is a boolean attribute.\r\nWhen present, it specifies that an \r\n element should automatically get focus when the page loads.\r\nExample\r\nLet the \\\"First name\\\" input field automatically get focus when the page loads:\r\nFirst name:\r\nTry it yourself �\r\n form Attribute\r\nThe form attribute specifies one or more forms an \r\n element belongs to.\r\nTip:\r\n To refer to more than one form, use a space-separated list of form ids.\r\nExample\r\nAn input field located outside the HTML form (but still a part of the form):\r\n First name: \r\n\r\nLast name: \r\nTry it yourself �\r\n formaction Attribute\r\nThe formaction attribute specifies the URL of a file that will process the input control when the form is submitted.\r\nThe formaction attribute overrides the action attribute of the \r\n element.\r\nNote: \r\nThe formaction attribute is used with type=\\\"submit\\\" and type=\\\"image\\\".\r\nExample\r\nAn HTML form with two submit buttons, with different actions:\r\n First name: \r\n Last name: \r\n\r\n\r\nTry it yourself �\r\n formenctype Attribute\r\nThe formenctype attribute specifies how the form-data should be encoded when submitting it to the server (only for forms with method=\\\"post\\\")\r\nThe formenctype attribute overrides the enctype attribute of the \r\n element.\r\nNote: \r\nThe formenctype attribute is used with type=\\\"submit\\\" and type=\\\"image\\\".\r\nExample\r\nSend form-data that is default encoded (the first submit button), and encoded as \\\"multipart/form-data\\\" (the second submit button):\r\n First name: \r\n\r\n\r\nTry it yourself �\r\n formmethod Attribute\r\nThe formmethod attribute defines the HTTP method for sending form-data to the action URL.\r\nThe formmethod attribute overrides the method attribute of the \r\n element.\r\nNote:\r\n The formmethod attribute can be used with type=\\\"submit\\\" and type=\\\"image\\\".\r\nExample\r\nThe second submit button overrides the HTTP method of the form:\r\n First name: \r\n Last name: \r\n\r\n\r\nTry it yourself �\r\n formnovalidate Attribute\r\nThe novalidate attribute is a boolean attribute.\r\nWhen present, it specifies that the \r\n element should not be validated when submitted.\r\nThe formnovalidate attribute overrides the novalidate attribute of the \r\n element.\r\nNote:\r\n The formnovalidate attribute can be used with type=\\\"submit\\\".\r\nExample\r\nA form with two submit buttons (with and without validation):\r\n E-mail: \r\n\r\nTry it yourself �\r\n formtarget Attribute\r\nThe formtarget attribute specifies a name or a keyword that indicates where to display the response that is received after submitting the form.\r\nThe formtarget attribute overrides the target attribute of the \r\n element.\r\nNote:\r\n The formtarget attribute can be used with type=\\\"submit\\\" and type=\\\"image\\\".\r\nExample\r\nA form with two submit buttons, with different target windows:\r\n First name: \r\n Last name: \r\n\r\n\r\nTry it yourself �\r\n height and width Attributes\r\nThe height and width attributes specify the height and width of an \r\n element.\r\nNote:\r\n The height and width attributes are only used with \r\n.\r\nTip:\r\n Always specify both the height and width attributes for images. If height and width are set, the space required for the image is reserved when the page is loaded. However, without these attributes, the browser does not know the size of the image, and cannot reserve the appropriate space to it. The effect will be that the page layout will change during loading (while the images load).\r\nExample\r\nDefine an image as the submit button, with height and width attributes:\r\n\r\nTry it yourself �\r\n list Attribute\r\nThe list attribute refers to a \r\n element that contains pre-defined options for an \r\n element.\r\nExample\r\nAn \r\n element with pre-defined values in a \r\n:\r\n\r\n\r\nTry it yourself �\r\n min and max Attributes\r\nThe min and max attributes specify the minimum and maximum value for an \r\n element. The \r\nTYPE MUST BE NUMBER NOT TEXT\r\nNote:\r\n The min and max attributes works with the following input types: number, range, date, datetime, datetime-local, month, time and week.\r\nExample\r\n elements with min and max values:\r\nEnter a date before 1980-01-01:\r\n Enter a date after 2000-01-01:\r\n Quantity (between 1 and 5):\r\nTry it yourself �\r\n multiple Attribute\r\nThe multiple attribute is a boolean attribute.\r\nWhen present, it specifies that the user is allowed to enter more than one value in the \r\n element.\r\nNote:\r\n The multiple attribute works with the following input types: email, and file.\r\nExample\r\nA file upload field that accepts multiple values:\r\nSelect images: \r\nTry it yourself �\r\n pattern Attribute\r\nThe pattern attribute specifies a regular expression that the \r\n element\\\'s value is checked against.\r\nNote:\r\n The pattern attribute works with the following input types: text, search, url, tel, email, and password.\r\nTip:\r\n Use the global \r\ntitle\r\n attribute to describe the pattern to help the user.\r\nTip:\r\n Learn more about \r\nregular expressions\r\n in our JavaScript tutorial.\r\nExample\r\nAn input field that can contain only three letters (no numbers or special characters):\r\nCountry code: \r\nTry it yourself �\r\n placeholder Attribute\r\nThe placeholder attribute specifies a short hint that describes the expected value of an input field (e.g. a sample value or a short description of the expected format).\r\nThe short hint is displayed in the input field before the user enters a value.\r\nNote:\r\n The placeholder attribute works with the following input types: text, search, url, tel, email, and password.\r\nExample\r\nAn input field with a placeholder text:\r\n\r\nTry it yourself �\r\n required Attribute\r\nThe required attribute is a boolean attribute.\r\nWhen present, it specifies that an input field must be filled out before submitting the form.\r\nNote:\r\n The required attribute works with the following input types: text, search, url, tel, email, password, date pickers, number, checkbox, radio, and file.\r\nExample\r\nA required input field:\r\nUsername: \r\nTry it yourself �\r\n step Attribute\r\nThe step attribute specifies the legal number intervals for an \r\n element.\r\nExample: if step=\\\"3\\\", legal numbers could be -3, 0, 3, 6, etc.\r\nTip:\r\n The step attribute can be used together with the max and min attributes to create a range of legal values.\r\nNote:\r\n The step attribute works with the following input types: number, range, date, datetime, datetime-local, month, time and week.\r\nExample\r\nAn input field with a specified legal number intervals:\r\n\r\nTry it yourself �\r\nHTML5 \r\n Tag\r\nTag\r\nDescription\r\nDefines an HTML form for user input\r\nDefines an input control','Form Attributes','required min max pattern','Html Forms',17,4,1,0,1,1831,'2023-09-09'),(360,'How to Export Audio ONLY in Davinci Resolve (+ Best Format)\r\n\r\nBy\r\nJens Trimmer\r\nMay 3, 2022\r\nUPDATED\r\nJanuary 14, 2023\r\nExport\r\nIn this article, you will learn how to export audio ONLY from Davinci Resolve.\r\n\r\nThis is actually quite simple so let’s get to it:\r\n\r\nOpen the “Deliver†page inside Davinci Resolve.\r\nIn the “Render Settings†window, open the “Video†tab and uncheck “Export Video“.\r\nClick on “Audio†to open the tab, and change “Format†to “MP3†or “Wave“.\r\nClick on “Add to Render Queue“.\r\nClick on “Render All†on the right-hand side of the screen.\r\nThat’s the straightforward answer on how to do it!\r\n\r\nFor a more detailed explanation of this, and whether “MP3†or “Wave†is best, read on!\r\n\r\n(You’ll also learn how to render only one audio track).\r\n\r\nHow to Export Audio Only From Davinci Resolve! (Detailed Guide)\r\nSo let’s explain what was discussed above with a bit more details (and pictures!).\r\n\r\nIt does not matter if it’s a video or simply a song you have added to the timeline.\r\n\r\nYour final product will end up how you set the export settings anyways.\r\n\r\nBelow, you can see that I’ve added a normal MP4 file to the timeline, which I’m going to export as an MP3 file:\r\n\r\nNormal click in timeline\r\nThe next step is to go to the “Deliver†page in Davinci Resolve:\r\n\r\ndeliever page\r\nInside the “Deliver†page you should be able to see the “Render Setting†in the top corner on the left-hand side. Watch the picture below if you can’t see it.\r\n\r\nInside the “Render Setting“, the first thing you see is some pre-made render settings. Which is awesome, and something we are going to use!\r\n\r\nBy default this one is set to “Custom Export“, we want to change this one to “Audio Only“.\r\n\r\nTo find this option you have to scroll sideways:','Export Audio','DaVinci resolve audio','Sound Editor',19,25,1,0,1,0,'2026-01-07'),(361,'\r\n\r\n
\r\n Persistent background text\r\n \r\n
','??????Keeping Place Holders','placeholder','',4,3,1,0,1,0,'2026-01-07'),(362,'ini_set(\'display_errors\',\'Off\');\r\nini_set(\'error_reporting\', E_ALL & ~E_WARNING & ~E_NOTICE & ~E_DEPRECATED & ~E_STRICT);\r\ndefine(\'WP_DEBUG\', false);\r\ndefine(\'WP_DEBUG_DISPLAY\', false);\r\ndefine(\'WP_DEBUG_LOG\', true); // Still logs critical errors to debug.log\r\n\r\nfunction wp_debug_mode() {\r\n /**\r\n * Filters whether to allow the debug mode check to occur.\r\n *\r\n * This filter runs before it can be used by plugins. It is designed for\r\n * non-web runtimes. Returning false causes the `WP_DEBUG` and related\r\n * constants to not be checked and the default PHP values for errors\r\n * will be used unless you take care to update them yourself.\r\n *\r\n * To use this filter you must define a `$wp_filter` global before\r\n * WordPress loads, usually in `wp-config.php`.\r\n *\r\n * Example:\r\n *\r\n * $GLOBALS[\'wp_filter\'] = array(\r\n * \'enable_wp_debug_mode_checks\' => array(\r\n * 10 => array(\r\n * array(\r\n * \'accepted_args\' => 0,\r\n * \'function\' => function() {\r\n * return false;\r\n * },\r\n * ),\r\n * ),\r\n * ),\r\n * );\r\n *\r\n * @since 4.6.0\r\n *\r\n * @param bool $enable_debug_mode Whether to enable debug mode checks to occur. Default true.\r\n */\r\n if ( ! apply_filters( \'enable_wp_debug_mode_checks\', true ) ) {\r\n return;\r\n }\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nif ( WP_DEBUG ) {\r\n error_reporting( E_ALL );\r\n\r\n if ( WP_DEBUG_DISPLAY ) {\r\n ini_set( \'display_errors\', 1 );\r\n } elseif ( null !== WP_DEBUG_DISPLAY ) {\r\n ini_set( \'display_errors\', 0 );\r\n }\r\n\r\n if ( in_array( strtolower( (string) WP_DEBUG_LOG ), array( \'true\', \'1\' ), true ) ) {\r\n $log_path = WP_CONTENT_DIR . \'/debug.log\';\r\n } elseif ( is_string( WP_DEBUG_LOG ) ) {\r\n $log_path = WP_DEBUG_LOG;\r\n } else {\r\n $log_path = false;\r\n }\r\n\r\n if ( $log_path ) {\r\n ini_set( \'log_errors\', 1 );\r\n ini_set( \'error_log\', $log_path );\r\n }\r\n } else {\r\n error_reporting( E_CORE_ERROR | E_CORE_WARNING | E_COMPILE_ERROR | E_ERROR | E_WARNING | E_PARSE | E_USER_ERROR | E_USER_WARNING | E_RECOVERABLE_ERROR );\r\n }\r\n\r\n /*\r\n * The \'REST_REQUEST\' check here is optimistic as the constant is most\r\n * likely not set at this point even if it is in fact a REST request.\r\n */\r\n if ( defined( \'XMLRPC_REQUEST\' ) || defined( \'REST_REQUEST\' ) || defined( \'MS_FILES_REQUEST\' )\r\n || ( defined( \'WP_INSTALLING\' ) && WP_INSTALLING )\r\n || wp_doing_ajax() || wp_is_json_request()\r\n ) {\r\n ini_set( \'display_errors\', 0 );\r\n }\r\n}','Code That Displays Errors','error','Error Traping',22,7,0,0,1,1,'2026-01-08'),(363,'To add\r\nsession_start() using a WordPress hook, the recommended approach is to hook into the init action with an early priority in your theme\'s functions.php file or a custom plugin. \r\nRecommended Code Snippet\r\nAdd the following code to your active theme\'s functions.php file: \r\nphp\r\n\r\nfunction register_my_session() {\r\n if (!session_id()) {\r\n session_start();\r\n }\r\n}\r\nadd_action(\'init\', \'register_my_session\', 1);','Adding Sessions To Wordpress','session function','Wordpress Apps',22,19,1,0,1,1,'2026-01-09'),(364,'Got it — you want to embed an iFrame inside the WordPress admin area (not just in posts or pages). This is a bit different from front-end embedding because it involves customizing the WordPress dashboard or admin pages.\r\n\r\nHere’s how you can do it safely and cleanly:\r\n\r\n1. Add an iFrame to a Custom Admin Page\r\nYou can create a new admin menu item and load your iFrame inside it.\r\n\r\nPhp\r\nCopy code\r\n// Add this to your theme\'s functions.php or a custom plugin\r\nfunction my_custom_admin_page() {\r\n add_menu_page(\r\n \'My iFrame Page\', // Page title\r\n \'iFrame Page\', // Menu title\r\n \'manage_options\', // Capability\r\n \'my-iframe-page\', // Menu slug\r\n \'my_iframe_page_html\', // Callback function\r\n \'dashicons-admin-site\', // Icon\r\n 20 // Position\r\n );\r\n}\r\nadd_action(\'admin_menu\', \'my_custom_admin_page\');\r\n\r\nfunction my_iframe_page_html() {\r\n ?>\r\n {div class=\"wrap\">\r\n {h1>Embedded iFrame{/h1>\r\n {iframe src=\"https://example.com\" width=\"100%\" height=\"600\" style=\"border:0;\">{/iframe>\r\n {/div>\r\n {?php\r\n}\r\n2. Embed iFrame in an Existing Admin Page via Hook\r\nIf you want to insert it into an existing settings page, you can hook into the page’s output:\r\n\r\nPhp\r\nCopy code\r\nfunction my_iframe_in_settings_page() {\r\n echo \'{iframe src=\"https://example.com\" width=\"100%\" height=\"500\" style=\"border:0;\">{/iframe>\';\r\n}\r\nadd_action(\'admin_notices\', \'my_iframe_in_settings_page\');\r\n(Note: This will show at the top of all admin pages — you can conditionally check $_GET[\'page\'] to target specific ones.)\r\n\r\n3. Use a Dashboard Widget with iFrame\r\nThis is great if you want the iFrame right on the WordPress Dashboard.\r\n\r\nPhp\r\nCopy code\r\nfunction my_iframe_dashboard_widget() {\r\n wp_add_dashboard_widget(\r\n \'my_iframe_widget\',\r\n \'My iFrame Widget\',\r\n function() {\r\n echo \'{iframe src=\"https://example.com\" width=\"100%\" height=\"400\" style=\"border:0;\">{/iframe>\';\r\n }\r\n );\r\n}\r\nadd_action(\'wp_dashboard_setup\', \'my_iframe_dashboard_widget\');\r\n???? Tips for Safety & Compatibility\r\n\r\nOnly embed trusted URLs to avoid security risks.\r\nSome sites block embedding via X-Frame-Options. If your iFrame doesn’t load, that’s likely the reason.\r\nFor better styling, you can enqueue custom CSS for admin pages using admin_enqueue_scripts.\r\nIf you want, I can make a version where the iFrame is responsive and styled to match the WordPress admin UI so it feels native. Would you like me to prepare that?\r\n\r\nUndo\r\n\r\n\r\n
?php\r\n/*\r\nPlugin Name: Custom Admin PHP Script\r\nDescription: Adds a custom admin page that runs a PHP script.\r\nVersion: 1.0\r\nAuthor: Your Name\r\n*/\r\n\r\n// Hook into admin menu\r\nadd_action(\'admin_menu\', \'cap_add_admin_page\');\r\n\r\nfunction cap_add_admin_page() {\r\n add_menu_page(\r\n \'Custom PHP Script\', // Page title\r\n \'Custom Script\', // Menu title\r\n \'manage_options\', // Capability\r\n \'custom-php-script\', // Menu slug\r\n \'cap_render_admin_page\', // Callback function\r\n \'dashicons-editor-code\', // Icon\r\n 100 // Position\r\n );\r\n}\r\n\r\n// Render the admin page\r\nfunction cap_render_admin_page() {\r\n if (!current_user_can(\'manage_options\')) {\r\n wp_die(\'Unauthorized user\');\r\n }\r\n\r\n echo \'{div class=\"wrap\">{h1>Custom PHP Script Output{/h1>\';\r\n\r\n // Your PHP script logic here\r\n try {\r\n $result = date(\'Y-m-d H:i:s\'); // Example: current date/time\r\n echo \"{p>Server time is: {strong>{$result}{/strong>{/p>\";\r\n } catch (Exception $e) {\r\n echo \'{p style=\"color:red;\">Error: \' . esc_html($e->getMessage()) . \'{/p>\';\r\n }\r\n\r\n echo \'{/div>\';\r\n}','Putting Your Code Into Wordpress Admin','admin embed iframe','Developer Wordpress',9,19,1,0,1,0,'2026-01-19'),(365,'to change the default download location in Firefox,\r\n\r\n open the menu (three horizontal lines) in the top-right corner, \r\n\r\nselect Settings, and scroll down to the Downloads section under the General panel.\r\n Click \"Browse\" next to \"Save files to\" to choose a new folder, or select \"Always ask me where to save files\". Steps to Change Download Location: Access Settings: Click the menu button \\(\\equiv \\) in the top right and select Settings.Locate Downloads: Scroll down to the Files and Applications section and find the Downloads option.Change Folder: Click Browse (or \"Choose\") to select a new folder for downloads.Alternative Option: Select \"Always ask me where to save files\" to choose a destination every time a download starts. Important Notes: You can set Firefox to save to custom locations, including desktop or specific folders.If you select \"Always ask me where to save files,\" you will be prompted for a location with each download.Changes are saved automatically. ','Change The Default Download Location In Firefox','download firefox','Firefox',13,19,0,0,0,0,'2026-02-08'),(366,'\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Steves Farms -
\r\npx; height:px;float:left;margin-left:50px;\">\r\n
\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n
\r\n
\r\n
\r\n
Get the Latitude and Longitude of a Point
\r\nWhen you click on the map, move the marker or enter an address the latitude and longitude coordinates of the point are inserted in the boxes below.
\r\nonclick="showLatLong(, );"\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\nSlope: Intercept=\r\n
\r\n
\r\n| Latitude | Longitude | Bearing | Distance | GPS Points | |
\r\n\r\n\r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n
\r\n\r\n\r\nhpHeckman
\r\nhpHill
\r\nHpLake
\r\nhpNorth
\r\nhpSheep
\r\nhpSwest
\r\nhpTopMid
\r\n\r\n\r\nAccess points
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\nhpHill
\r\nHpLake
\r\nhpNorth
\r\nhpSheep
\r\nhpSwest
\r\nhpTopMid
\r\n\r\n\r\nAccess points
\r\n\r\n
\r\nsev05A
\r\nsev05B
\r\nsev06A
\r\nsev06B
\r\nsev07
\r\nsev08
\r\nsev09
\r\nsev10
\r\nAccess points
\r\n
\r\n\r\nsev05B
\r\nsev06A
\r\nsev06B
\r\nsev07
\r\nsev08
\r\nsev09
\r\nsev10
\r\nAccess points
\r\n
| Degrees | Minutes | Seconds | |
| Latitude: | |||
| Longitude: |
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nShow Point from Latitude and Longitude
\r\nUse this if you know the latitude and longitude coordinates of a point and want to see where on the map the point is.\r\n
Use: + for N Lat or E Long - for S Lat or W Long.
Example: +40.689060 -74.044636
Note: Your entry should not have any embedded spaces.
Example: +34 40 50.12 for 34N 40\' 50.12\" |
\r\n
\r\nFocus Events\r\nEvent Occurs When\r\nonblur An element loses focus\r\nonfocus An element gets focus\r\nonfocusin An element is about to get focus\r\nonfocusout An element is about to lose focus\r\n=================\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\nKeyboard Events\r\nEvent Occurs When\r\nonkeydown A user presses a key\r\nonkeypress A user presses a key\r\nonkeyup A user releases a key\r\n=================\r\nKeyboardEvent Properties\r\nProperty Returns\r\naltKey If the ALT key was pressed\r\ncharCode Deprecated (Avoid using it)\r\ncode The code of the key that triggered the event\r\nctrlKey If the CTRL key was pressed\r\nisComposing If the state of the event is composing or not\r\nkey The value of the key that triggered the event\r\nkeyCode Deprecated (Avoid using it)\r\nlocation The location of a key on the keyboard or device\r\nmetaKey If the META key was pressed\r\nrepeat If a key is being hold down repeatedly, or not\r\nshiftKey If the SHIFT key was pressed\r\nwhich Deprecated (Avoid using it)\r\n\r\n
\r\nMouse Events\r\nEvent Occurs When\r\nonclick A user clicks on an element\r\noncontextmenu A user right-clicks on an element\r\nondblclick A user double-clicks on an element\r\nonmousedown A mouse button is pressed over an element\r\nonmouseenter The mouse pointer moves into an element\r\nonmouseleave The mouse pointer moves out of an element\r\nonmousemove The mouse pointer moves over an element\r\nonmouseout The mouse pointer moves out of an element\r\n\r\n=================\r\n\r\nMouseEvent Properties\r\nProperty Returns\r\naltKey If the ALT key is pressed\r\nbutton Which mouse button is pressed\r\nbuttons Which mouse buttons were pressed\r\nclientX The X coordinate of the mouse pointer (window relative)\r\nclientY The Y coordinate of the mouse pointer (window relative)\r\nctrlKey If the CTRL key is pressed\r\ndetail The details about an event\r\nmetaKey If the META key is pressed\r\noffsetX The X coordinate of the mouse pointer (target relative)\r\noffsetY The Y coordinate of the mouse pointer (target relative)\r\npageX The X coordinate of the mouse pointer (document relative)\r\npageY The Y coordinate of the mouse pointer (document relative)\r\nrelatedTarget The element that triggered the mouse event\r\nscreenX The X coordinate of the mouse pointer (screen relative)\r\nscreenY The Y coordinate of the mouse pointer (screen relative)\r\nshiftKey If the SHIFT key is pressed\r\nwhich Deprecated (Avoid using it)\r\nUse the button property instead\r\nonmouseover The mouse pointer moves onto an element\r\nonmouseup A mouse button is released over an element','Form Fields - Events','form events onchange','',2,4,0,0,1,2027,'2026-01-03'),(30,'indexOf:\r\nvar ss = \\\"a string index of test \\\";\r\nvar result = ss.indexOf(\\\"ri\\\");\r\n\r\nlength:\r\n\r\n\r\nReplace Function: Global Regular Expression\r\nBy enabling the global property of our regular expression, we can go from replacing one match at a time to replacing all matches at once. To enable the global property, just put a \\\"g\\\" at the end of the regular expression.\r\n\r\nreplace:\r\n\r\nDisplay:\r\nOld string = Hello username! I hope you enjoy your stay username.\r\nNew string = Hello Chuck! I hope you enjoy your stay Chuck. \r\n\r\nsubstring:\r\n \r\nThe output of the code above will be: lo w\r\n\r\nQuestion: How do I convert numbers to strings in JavaScript? \r\n\r\nAnswer: The simplest way to convert any variable to a string is to add an empty string to that variable (i.e. concatenate it with an empty string \\\'\\\'), for example: \r\n\r\n\r\na = a+\\\'\\\' // This converts a to string\r\nb += \\\'\\\' // This converts b to string\r\n\r\n5.41 + \\\'\\\' // Result: the string \\\'5.41\\\'\r\nMath.PI + \\\'\\\' // Result: the string \\\'3.141592653589793\\\'','String Manipulations','replace indexof substring length','',2,1,1,0,1,1246,'2023-09-09'),(31,'function addData(value1){\r\n if(document.getElementById(\'li\'+value1).checked==true){\r\n if(document.getElementById(value1).value==""){\r\n document.getElementById(value1).value=1;\r\n }\r\n }\r\n}\r\n\r\nSet background color\r\ndocument.getElementById(\'colorcheck\').style.backgroundcolor= toHex(R)+toHex(G)+toHex(B)','GetElementById','getelementbyid get element by id','',2,7,0,0,1,1251,'2023-09-09'),(32,'JavaScript Confirm Example\r\nBelow is an example of how you would use a confirm dialogue box to warn users about something, giving them the option to either continue on or stay put.\r\n\r\nHTML & JavaScript Code:\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nDisplay:\r\n\r\n \r\nNote the part in red. This is where all the magic happens. We call the confirm function with the message, \"Leave Tizag?\". JavaScript then makes a popup window with two choices and will return a value to our script code depending on which button the user clicks.\r\n\r\nIf the user clicks OK, a value of 1 is returned. If a user clicks cancel, a value of 0 is returned.. We store this value in answer by setting it equal to the confirm function call.\r\n\r\nAfter answer has stored the value, we then use answer as a conditional statement. If answer is anything but zero, then we will send the user away from Tizag.com. If answer is equal to zero, we will keep the user at Tizag.com because they clicked the Cancel button. \r\n\r\nIn either case, we have a JavaScript alert box that appears to inform the user on what is going to happen. It will say, \"Bye bye!\" if they choose to leave and, \"Thanks for sticking around!\" if they choose to stay.','Confirm()','yes no cancel message box','',2,7,0,0,1,2000,'2023-09-09'),(33,'JavaScript - Is it Enabled?\r\nThis lesson will first teach you how to enable JavaScript in Internet Explorer, Firefox, and Opera, then show you how you can write a very simple script to separate website visitors who don\\\'t have JavaScript enabled from those who do.\r\n\r\nAdvertise on Tizag.com \r\nEnable JavaScript - Internet Explorer\r\nIn Internet Explorer 6/7 (download Internet Explorer), you can check to see if JavaScript is enabled by navigating to the custom security settings that are somewhat buried (don\\\'t worry; we\\\'ll help you find it).\r\n\r\n1.Click on the Tools menu\r\n2.Choose Internet Options... from the menu\r\n3.Click the Security tab on the Internet Options pop up\r\n4.Click the Custom Level... button to access your security settings\r\n5.Scroll almost all the way down to the Scripting section\r\n6.Select the Enable button for Active scripting\r\n7.Click OK to finish the process\r\n8.Click Yes when asked to confirm\r\n\r\nEnable JavaScript - Firefox\r\nIn Firefox 2 (download Firefox) you can check to see if JavaScript is enabled by navigating to the Content settings under Options.\r\n\r\n1.Click on the Tools menu\r\n2.Choose Options... from the menu\r\n3.Click the Content tab in the Options pop up\r\n4.Make sure that Enable JavaScript is checked\r\n5.Click OK to finish the process\r\n\r\nEnable JavaScript - Opera\r\nIn Opera (download Opera) you can check to see if JavaScript is enabled by navigating to the Content settings under Preferences.\r\n\r\n1.Click on the Tools menu\r\n2.Choose Preferences... from the menu\r\n3.Click the Advanced tab in the Preferences pop up\r\n4.Select Content from the list of items on the left\r\n5.Make sure that Enable JavaScript is checked\r\n6.Click OK to finish the process\r\nJavaScript Detection\r\nThese days, it\\\'s basically impossible to navigate the web without a JavaScript-enabled browser, so checking whether or not a user has JavaScript enabled is not all that important. Chances are, the only way it be disabled is if the company\\\'s IT staff has decided to disable JavaScript for some reason. However, if you still want to be sure your users are JavaScript enabled, this script will get it done.\r\n\r\nThe only sure fire way to separate users who don\\\'t have JavaScript from those who do is to use a simple redirect script that will only work for those with JavaScript enabled. If a person\\\'s browser does not have JavaScript enabled, the script will not run, and they will remain on the same page.\r\n\r\nJavaScript Code:\r\n\r\nReplace the example URL with the webpage of your choice','Is Javascript Enabled','enable javascript','',2,7,1,0,1,1211,'2023-09-09'),(34,'JavaScript While Loop Explained\r\nThere are two key parts to a JavaScript while loop:\r\n\r\n1.The conditional statement which must be True for the while loop\\\'s code to be executed.\r\n2.The while loop\\\'s code that is contained in curly braces \\\"{ and }\\\" will be executed if the condition is True.\r\nWhen a while loop begins, the JavaScript interpreter checks if the condition statement is true. If it is, the code between the curly braces is executed. At the end of the code segment \\\"}\\\", the while loop loops back to the condition statement and begins again. \r\n\r\nIf the condition statement is always True, then you will never exit the while loop, so be very careful when using while loops!\r\n\r\nCreating a Simple While Loop\r\nThis example shows how to create a basic while loop that will execute a document.write 10 times and then exit the loop statement.\r\n\r\nJavaScript Code:\r\n\r\n\r\nDisplay:\r\nWhile loop is beginning\r\nmyCounter = 0\r\nmyCounter = 1\r\nmyCounter = 2\r\nmyCounter = 3\r\nmyCounter = 4\r\nmyCounter = 5\r\nmyCounter = 6\r\nmyCounter = 7\r\nmyCounter = 8\r\nmyCounter = 9\r\nWhile loop is finished! \r\nOur variable myCounter started off at 0, which is less than 10, so our while loop executed its code. The value 0 was printed to the browser and then myCounter was incremented by 1 and the while loop started over again.\r\n\r\n1 was less than 10 so the while loop\\\'s code was executed... and the process repeats itself a few more times until...\r\n\r\nmyCounter was 10 which was not less than 10 so the while loop\\\'s code did not execute. You can see this in the Display: because the last value to be printed out was 9.\r\n\r\nNote: Advanced programmers may recognize that a for loop would be a better solution for this example, but we hope you can ignore this for our needs to create an easy example!','While Loop','while loop','',2,7,0,0,1,1170,'2023-09-09'),(35,'Creating Single Line Comments\r\nTo create a single line comment in JavaScript, you place two slashes \\\"//\\\" in front of the code or text you wish to have the JavaScript interpreter ignore. When you place these two slashes, all text to the right of them will be ignored, until the next line.\r\n\r\nThese types of comments are great for commenting out single lines of code and writing small notes.\r\n\r\nJavaScript Code:\r\n\r\n\r\nDisplay:\r\nI have comments in my JavaScript code! \r\nEach line of code that is colored red is commented out and will not be interpreted by the JavaScript engine.\r\n\r\nCreating Multi-line Comments\r\nAlthough a single line comment is quite useful, it can sometimes be burdensome to use when disabling long segments of code or inserting long-winded comments. For this large comments you can use JavaScript\\\'s multi-line comment that begins with /* and ends with */.\r\n\r\nJavaScript Code:\r\n\r\n\r\nDisplay:\r\nI have multi-line comments! \r\nQuite often text editors have the ability to comment out many lines of code with a simple key stroke or option in the menu. If you are using a specialized text editor for programming, be sure that you check and see if it has an option to easily comment out many lines of code!','Comment Out Lines','comment rem','',2,7,1,0,1,1507,'2023-09-09'),(36,'Back in the day, you\\\'d often see prompts on personal webpages asking for your name. After you typed in the information, you would be greeted with a page that had a welcome message, such as, \\\"Welcome to My Personal WebPage John Schmieger!\\\" (If your name just so happened to be John Schmieger).\r\n\r\nThe JavaScript prompt is not very useful and many find it slightly annoying, but hey, this tutorial is here to educate you, so let\\\'s learn how to make that prompt!\r\n\r\nSimple JavaScript Prompt\r\nYou can use a prompt for a wide variety of useless tasks, but below we use it for an exceptionally silly task. Our prompt is used to gather the user\\\'s name to be displayed in our alert dialogue box.\r\n\r\nHTML & JavaScript Code:\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nDisplay:\r\n \r\nRecap on JavaScript Prompt\r\nIt sure is a quick way to gather some information, but it is not as reliable an information gatherer as other options available to you. If you want to find out someone\\\'s name and information, the best way to request this information would be through the use of HTML Forms. And if you want to use the information you collected in your website, you might use some PHP to get that job done in a more sophisticated manner.','Prompt For','prompt input','',2,4,1,0,1,1477,'2023-09-09'),(37,'JavaScript Date and Time Object\r\nThe Date object is useful when you want to display a date or use a timestamp in some sort of calculation. In Java, you can either make a Date object by supplying the date of your choice, or you can let JavaScript create a Date object based on your visitor\\\'s system clock. It is usually best to let JavaScript simply use the system clock.\r\n\r\nAdvertise on Tizag.com \r\nWhen creating a Date object based on the computer\\\'s (not web server\\\'s!) internal clock, it is important to note that if someone\\\'s clock is off by a few hours or they are in a different time zone, then the Date object will create a different times from the one created on your own computer.\r\n\r\nJavaScript Date Today (Current)\r\nTo warm up our JavaScript Date object skills, let\\\'s do something easy. If you do not supply any arguments to the Date constructor (this makes the Date object) then it will create a Date object based on the visitor\\\'s internal clock.\r\n\r\nHTML & JavaScript Code:\r\n
To return the view to display all log entries, click Filter on the View menu, and then click Restore Defaults.
','How To Create A New Network Place','network','',18,2,0,0,1,1415,'2023-09-09'),(43,'Folders:\r\nThere is Microsoft\\\'s algorithm, for converting a regular (long) filename to a DOS (short) filename, which you can probably find on MSDN. The most basic operation is indeed to construct an \\\"8.3\\\" abbreviation by appending \\\"~1\\\" to the first 6 chars, then dropping everything else, up to the first (?) \\\".\\\", and taking only the first 3 chars after that, for the \\\"extension\\\". But the algorithm continues, if you have a lot of files with similar names, for instance (after you run out of \\\"~2\\\", \\\"~3\\\", ...).\r\n\r\nBut then, there is the entirely different operation, of taking a directory in a FAT32/NTFS filesystem, and getting the actual (short and long) names stored for the files in it (as in \\\"DIR /X\\\"), IF the filesystem has generated a short name for each file (I think in the NTFS version used in WindowsXP, the short name is no longer generated and stored, by default, for every file?).\r\n\r\nSo, using Microsoft\\\'s algorithm you can predict what the short name should be, but retrieving the actual short name from the directory is a different operation. The two should match, except in the newer filesystems e.g. NTFS under WinXP, where there may no longer be a short name stored for a given file (I think you can still create and store the short name for a given file, on demand if needed?).\r\n\r\n\r\nFiles:\r\nWindows supports long file names up to 255 characters in length. Windows also generates an MS-DOS-compatible (short) file name in 8.3 format to allow MS-DOS-based or 16-bit Windows-based programs to access the files. \r\nMORE INFORMATIONWindows generates short file names from long file names in the following manner:...Windows generates short file names from long file names in the following manner: \r\n\r\nWindows deletes any invalid characters and spaces from the file name. Invalid characters include:\r\n. \\\" / \\\\ [ ] : ; = , \r\nBecause short file names can contain only one period (.), Windows removes additional periods from the file name if valid, non-space characters follow the final period in the file name. For example, Windows generates the short file name \r\nThisis~1.txt \r\nfrom the long file name \r\nThis is a really long filename.123.456.789.txt \r\nOtherwise, Windows ignores the final period and uses the next to the last period. For example, Windows generates the short file name\r\nThisis~1.789 \r\nfrom the long file name \r\nThis is a really long filename.123.456.789. \r\nWindows truncates the file name, if necessary, to six characters and appends a tilde (~) and a digit. For example, each unique file name created ends with \\\"~1.\\\" Duplicate file names end with \\\"~2,\\\" \\\"~3,\\\" and so on. \r\nWindows truncates the file name extension to three characters or less. \r\nWindows translates all characters in the file name and extension to uppercase. \r\nNote that if a folder or file name contains a space, but less than eight characters, Windows still creates a short file name. This behavior may cause problems if you attempt to access such a file or folder over a network. To work around this situation, substitute a valid character, such as an underscore (_), for the space. If you do so, Windows does not create a different short file name \r\n\r\nFor example, \\\"Afile~1.doc\\\" is generated from \\\"A file.doc\\\" because the long file name contains a space. \r\n\r\nNo short file name is generated from \\\"A_file.doc\\\" because the file name contains less than eight characters and does not contain a space. \r\n\r\nThe short file name \\\"Alongf~1.txt\\\" is generated from the long file name \\\"A long filename.txt\\\" because the long file name contains more than eight characters. \r\n\r\n--------------------------------------------------------------------------------','Short Filenames','dos short file names','',18,9,0,0,1,2443,'2023-09-09'),(44,'$sessionid=strtotime(date(\\\"Y-m-d H:i:s\\\"));\r\n\r\nformat character Description Example returned values \r\na Lowercase Ante meridiem and Post meridiem am or pm \r\nA Uppercase Ante meridiem and Post meridiem AM or PM \r\nB Swatch Internet time 000 through 999 \r\nc ISO 8601 date (added in PHP 5) 2004-02-12T15:19:21+00:00 \r\nd Day of the month, 2 digits with leading zeros 01 to 31 \r\nD A textual representation of a day, three letters Mon through Sun \r\nF A full textual representation of a month, such as January or March January through December \r\ng 12-hour format of an hour without leading zeros 1 through 12 \r\nG 24-hour format of an hour without leading zeros 0 through 23 \r\nh 12-hour format of an hour with leading zeros 01 through 12 \r\nH 24-hour format of an hour with leading zeros 00 through 23 \r\ni Minutes with leading zeros 00 to 59 \r\nI (capital i) Whether or not the date is in daylights savings time 1 if Daylight Savings Time, 0 otherwise. \r\nj Day of the month without leading zeros 1 to 31 \r\nl (lowercase \\\'L\\\') A full textual representation of the day of the week Sunday through Saturday \r\nL Whether it\\\'s a leap year 1 if it is a leap year, 0 otherwise. \r\nm Numeric representation of a month, with leading zeros 01 through 12 \r\nM A short textual representation of a month, three letters Jan through Dec \r\nn Numeric representation of a month, without leading zeros 1 through 12 \r\nO Difference to Greenwich time (GMT) in hours Example: +0200 \r\nr RFC 2822 formatted date Example: Thu, 21 Dec 2000 16:01:07 +0200 \r\ns Seconds, with leading zeros 00 through 59 \r\nS English ordinal suffix for the day of the month, 2 characters st, nd, rd or th. Works well with j \r\nt Number of days in the given month 28 through 31 \r\nT Timezone setting of this machine Examples: EST, MDT ... \r\nU Seconds since the Unix Epoch (January 1 1970 00:00:00 GMT) See also time() \r\nw Numeric representation of the day of the week 0 (for Sunday) through 6 (for Saturday) \r\nW ISO-8601 week number of year, weeks starting on Monday (added in PHP 4.1.0) Example: 42 (the 42nd week in the year) \r\nY A full numeric representation of a year, 4 digits Examples: 1999 or 2003 \r\ny A two digit representation of a year Examples: 99 or 03 \r\nz The day of the year (starting from 0) 0 through 365 \r\nZ Timezone offset in seconds. The offset for timezones west of UTC is always negative, and for those east of UTC is always positive. -43200 through 43200 \r\n\r\n\r\nUnrecognized characters in the format string will be printed as-is. The Z format will always return 0 when using gmdate(). \r\n\r\nExample 1. date() examples\r\n****************************************\r\na \\\"am\\\" or \\\"pm\\\" \r\nA \\\"AM\\\" or \\\"PM\\\" \r\nB Swatch Internet time \r\nd day of the month, 2 digits with leading zeros; i.e. \\\"01\\\" to \\\"31\\\" \r\nD day of the week, textual, 3 letters; i.e. \\\"Fri\\\" \r\nF month, textual, long; i.e. \\\"January\\\" \r\ng hour, 12-hour format without leading zeros; i.e. \\\"1\\\" to \\\"12\\\" \r\nG hour, 24-hour format without leading zeros; i.e. \\\"0\\\" to \\\"23\\\" \r\nh hour, 12-hour format; i.e. \\\"01\\\" to \\\"12\\\" \r\nH hour, 24-hour format; i.e. \\\"00\\\" to \\\"23\\\" \r\ni minutes; i.e. \\\"00\\\" to \\\"59\\\" \r\nI (capital i) \\\"1\\\" if Daylight Savings Time, \\\"0\\\" otherwise. \r\nj day of the month without leading zeros; i.e. \\\"1\\\" to \\\"31\\\" \r\nl (lowercase \\\'L\\\') day of the week, textual, long; i.e. \\\"Friday\\\" \r\nL boolean for whether it is a leap year; i.e. \\\"0\\\" or \\\"1\\\" \r\nm month; i.e. \\\"01\\\" to \\\"12\\\" \r\nM month, textual, 3 letters; i.e. \\\"Jan\\\" \r\nn month without leading zeros; i.e. \\\"1\\\" to \\\"12\\\" \r\nr RFC 822 formatted date; i.e. \\\"Thu, 21 Dec 2000 16:01:07 +0200\\\" (added in PHP 4.0.4) \r\ns seconds; i.e. \\\"00\\\" to \\\"59\\\" \r\nS English ordinal suffix, textual, 2 characters; i.e. \\\"th\\\", \\\"nd\\\" \r\nt number of days in the given month; i.e. \\\"28\\\" to \\\"31\\\" \r\nT Timezone setting of this machine; i.e. \\\"MDT\\\" \r\nU seconds since the epoch \r\nw day of the week, numeric, i.e. \\\"0\\\" (Sunday) to \\\"6\\\" (Saturday) \r\nY year, 4 digits; i.e. \\\"1999\\\" \r\ny year, 2 digits; i.e. \\\"99\\\" \r\nz day of the year; i.e. \\\"0\\\" to \\\"365\\\" \r\nZ timezone offset in seconds (i.e. \\\"-43200\\\" to \\\"43200\\\"). The offset for timezones west of UTC is always negative, and for those east of UTC is always positive','Date Functions','time date','',1,13,1,0,1,2090,'2023-09-09'),(46,'syntax:<fieldset><legend>Mytext</legend></fieldset>\r\n fieldset{border:1px solid #000000;padding:10px 10px 10px 10px;text-align:left;margin: 0px 5px 15px 20px; }\r\nlegend{border:1px solid #000000;padding:2px 2px 2px 2px;text-align:left; }\r\n\r\nfieldset { \r\n display: block;\r\n margin-left: 2px;\r\n margin-right: 2px;\r\n padding-top: 0.35em;\r\n padding-bottom: 0.625em;\r\n padding-left: 0.75em;\r\n padding-right: 0.75em;\r\n border: 2px groove (internal value);\r\n}','Fieldsets And Legends','border box fieldset legend','Web',4,3,0,0,1,1447,'2023-09-09'),(47,'function message(form){\r\n var value = form.payment.options[form.payment.selectedIndex].value;\r\n var message=\\\"\\\";\r\n if(value==\\\"PHONE\\\"){\r\n message=\\\"Complete your order by scrolling to the bottom of this page and clicking the NEXT button.\\\\n\\\\n That will complete your order and provide you with your order number and total.\\\\n\\\\n I accept Visa or MasterCard.\\\\n\\\\n Call Denise at 970-454-2152 or cell phone at 970-590-2162.\\\\n\\\\n I will need your order # and the total amount of your order. Please provide me with your credit card number, expiration date, and the last 3 digits of the number on the back of your card.\\\\n\\\\n I also need the billing address of the credit card if you did not provide it on the order form. If for some reason I am unable to take your call, please leave me a message and I\\\'ll call you back as soon as possible. You may leave this information on my answering machine.\\\\n\\\\n Please call between 7:30am and 9:30pm (Mountain Standard Time) 9:30am and 11:30pm (Eastern Standard Time).\\\\n\\\\n Thank You.\\\";\r\n }\r\n if(value==\\\"CHECK\\\"){\r\n message=\\\"You have selected pay by check\\\";\r\n }\r\n if(value==\\\"MONEY ORDER\\\"){\r\n message=\\\"You have selected MONEY ORDER\\\";\r\n }\r\n if(value==\\\"PAYPAL\\\"){\r\n message=\\\"If you are paying by credit card with our secure online page, we accept Visa, MasterCard, Discover and American Express.\\\\n\\\\nIf you do not receive a confirmation email after completing the credit card payment, we will not be notified either. Contact us to confirm your order.\\\";\r\n }\r\n alert (message);\r\n}\r\n*************\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n[example 2]\r\n\r\nHow do I find the value of a SELECT element?\r\nApr 17th, 2000 16:04\r\nMartin Honnen, \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nNN6 and IE4+ provide a\r\n value\r\nproperty for SELECT elements thus\r\n document.formName.selectName.value\r\nis sufficient with these browsers. For other browsers and cross browser \r\ncode use\r\n var select = document.formName.selectName;\r\n var value = select.options[select.selectedIndex].value\r\n\r\n__________________________________\r\n[select name=\\\'navi\\\' onChange=\\\"go()\\\">\r\nfunction go()\r\n{\r\n box = document.forms[0].navi;\r\n destination = box.options[box.selectedIndex].value;\r\n if (destination) location.href = destination;\r\n}\r\n____________________________________________________\r\nWhere: qxq-features.php\r\n','Select- Combo Box','index combo','',2,4,1,0,1,1752,'2024-10-05'),(216,'\"35\",\"Ben\"=>\"37\",\"Joe\"=>\"43\");\r\narsort($age);\r\n?>\r\nDefinition and Usage\r\nThe arsort() function sorts an associative array in descending order, according to the value.\r\n\r\nTip: Use the asort() function to sort an associative array in ascending order, according to the value.\r\n\r\nTip: Use the krsort() function to sort an associative array in descending order, according to the key.\r\n\r\nSyntax\r\narsort(array, sorttype)\r\nParameter Values\r\nParameter Description\r\narray Required. Specifies the array to sort\r\nsorttype Optional. Specifies how to compare the array elements/items. Possible values:\r\n0 = SORT_REGULAR - Default. Compare items normally (don\'t change types)\r\n1 = SORT_NUMERIC - Compare items numerically\r\n2 = SORT_STRING - Compare items as strings\r\n3 = SORT_LOCALE_STRING - Compare items as strings, based on current locale\r\n4 = SORT_NATURAL - Compare items as strings using natural ordering\r\n5 = SORT_FLAG_CASE -\r\n\r\n?>','Using Arrays','array','',1,23,0,0,1,2,'2023-09-09'),(217,'Imports System.IO\r\n\r\n[DELETE FILE]\r\n If File.Exists(TREE3 + FLD(0, 0) + \"_header.php\") Then File.Delete(TREE3 + FLD(0, 0) + \"_header.php\")\r\n\r\n==============\r\nFunction DriveAvailable(driveLetter As String) As Boolean\r\n Try\r\n Dim driveInfo As New DriveInfo(driveLetter)\r\n Return driveInfo.IsReady \' Returns True if the drive is ready\r\n Catch ex As Exception\r\n Return False \' Return False if an exception occurs (e.g., invalid drive)\r\n End Try\r\n End Function\r\n\r\nSub LoadFilesListBox(ByRef coBox As ListBox, ByVal folderPath As String, ByVal Pattern As String)\r\n Dim M0 As Integer = 1, fileName1 As String = \"\", M1 As Integer, M As Integer \'PatternSection As String\r\n \'Dim di As New IO.DirectoryInfo(folderPath), diar1 As IO.FileInfo(), dra As IO.FileInfo\r\n With coBox\r\n .Items.Clear()\r\n End With\r\n Dim AllowedExtension As String = \"*.*\"\r\n If Not System.IO.Directory.Exists(folderPath) Then MsgBox(\"This folder seems to have disappeared.\") : Exit Sub\r\n For Each file As String In IO.Directory.GetFiles(folderPath, \"*.*\")\r\n M1 = file.LastIndexOf(\"\\\") + 1 : M = file.Length - M1\r\n fileName1 = file.Substring(M1, M)\r\n coBox.Items.Add(fileName1)\r\n Next\r\n End Sub','Directory Files Into A List Box Checking Drive Available','delete files directory drive listbox','',15,9,0,0,1,2,'2023-09-09'),(49,'http://www.zdnet.com/blog/bott/the-one-security-tool-every-windows-user-should-know-about/2848?pg=1\r\nnew zero-day security hole in all versions of Windows is the subject of targeted attacksMicrosoft says. The flaw, according to Microsoft Security Advisory 2488013, occurs when an attacker exploits the creation of uninitialized memory during a CSS function within Internet Explorer. The result? It is possible under certain conditions for the memory to be leveraged by an attacker using a specially crafted Web page to gain remote code execution.\r\nSimilar holes have been spotted in the past in applications such as Adobe Reader, Adobe Flash, and Apples QuickTime.\r\nThe definitive fix for a vulnerability like this is a vendor-supplied patch. But what do you do while youre waiting for the patch? And how do you deal with vulnerabilities in legacy applications that cant be easily repaired?\r\nThats the goal of Microsofts Enhanced Mitigation Experience Toolkit (EMET), a simple but powerful configuration utility that allows you to harden applications that werent originally designed to take advantage of Windows security features. EMET version 2 was released a few months ago and runs on all currently supported Windows client and server editions, including Windows 7, Windows Vista (Service Pack 1 or later), Windows XP (Service Pack 3), Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, and Windows Server 2003 (Service Pack 1 or later).\r\nAlthough its possible to configure some of these settings in other ways, EMET offers a straightforward, clean interface that works identically across multiple Windows versions. Its not a magic bullet, but it is an extremely potent addition to a thorough, in-depth approach to Windows security.\r\nEMET gives you more granular control over Data Execution Prevention (DEP), a security feature that has been a part of Windows since XP Service Pack 2. Hardware-enforced DEP blocks the execution of code in memory locations that should contain only data, such as the stack or the heap, preventing a common form of exploit. Using EMET, you can turn on DEP for applications that were not originally compiled to be compatible with the feature. (For more on how DEP works, see the two-part Understanding DEP as a mitigation technology series on the Microsoft Security Research & Defense blog: Part 1, Part 2).\r\nYou can also use EMET to overcome a limitation of Address Space Layout Randomization (ASLR). This feature is designed to prevent attackers from jumping to predictable memory addresses to exploit vulnerabilities in code. The problem with ASLR is that it works on a per-process basis; dynamic-link libraries (DLLs) associated with that process can still be located at predictable addresses, where vulnerabilities can be exploited. Thats the attack vector used in the unpatched zero-day vulnerability I mention at the beginning of this post. EMET supports mandatory ASLR, which forces the relocation of DLLs associated with a process and thus blocks this entire class of exploits.\r\nOther features in EMET mitigate against common tricks that hackers use to exploit flaws in code, by blocking common heap spraying techniques and validating exceptions before calling an exception handler.\r\nThe EMET documentation acknowledges that these are stopgap fixes:\r\n Please note this is a pseudo mitigation designed to break current exploit techniques. It is not designed to break future exploits as well. As exploit techniques continue to evolve, so will EMET.\r\nIn fact, thats one of the promises of EMET. It exists outside the Windows code base, so it can be updated more aggressively. As the official users guide explains:\r\n EMET is a living tool designed to be updated as new mitigation technologies become available. This provides a chance for users to try out and benefit from cutting edge mitigations. The release cycle for EMET is also not tied to any product. EMET updates can be made dynamically as soon as new mitigations are ready.\r\nEMET is distributed as a very small (4.7MB) installer and can be downloaded here. On the next page, I walk you through some of the basics of installation and setup.\r\nInstalling Microsofts Enhanced Mitigation Experience Toolkit (EMET) is straightforward for individual Windows PCs, although Microsoft acknowledges that the current version is not convenient to deploy in an enterprise setting. On Windows XP and Windows Server 2003, you must first ensure that the Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0 is installed. There are no prerequisites for other supported Windows versions.\r\nFor a step-by-step illustrated walkthrough, see the accompanying image gallery.\r\nAfter downloading the installer package, log on using an administrator account and run EMET Setup.msi. A restart is not required. Then open the EMET application using its Start menu shortcut.\r\nThe EMET interface is divided into two parts. The top shows the system status; the bottom shows a list of running processes and whether they are currently running with EMET enabled.\r\nYou can use EMET to adjust systemwide security settings. Click Configure System to display the dialog box shown here. You can configure any of the three settings individually or use the drop-down menu at the top to apply preconfigured groups of settings.\r\nAlthough it sounds tempting, I dont recommend the Maximum Security Settings option for Windows 7. Thats especially true in a business setting, where compatibility issues can have financial consequences. For Windows XP, however, this option does make sense. Your XP options are more limited, because XP doesnt support SEHOP or ASLR. Enabling DEP universally on XP is a smart idea.\r\nMost zero-day threats attack commonly used Internet-facing applications, such as Internet Explorer add-ons, Adobe Acrobat and Reader, Apple QuickTime, and so on. To tighten security on one of these individual programs, click Configure Apps.\r\nClick Add and then browse to the location of the executable file associated with that program. For the default 32-bit versions of Internet Explorer, this is C:Program FilesInternet ExplorerIexplore.exe [on 64-bit Windows installations, this file is in the Program Files (x86) folder]. For Adobe Reader, start in Program Files [or Program Files (x86) on a 64-bit Windows system]; the executable file, AcroRd32.exe, is typically in the AdobeReader subfolder (this folder name might include a version number as well).\r\nAfter you add an executable file, it appears in the Application Configuration dialog box, shown here, where you can enable or disable specific mitigations. By default, all options for a given process are selected.\r\nTo view the security status of programs, open the main EMET UI and look in the Running Processes list. If youve just added a program, you might have to close and restart it, then click the Refresh button to the right of the Running Processes heading. Click the Running EMET heading to sort the list so that all EMET-enabled apps are grouped together.\r\nIm interested in hearing feedback from readers who use EMET? Have you noticed specific compatibility issues? Have you checked specific exploits with and without EMET enabled? Leave your comments in the Talkback section or send me an e-mail using the Contact link in my bio, at the bottom of this post.','The One Security Tool Every Windows User Should Know About','tools applications','',18,15,0,0,1,1638,'2023-09-09'),(50,'[Collation]\r\nTo change the default character set and collation of a table including those of existing columns (note the convert to clause):\r\n\r\nalter table convert to character set utf8mb4 collate utf8mb4_unicode_ci;\r\n\r\n[Reset auto increment to the lowest possible value]\r\nALTER TABLE tablename AUTO_INCREMENT = 1\r\n\r\n[rename Engine]\r\nALTER TABLE tablename ENGINE = INNODB;\r\n\r\n[Single Add]\r\nALTER TABLE `equipment` ADD `hp` SMALLINT NOT NULL AFTER `price`;\r\n\r\n[Add Multiple Fields] \\\' the field before this was interstate.\r\nALTER TABLE warehouse \r\n ADD fire_protection tinyint(4) NOT NULL default \\\'0\\\' AFTER interstate,\r\n ADD fire_water tinyint(4) NOT NULL default \\\'0\\\' AFTER fire_protection,\r\n ADD fire_inertgas tinyint(4) NOT NULL default \\\'0\\\' AFTER fire_water,\r\n ADD fire_CO2 tinyint(4) NOT NULL default \\\'0\\\' AFTER fire_inertgas; \r\n\r\n[rename fields]\r\nExample:\r\nTo rename a column named prod_name to product_full_name while keeping its data type as VARCHAR(100) and NOT NULL constraint:\r\n\r\nALTER TABLE lastbackup CHANGE COLUMN table_folder source VARCHAR(75) NOT NULL;\r\nALTER TABLE lastbackup CHANGE COLUMN database_name source_from VARCHAR(30) NOT NULL;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nALTER TABLE `eqMaintenance` CHANGE `filter2id` `filter_options` varchar(60) \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nRENAME TABLE current_db.tbl_name TO other_db.tbl_name;\r\n\r\nALTER TABLE orders\r\n ADD `responsecode` tinyint(4) NOT NULL default \\\'0\\\',\r\n ADD `responsesubcode` tinyint(4) NOT NULL default \\\'0\\\',\r\n ADD `reasoncode` tinyint(4) NOT NULL default \\\'0\\\',\r\n ADD `reasontext` varchar(255) NOT NULL default \\\'\\\',\r\n ADD `authcode` varchar(20) NOT NULL default \\\'\\\',\r\n ADD `avscode` varchar(5) NOT NULL default \\\'\\\',\r\n ADD `transid` tinyint(4) NOT NULL default \\\'0\\\';\r\n\r\n[EMPTY TABLE]\r\nTRUNCATE TABLE table','Alter Tables','add field delete alter table rename update table auto increment engine collation','',11,12,0,0,1,1770,'2023-09-09'),(51,'Personally, I don\\\'t like the Categories view of Control Panel; I always immediately switch back to the \\\"Classic\\\" Control Panel view. But some folks find the categorization useful - yet don\\\'t necessarily agree that Microsoft has put everything into the right category. Well, if you\\\'re brave enough to venture into the registry, you can actually assign a different category to a Control Panel item. Here\\\'s how: \r\n\r\nIn your registry editor, navigate to the following key: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE \\\\ SOFTWARE \\\\ Microsoft \\\\ Windows \\\\ CurrentVersion \\\\ Control Panel \\\\ Extended Properties \\\\ {305CA226-D286-468e-B848-2B2E8E697B74} 2 \r\nNow in the right pane, find the item that you want to recategorize. Double click it to bring up its properties box. \r\nChange the DWORD value to the number that corresponds to the category where you want to place it. See the list below for the numbers for each category. \r\nOther Control Panel Options - 0 \r\nAppearance and Themes - 1 \r\nPrinters and other Hardware - 2 \r\nNetwork and Internet Connections - 3 \r\nSounds, Speed and Audio Devices - 4 \r\nPerformance and Maintenance - 5 \r\nDate, Time, Language and Regional Options - 6 \r\nAccessibility Options - 7 \r\nAdd or Remove Programs - 8 \r\nUser Accounts - 9','How To Change The Categories Arrangement In Control Panel','classic view control panel','',18,3,0,0,1,1601,'2023-09-09'),(52,'The old way to center a table was easy: \r\n\r\n \r\n ...\r\n
\r\nThe \"align\" attribute has been deprecated, however, in favor of CSS (Cascading Style Sheets), and this is a good thing. However, it\'s not so obvious how to center a table using CSS. \r\n\r\nThe obvious way might appear to use the CSS \"text-align: center;\" somewhere, maybe like one of these: \r\n\r\n \r\nOR \r\n\r\n \r\n ...\r\n
\r\n \r\nNone of these will work. The table itself will be left-aligned, but all the content in the table cells will be centered. \r\n\r\nWhy? Because \"text-align\" applies to inline content, not to a block-level element like \"table\". \r\n\r\nMethod 1 \r\n\r\nTo center a table, you need to set the margins, like this: \r\n\r\n table.center {margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;}\r\nAnd then do this: \r\n\r\n \r\n ...\r\n
\r\nAt this point, Mozilla and Opera will center your table. Internet Explorer 5.5 and up, however, needs you to add this to your CSS as well: \r\n\r\n body {text-align:center;}\r\nMethod 2 \r\n\r\nIf you want your table to be a certain percentage width, you can do this: \r\n\r\n table#table1 {width:70%; margin-left:15%; margin-right:15%;}\r\nAnd then in your HTML/XHTML, you would do this: \r\n\r\n \r\n ...\r\n
\r\nNote that I was using an id to describe the table. You can only use an id once on a page. If you had many tables on a page that you wanted to be the same width and centered, you would do this in your CSS: \r\n\r\n table.center {width:70%; margin-left:15%; margin-right:15%;}\r\nAnd this in your HTML: \r\n\r\n \r\n ...\r\n
\r\n \r\n ...\r\n
\r\nMethod 3 \r\n\r\nIf you want your table to be of fixed width, define your CSS like this: \r\n\r\n div.container {width:98%; margin:1%;}\r\n table#table1 {text-align:center; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; width:100px;}\r\n tr,td {text-align:left;}\r\nSet \"width:100px\" to whatever width you need. \r\n\r\n\"text-align: center\" is there for Internet Explorer, which won\'t work without it. Unfortunately, \"text-align: center\" will center all the text inside your table cells, but we counter that by setting \"tr\" and \"td\" to align left. \r\n\r\nIn your HTML, you would then do this: \r\n\r\n .... \r\n\r\nAttributes\r\n\r\nNo Attributes.\r\n\r\n tells browser not creeate space but do not break the phrase','Restricting Line Breaks','no line breaks','',3,3,0,0,1,1571,'2023-09-09'),(55,'function moveOn(field,nextFieldID,e){\r\n var unicode=e.keyCode? e.keyCode : e.charCode\r\n if(unicode!=39 && unicode!=37){\r\n if(field.value.length >= field.maxLength){\r\n document.getElementById(nextFieldID).focus();\r\n }\r\n }\r\n}\r\n\r\n\r\n -\r\n -\r\n \\\";','Move To Next Field Automatically When Textbox Is Full','auto move text box event keycode focus','',2,16,1,0,1,1542,'2023-09-09'),(56,'Have you ever tried to share a link to a website in a text, tweet, or message and wound up with a long ugly URL? Fortunately, there are many services that make it easy to shorten any URL (including your own web address) into an abbreviated URL that you can place into email, messages, websites, and social media posts. We\'ll show you how to use the best free options for shortening a URL on your computer, Android, iPhone, and iPad.\r\n\r\nURL shortening services like Bitly, TinyCC, and TinyURL can instantly shorten any URL to something that\'s more memorable and easy to share.\r\nMost URL shorteners allow you to create an account so you can update your destination links and track clicks.\r\n\r\nSeveral URL shorteners have paid options that allow you to link your domain name to create custom branded links.','Reduce Long Url To Short Url','short url','All',13,4,1,0,1,1468,'2023-09-09'),(57,'Many folks these days have more than one wi-fi network set up. You might have one that\\\'s connected to your Ethernet network and another that\\\'s entirely separate. That way, guests, the kids or others who don\\\'t need access to the wired network can connect to the second wi-fi network, which allows them to access the Internet. Your Windows 7 based wireless laptop will try to connect to those networks in the order in which they appear in its list of networks - which might or might not be the priority you prefer. The good news is that you can change the order of the wireless networks in your computer\\\'s wi-fi properties. Here\\\'s how: \r\n\r\nClick Start | Control Panel \r\nClick Network and Sharing Center \r\nIn the left pane, click Manage Wireless Networks \r\nIn the list of wi-fi networks, right click the one that you want Windows to try first, and select Move Up \r\nMove it up to the top of the list \r\nClick OK to close the dialog box\r\n \r\nNow Windows will try your top priority network first, which should make connection a tad faster.','How To Change The Wireless Network Priority','wireless network wi-fi','',18,15,1,0,1,1437,'2023-09-09'),(58,'QUESTION: \r\nI don\\\'t know if there\\\'s a way to have what I want but here goes. I had some custom icons on my desktop that I really liked. I changed to a different theme and it changed those icons too. Is there a way to apply the new theme but keep my custom icons? Just curious. - Elton D. \r\n\r\nANSWER: \r\nLuckily, this is an easy fix. Right click an empty space on the desktop and select Personalize. Over in the left pane of the dialog box, click Change Desktop Icons. Now down at the bottom of that dialog box, uncheck the box that says \\\"Allow themes to change desktop icons.\\\"','New Theme Changed My Icons','themes icons desktop','',18,3,1,0,1,1765,'2023-09-09'),(59,'You want to change your desktop background (wallpaper) to something else. That\\\'s simple enough, right? But sometimes you might encounter this situation: when you try to do it through Control Panel (Appearance and Personalization | Change Desktop Background), the check boxes aren\\\'t selected when you click them and the Select All and Clear All buttons don\\\'t work, either. So you try to right click a picture in Explorer and choose Set as Desktop Background, but you get a message saying the image can\\\'t be set as wallpaper because an internal error occurred. What\\\'s going on here? Well, there are actually several issues that can cause this problem. You\\\'ll find methods for resolving them in KB article 2504610 at \r\nhttp://www.win7news.net/R3JAT1/110217-MS-Support-2504610','Unable To Change Desktop Background In Windows 7','background wallpaper','',18,3,0,0,1,1256,'2023-09-09'),(60,'To fix this problem, use the following methods in the order in which they are listed. After each method, check the USB device to see whether the problem is fixed. If the problem is not fixed, try the next method. \r\n\r\nThis article also includes a workaround that you can try if these methods do not work. \r\nBack to the top\r\nMethod 1: Use Device Manager to scan for hardware changes\r\nUse Device Manager to scan for hardware changes. After your computer scans for hardware changes, it might recognize the USB device that is connected to the USB port so that you can use the device.\r\n\r\nTo scan for hardware changes, follow these steps:\r\nClick Start, and then click Run.\r\n\r\nNote If you are running Windows Vista, click Start, and then use the Start Search box.\r\nType devmgmt.msc, and then click OK. Device Manager opens.\r\nIn Device Manager, click your computer so that it is highlighted.\r\nClick Action, and then click Scan for hardware changes.\r\nCheck the USB device to see whether it is working.\r\nIf scanning for hardware changes fixed the problem, you are finished. If this method did not fix the problem, go to Method 2.\r\nBack to the top\r\nMethod 2: Restart the computer\r\nIf scanning for new hardware did not fix the problem, try restarting the computer. After the computer has restarted, check the USB device to see whether it is working.\r\n\r\nIf restarting the computer fixed the problem, you are finished. If this method did not fix the problem, go to Method 3.\r\nBack to the top\r\nMethod 3: Disable and re-enable the USB controller\r\nUse Device Manager to disable and re-enable all the USB controllers. This lets the controllers recover the USB port from its unresponsive condition. The USB controllers represent the USB ports in Device Manager. If you are not comfortable with advanced troubleshooting, try the steps in the \"Workaround\" section.\r\n\r\nTo disable and re-enable the USB controllers, follow these steps:\r\nClick Start, and then click Run.\r\n\r\nNote If you are running Windows Vista, click Start, and then use the Start Search box.\r\nType devmgmt.msc, and then click OK. Device Manager opens.\r\nExpand Universal Serial Bus controllers. \r\n\r\nNote You might have to scroll down the list to find this item.\r\nRight-click the first USB controller under Universal Serial Bus controllers, and then click Uninstall to remove it.\r\nRepeat step 4 for each USB controller that is listed under Universal Serial Bus controllers.\r\nRestart the computer. After the computer starts, Windows will automatically scan for hardware changes and reinstall all the USB controllers that you uninstalled.\r\nCheck the USB device to see whether it is working.\r\nIf the USB port recognizes the device and if you can use the device, you are finished.\r\n\r\nIf this method fixed the problem, you are finished. If this method did not fix the problem, go to the \"Workaround\" section. \r\n\r\nBack to the top\r\nWorkaroundIf none of these methods worked for you, you can disable the Selective Suspend f...If none of these methods worked for you, you can disable the Selective Suspend feature. However, be aware that when the Selective Suspend feature is disabled, all USB host controller drivers (and therefore all USB ports and connected USB devices) in the system are affected. Therefore, your computer cannot suspend any USB devices that are connected to it, and the USB devices can continue to use power while connected to the computer. Additionally, the Allow the computer to turn off this device to save power check box does not appear on the Power Management tab for the USB Root Hub.\r\n\r\nTo have us disable the Selective Suspend feature for you, go to the \"Fix it for me\" section. If you would rather do this yourself, and you are comfortable with advanced troubleshooting, go to the \"Let me fix it myself\" section.\r\n\r\nBack to the top\r\nFix it for me\r\nTo fix this problem automatically, click the Fix this problem link. Then click Run in the File Download dialog box, and follow the steps in this wizard. \r\n\r\n\r\nFix this problem \r\nMicrosoft Fix it 50052\r\n\r\n\r\nNote this wizard may be in English only; however, the automatic fix also works for other language versions of Windows. \r\n\r\nNote If you are not on the computer that has the problem, you can save the automatic fix to a flash drive or to a CD, and then you can run it on the computer that has the problem. \r\n\r\n\r\nBack to the top\r\nLet me fix it myself\r\nThis section is intended for an advanced computer user. \r\n\r\nYou can disable the USB Selective Suspend feature as a workaround by editing the registry. The USB device may become unresponsive because of a race condition in the Selective Suspend feature. The Selective Suspend feature suspends the USB device to efficiently maintain battery power by enabling the computer to turn off the USB device. However, sometimes this feature may not correctly wake up the USB device. Therefore, the USB device is unresponsive when you try to use it. \r\n\r\nYou might want to disable this feature for server products where power management is not important or required. \r\n\r\nImportant This section, method, or task contains steps that tell you how to modify the registry. However, serious problems might occur if you modify the registry incorrectly. Therefore, make sure that you follow these steps carefully. For added protection, back up the registry before you modify it. Then, you can restore the registry if a problem occurs. For more information about how to back up and restore the registry, click the following article number to view the article in the Microsoft Knowledge Base: \r\n322756 (http://support.microsoft.com/kb/322756/ ) How to back up and restore the registry in Windows\r\nTo disable the Selective Suspend feature, follow these steps:\r\nClick Start, and then click Run.\r\n\r\nNote If you are running Windows Vista, click Start, and then use the Start Search box.\r\nType regedit, and then click OK. Registry Editor opens.\r\nLocate and then click the following registry subkey: \r\nHKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\System\\CurrentControlSet\\Services\\USB\r\nIf the DisableSelectiveSuspend registry entry is present, double-click it. If it is not present, create the entry. To create the entry, follow these steps:\r\nOn the Edit menu, point to New, and then click DWORD. \r\nType DisableSelectiveSuspend, and then press ENTER. \r\nOn the Edit menu, click Modify.\r\nIn the Value data field, type 1 to disable the Selective Suspend feature, and then click OK. \r\nNow go to the \"Did this fix the problem?\" section.\r\nBack to the top\r\nDid this fix the problem?Check whether the problem is fixed. If the problem is fixed, you are finished wi...Check whether the problem is fixed. If the problem is fixed, you are finished with this article. If the problem is not fixed, you can contact support (http://support.microsoft.com/contactus) .\r\nBack to the top\r\nCauseThis problem may occur because of a timing issue that prevents the computer from...This problem may occur because of a timing issue that prevents the computer from detecting the USB device.\r\n\r\nMicrosoft and the hardware vendors that manufacture the chips that are used for USB have investigated the problem. However, the results were inconclusive because of the intermittent nature of the problem.','USB Port May Stop Working After You Remove Or Insert A USB Device','usb port inactive','',18,7,0,0,1,1752,'2023-09-09'),(61,'
\\\',$longadd);\r\n\r\n\r\n$string = \"The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.\";\r\n$search = array(\"\",\"\",\"\", \"\",\"\",\"{textarea\",\"{/textarea>\",\"{td\", \"{/td>\", \"{/tr>\",\"{tr\"); // Corresponding replacement substrings\r\n\r\n$newString = str_replace($search, $replace, $string);\r\necho $newString; // Output: The fast red fox jumps over the sleepy dog.\r\n?>\r\n\r\nGet section out of something:\r\n$newstring=substr($string,int start, int length);\r\n\r\n\r\n[First Caps]\r\n$string = strtolower($string);\r\n$string = substr_replace($string, strtoupper(substr($string, 0, 1)), 0, 1);\r\n\r\n[substring]\r\n$newstring=substr($string,int start, int length);\r\n\r\n$url=$row[\\\'url\\\'];\r\nif($url!=\\\"\\\"){\r\n if(substr($url,0,4)==\\\"www.\\\")$url=\\\"http://\\\".$url;\r\n if(substr($url,0,7)!=\\\"http://\\\")$url=\\\"http://\\\".$url;\r\n}','Manipulate Strings','find replace first caps upper case lower case section substring date','',1,1,0,0,1,1396,'2025-10-21'),(64,'Windows XP tries to be helpful. If you open a file with a particular extension using a certain program, it will add that program to the \\\"Open with\\\" right click menu options forever after when you click \\\"Open with.\\\" What if you have programs in that menu that you would like to get rid of? Maybe you tried to open a file with the wrong program, and now there it is, stuck in the \\\"Open with\\\" options. Here\\\'s how to fix that:
\";\r\n\r\n }\r\n\r\n $debug.=ec($_SESSION[\"FIELDSAVE1\"],154); //line 154','Quick Debug Routine','debug','',1,7,0,0,1,1,'2024-03-01'),(66,'Text-to-Speech (TTS) capabilities for a computer refers to the ability to play back text in a spoken voice. This article describes how to configure and use text-to-speech in Windows XP and in Windows Vista. \r\n\r\nTTS is the ability of the operating system to play back printed text as spoken words. An internal driver, called a TTS engine, recognizes the text and using a synthesized voice chosen from several pre-generated voices, speaks the written text. A TTS engine is installed with the operating system. Additional engines are also available through third-party manufacturers. These engines often use a certain jargon or vocabulary; for example, a vocabulary specializing in medical or legal terminology. They can also use different voices allowing for regional accents such as British English, or speak a different language altogether such as German, French, or Russian. \r\n\r\nThe Text-to-Speech tab in the Speech tool in Control Panel presents the options for each TTS engine. See the individual Help topics for specific help. In addition to the general options, each engine can have a different set of specific features. For that reason, not all the resulting dialog boxes will look the same. It is possible that no special features have been included and some of the properties buttons will not have an associated dialog box.\r\n\r\n\r\nBack to the top\r\nSetting Up Your Hardware\r\nNOTE: This article assumes that you use Classic View in Control Panel. To change views, follow these steps: \r\nClick Start, and then click Control Panel.\r\nIn Control Panel, click Switch to Classic View or Switch to Category View.\r\nSet Up Speakers\r\nSpeakers vary greatly in design and purpose. Consult the speaker manual for hardware and software specifics. However, most models can be installed in a similar fashion.\r\n\r\nTo set up speakers, follow these steps: \r\nLocate the sound connections and connect the speaker jack to the computer. Most computers use an internal sound card and often the connections are in the back of the computer. These are a series of connections the same size and diameter as the speaker jack. In many cases there are two sound out connections: \r\nOne will be labeled as a line-out connection. Most speakers that require a separate power supply (such as an electrical (AC) adapter or batteries) should use this connection. It is also used to export amplified sound to recording devices including recordable CDs and tape cassette systems. \r\nThe other connection is for the non-powered speakers. Because the signal is boosted by the computer, powered speakers may be damaged if connected. \r\nPlug the speaker into the proper connection. \r\nTo test the connection, follow these steps: \r\nClick Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Speech. \r\nOn the Text-to-Speech tab, click Preview Voice to hear the currently selected voice. The text is spoken and the words are highlighted as they are spoken. If the speakers are working properly, you will hear the spoken words. \r\nIf you do not hear sound after you connect the speakers, see the \\\"Possible Text-to-Speech Problems\\\" section of this article for troubleshooting procedures. \r\nSelect an Audio Output Device\r\nTo select an audio output device, follow these steps: \r\nClick Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Speech. \r\nOn the Text-to-Speech tab, click Audio Output. \r\nSelect either Use preferred audio output device or Use this audio output device. \r\nUse preferred audio device sets the output device as the default for the system. Select this option if you want to use the same output device for speech as all other sound for the system. It is also the default option for Speech properties. Often, computers will have only one output device, such as a pair of speakers. The default device is designated in the appropriate sounds or multimedia properties in Control Panel for each operating system. Additional information for the specific panel is available through the associated Help files. \r\nUse this audio output device allows you to select another device for speech programs only. The drop-down list is active if other devices are available. In this drop-down list, select the device that you want. This does not change the default device for other audio programs. For example, you may want all speech output to go through your headset rather than the speakers.\r\nSet Audio Output Device Options\r\nBy default, this option is disabled. However, other speech engines may include advanced properties for audio line out options. If so, Audio Output will be available. Follow instructions on the screen or those documented separately for the specific engine. \r\n\r\nTo set up audio output device options, follow these steps: \r\nClick Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Speech.\r\nOn the Text-to-Speech tab, click Audio Output. \r\nFollow the instructions presented on the screen. \r\nBack to the top\r\nConfigure Text-to-Speech Options\r\nDetermine the Selected TTS Voice or Engine\r\nTo determine the selected Text-to-Speech voice, follow these steps: \r\nClick Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Speech. \r\n\r\nOn the Text-to-Speech tab, the displayed name in the Voice selection drop-down list is the currently active voice. \r\nClick Preview Voice to hear the active voice. The text is spoken and the words are highlighted as they are spoken. \r\nPreview TTS Voice\r\nTo preview the Text-to-Speech voice, follow these steps: \r\nClick Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Speech. \r\n\r\nOn the Text-to-Speech tab, the displayed name in the Voice selection drop-down list is the active voice. \r\nClick Preview Voice to hear the currently selected voice. The text is spoken and the words are highlighted as they are spoken. \r\nDuring playback, Preview Voice will change to Stop. Click Stop to interrupt the voice playback. \r\nNOTE:You can change the text to be read by the Preview Voice by highlighting the text and typing in new text. These changes are not permanent and when you reopen Speech properties or select a different voice, the text will reset to the default. \r\n\r\n\r\nChange the TTS Voice or Engine\r\nTo change the Text-to-Speech voice or engine, follow these steps: \r\nClick Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Speech. \r\nOn the Text-to-Speech tab, the name displayed in the Voice selection drop-down list is the active voice. \r\nClick the active voice inside the drop-down list, or use the arrow to display a list of available voices. \r\nClick a new voice to select it. \r\n\r\nThe newly selected voice speaks the text in Preview Voice box. \r\nClick OK or Apply to accept the new voice. \r\nNotes: \r\nA Text-to-Speech voice is closely associated with a particular speech engine. It may not be clear from the displayed name which language a voice is using. After selecting a speech engine or voice, test the voice and language by clicking Preview Voice. \r\nThe language or voices supported by a speech engine may not be obvious from the engine\\\'s displayed name. Refer to the specific user\\\'s guide for detailed information about the engine. This includes not only the language supported, but also the lexicon purpose. The lexicon purpose indicates whether it is a general grammar or jargon specific to a profession such as legal or medical. \r\nMicrosoft does not provide additional speech engines (voices), but a number of third-party products are available that support the new Microsoft Speech API. For information on these products, visit the following Microsoft Web site:\r\nhttp://www.microsoft.com/speech/evaluation/thirdparty/engines.mspx (http://www.microsoft.com/speech/evaluation/thirdparty/engines.mspx) \r\nChange TTS Voice Rate\r\nTo change the Text-to-Speech voice rate, follow these steps: \r\nClick Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Speech. \r\nSelect the Text-to-Speech tab. \r\nMove the Voice speed slider to change the rate of the Text-to-Speech voice. By default, it is set to Normal. \r\nClick Preview Voice to hear the currently selected voice at the new rate. The text is spoken and the words are highlighted as they are spoken. \r\nTo Change the Text-to-Speech Volume\r\nTo adjust the volume output levels, follow the procedure below. Note that not all devices support this option in the same way. Some devices will not support volume control and the Volume button will be unavailable. Other devices may use their own display. In those cases, follow the instructions presented on the screen or documented separately with the engine. \r\n\r\n\r\nClick Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Speech. \r\nOn the Text-to-Speech tab, click Audio Output, and then click Volume. \r\nA volume control mixer will be displayed. Adjust the appropriate device to the required level. \r\nBack to the top\r\nUsing Text-to-Speech with Narrator\r\nNarrator is a Text-to-Speech utility for users who are blind or have impaired vision. Narrator reads what is displayed on your screen: the contents of the active window, menu options, or the text that you type.\r\n\r\nNarrator is designed to work with the Notepad, WordPad, Control Panel programs, Microsoft Internet Explorer, the Windows desktop, and Windows Setup. Narrator may not read words aloud correctly in other programs.\r\n\r\nNarrator has a number of options that allow you to customize the way screen elements are read. \r\nYou can have new windows, menus, or shortcut menus read aloud when they are displayed. \r\nYou can have typed characters read aloud. \r\nYou can have the mouse pointer follow the active item on the screen. \r\nYou can adjust the speed, volume, or pitch of the voice. \r\nThe accessibility tools included with Windows are intended to provide a minimum level of functionality for users with special needs. Most users with disabilities will need utility programs with more advanced functionality for daily use.\r\n\r\nNarrator is not available for all languages and is only supported on the English version of Windows XP and Windows Vista.\r\n\r\n\r\nTo Have Narrator Announce Events on the Screen\r\nStart Narrator by using one of the following methods: \r\nClick Start, point to Programs, point to Accessories, point to Accessibility, and then click Narrator. \r\n\r\n-or-\r\nPress CTRL+ESC, press R, type narrator, and then press ENTER. \r\nIn the Narrator dialog box, select the Announce events on screen check box. \r\nTo Have Narrator Read Typed Keys Aloud\r\nPress CTRL+ESC, press R, type narrator, and then press ENTER. \r\nSelect the Read typed characters check box. \r\nTo Have the Mouse Pointer Move to Active Items When You Use Narrator\r\nPress CTRL+ESC, press R, type narrator, and then press ENTER.\r\nSelect the Move mouse pointer to the active item check box. \r\nBack to the top\r\nNavigating with the Keyboard and Narrator\r\nReading options \r\nTo read an entire window, click the window and then press CTRL+SHIFT+SPACEBAR. \r\nTo get information about the current item, press CTRL+SHIFT+ENTER. \r\nTo get a more detailed description of an item, press CTRL+SHIFT+INSERT. \r\nTo read the title bar of a window, press ALT+HOME. \r\nTo read the status bar of a window, press ALT+END. \r\nTo read the contents of an edit field, press CTRL+SHIFT+ENTER, or use the arrow keys. \r\nTo silence the speech, press CTRL. \r\nKeyboard Options \r\nTo switch to another program, press ALT+TAB. \r\nTo switch to the next button or tool, press TAB. To go back, press SHIFT+TAB. \r\nTo select an item from a drop-down list, use the arrow keys. \r\nTo select a check box or option button, press SPACEBAR. \r\nTo open Utility Manager, press the Windows logo key+U. \r\nBack to the top\r\nTo Set Narrator Voice Options\r\nPress CTRL+ESC, press R, type narrator, and then press ENTER. Click Voice. \r\nIn the Voice Settings dialog box, select the voice options that you want to change: \r\nTo change the speed of the voice, click a number in the Speed box. \r\nTo change the volume of the voice, click a number in the Volume box. \r\nTo change the pitch of the voice, click a number in the Pitch box. \r\nNote: When you change voice settings, it may take from a few seconds to a minute before the new settings take effect. \r\nBack to the top\r\nTo Start Narrator Minimized\r\nYou may find it useful to run Narrator minimized (after you have set the options in Narrator), because you do not need to see the Narrator dialog box when Narrator is running. \r\nPress CTRL+ESC, press R, type narrator, and then press ENTER. \r\nSelect the Start Narrator minimized check box. \r\nBack to the top\r\nTroubleshooting\r\nTroubleshooting Text-to-Speech\r\nTo determine if Text-to-Speech is working properly, use the following tests. \r\nClick Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Speech. \r\nOn the Text-to-Speech tab, click Preview Voice. The text in Preview Voice should be spoken audibly with each word highlighted in turn. If so, TTS and the speakers are working. If you cannot hear the Preview Voice and see words highlighted as they are spoken, see \\\"Possible Text-to-Speech Problems\\\" section of this article for troubleshooting solutions. \r\nPossible Text-to-Speech Problems\r\nIf you do not hear speech after testing the system, consider the following: \r\nThe speaker volume is not turned up or is muted. Some speakers have external controls for volume and muting. Make sure the volume is turned up sufficiently or that muting is off. \r\nThe speakers may not be selected as the current output device. On the Text-to-Speech tab, click Audio Output to make sure that the speakers are selected.\r\nThe speakers might not be connected properly. Consult the speaker hardware documentation for additional information. Make certain that the sound card for the computer is also properly seated and installed, and that the correct drivers are available. See \\\"Set Up Speakers\\\" for additional connection information. \r\nThe Text-to-Speech engine may be corrupted. To test for corruption, switch to another engine. See the \\\"Changing the TTS voice or engine\\\" section of this article. If another engine is working properly, reinstall the specific engine from the original source. If no engine is working properly, reinstall the speech engine from the original source or CD.','How To Configure And Use Text-to-Speech In Windows XP And Vista','speech text','',18,6,0,0,1,2194,'2023-09-09'),(68,'If you ever create files with numbers as names, you might have noticed that in Windows XP, Explorer will put a file named 2doc.jpg after one that\\\'s named 20doc.jpg. One workaround is to put a zero in front of those one-digit numbers, but another solution is to edit the registry to make the sorting of numbers working as you\\\'d expect it to. Here\\\'s how: \r\n\r\nOpen your registry editor and navigate to the following location: HKEY_CURRENT_USER \\\\ Software \\\\ Microsoft \\\\ Windows \\\\ CurrentVersion \\\\ Explore\r\n \r\nRight click in an empty space in the right pane and select New | DWORD value \r\n\r\nName the new value NoStrCmpLogical\r\n \r\nRight click the new item and set its value data to 1\r\n \r\nClose the registry editor','How To Change File Sorting Order Of Numbered Files','sort number files','',18,9,0,0,1,1878,'2023-09-09'),(69,'QUESTION: \r\nI have two Windows 7 computers, a desktop and a laptop, that belong to our home network. We used the Homegroup wizard to set it up. We want to add my wife\\\'s old XP laptop to the network but can\\\'t figure out how. Can you help? - Todd L. \r\n\r\nANSWER: \r\nThe homegroup is a new feature in Windows 7 designed to make it easy to share information on a home network. However, only computers running Windows 7 can join a homegroup. If you want to join XP (or Vista) computers to the network, you\\\'ll need to create a workgroup instead. All the computers on the network will need to have the same workgroup name configured so they can \\\"find\\\" each other. \r\n\r\nhttp://windows.microsoft.com/en-us/windows7/help/sharing-files-and-printers-with-different-versions-of-windows\r\n\r\nThis step by step tutorial shows you how to set up a home network and join Windows 7, Vista and XP computers to it. \r\n\r\nPrepare your computers that are running Windows XP\r\nFollow these steps on each of your computers running Windows XP.\r\n\r\nTop of page1. Run the Network Setup Wizard\r\n1.Click Start, click Control Panel, and then click Network and Internet Connections.\r\n\r\n2.Click Network Setup Wizard, and then follow the instructions on your screen.\r\n\r\n3.On the Name your network page, type the same workgroup name used by your other computers.\r\n\r\n4.On the File and printer sharing page, select Turn on file and printer sharing.\r\n\r\nNote\r\nIf your network includes computers running Windows XP, it’s important to use the same workgroup name for all of the computers on your network. This makes it possible for computers running different versions of Windows to detect and access each other. Remember that the default workgroup name is not the same in all versions of Windows.\r\nTop of page2. Specify what you want to share\r\n1.Right-click the folder that you want to share, and then click Sharing and Security.\r\n\r\n2.If you are sharing a drive, on the Sharing tab, click If you understand the risk but still want to share the root of the drive, click here.\r\n\r\n3.Select the Share this folder on the network check box.\r\n\r\nNote\r\nTo share individual files in Windows XP, either put them in a folder and share the folder, or share them using the Public folder.','How Do I Add My XP Computer To A Windows 7 Homegroup?','homegroup network','',18,17,1,0,1,2083,'2023-09-09'),(70,'If you find yourself frequently encrypting files and folders with the Encrypting File System (EFS) on XP Professional, you can make it more convenient by adding the Encrypt/Decrypt command to the right-click shortcut menu. Note that it involves editing the registry, so be sure to back it up first. You\\\'ll find the instructions in KB article 241121 at \r\n\r\nhttp://support.microsoft.com/kb/241121','How To Put The \\\"encrypt\\\" Command On The Right Context Menu','encrypt files','',18,9,0,0,1,1926,'2023-09-09'),(71,'QUESTION: \r\nI just recently upgraded to Windows 7 and I must say I like it a lot. I never thought I would after trying Vista and going back to XP. But one thing I noticed is that in My Computer (when I open Computer in the Start menu), I don\\\'t see the folders for the Recycle Bin and Control Panel over in the left pane like I used to. Have these moved and if so to where? Thanks! - Jen L. \r\n\r\nANSWER: You\\\'re correct that Windows 7 no longer displays these folders in the \\\"Computer\\\" window by default. However, you can change it back to the old way. Click Tools | Folder Options and on the General tab, down at the bottom in the \\\"Navigation Pane\\\" section, check the box that says \\\"Show all folders.\\\" Now those folders should show up in your left pane.','Where Are My Folders?','recycle bin contro; panel','',18,9,0,0,1,1720,'2023-09-09'),(72,' \r\n\r\n','Using Hyperlinks To Submit A Form','hyperlink submit pass variable','Developer',3,4,1,0,1,1831,'2023-09-09'),(73,'When you shut down or restart Windows 7, it sometimes spends a bit of time waiting for open programs to close. You can select to force close the programs, but then Windows immediately restarts or shuts down. What if you want to close all your running programs without shutting down? Here\\\'s how you can create a shortcut to do just that: \r\n\r\nRight click an empty spot on your desktop and click New, then Shortcut. \r\n\r\nIn the \\\"Type the location of the item\\\" box in the Create Shortcut wizard, type the following: taskill /F /FI \\\"USERNAME eq \\\" /FI \\\"IMAGENAME ne explorer.exe\\\" /FI \\\"IMAGENAME ne dwm.exe\\\"\r\n \r\nClick Next. \r\nType a name for the shortcut, such as KillAll \r\nClick Finish \r\n\r\nRight click the shortcut, click the Shortcut tab and click the Change Icon button \r\n\r\nSelect an icon that you want to represent the shortcut, and click OK twice to close the dialog boxes \r\nYou can drag the shortcut to the taskbar so it will be visible when many windows are open \r\nNow you can kill all running programs with the exception of Explorer.exe and the Desktop Window Manager (so you\\\'ll still have the taskbar and shell). Note that when you use this \\\"nuclear option,\\\" programs you have open will shut down immediately without saving your work, so use it with caution.','How To Shut Down All Running Programs With One Click','shutdown applications programs','',18,2,0,0,1,1937,'2023-09-09'),(74,'QUESTION: Help! My trash can is gone and now I can\\\'t take out the trash! Actually I can take it out, I just can\\\'t bring it back in. The Recycle Bin disappeared off my XP desktop while we had some company (kids and grandkids) over who were using the computer. I can still delete files by right clicking them and deleting them, but I can\\\'t go into the Recycle Bin and undelete a file if I decide I didn\\\'t want to get rid of it after all. Can you help? -Lou P. \r\n\r\nANSWER: Do you have the TweakUI program installed on the computer? If so, someone might have used it to hide the Recycle Bin. You can use the program to unhide it. If that\\\'s not the problem, you can edit the registry to restore the Recycle Bin. Be sure to back up the registry first and be very careful, as a mistake in editing the registry can cause your system to be unstable or unbootable. Here are the steps: \r\n1. Open your favorite Registry editor and navigate to: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE \\\\ SOFTWARE \\\\ Microsoft \\\\ Windows \\\\ CurrentVersion Explorer \\\\ Desktop \\\\ NameSpace\r\n\r\n 2. Right click the NameSpace key and select New, and then Key. \r\n3. Type {645FF040-5081-101B-9F08-00AA002F954E} and press Enter. \r\n4. Click this new key and in the right pane of the registry editor, double click the (Default) entry.\r\n 5. In the Edit String dialog box, in the value data field, type: Recycle Bin \r\n6. Click OK 7. Close the registry editor','Lost My Recycle Bin','restore recycle bin','',18,5,0,0,1,1432,'2023-09-09'),(75,'Trying to transition to using keyboard shortcuts more and the mouse less? It will definitely speed up your work once you learn them, but until you do, it can be a bit of a hassle. When you open a menu, you can press the ALT key to see what the shortcut letter is for various actions, but what if you\\\'d like that information to be displayed automatically, without having to press ALT? It\\\'s easy to change that behavior: \r\n1. Click Start and Control Panel. \r\n2. Click Display. \r\n3. Click the Appearance tab. \r\n4. Click Effects. \r\n5. Uncheck the box that says \\\"Hide underlined letters for keyboard navigation until I press the Alt key.\\\" \r\n6 . Click OK t wice to exit the dialog boxes.','How To Display Shortcut Key Info Without Pressing ALT','Shortcut keys','',18,5,0,0,1,1582,'2023-09-09'),(76,'Checkboxes can be used as arrays and the value can be collected using JavaScript. We will be discussing client side JavaScript and the collection of checkbox value. You can visit the php section for checkbox array handling using PHP server side scripting. We can create a group of checkbox by giving them the same name and that will create an array and from it we can collect the names of the check boxes for which it is checked. \r\n\r\nHere are some commands we will be using to get the details of the events or actions we perform. \r\n\r\ndocument.form1.scripts.length\r\n\r\nThis gives us the length of the array or the number of elements present in the array. If we know we are using 5 checkboxes then we can directly use the number 5 but it is a good to use this as this picks up all the checkboxes of the group without missing any checkbox. Note that the word scripts in the document.form1.scripts.length is the name of the array and same as the checkboxes name. \r\ndocument.form1.scripts[i].checked\r\n\r\nThe above command will return true if the checkbox is checked so we will use one if condition to know it is checked or not. The value of i is the index of the array and as we will be using one for loop so the value of i will be changing upto the maximum value. Here is the demo of the script. SexMale Female \r\nScripts You knowJavaScript PHP HTML \r\n\r\nThe JavaScript code is kept within the head tag of the page. \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nTo display the period button and checkboxes see the code below. BODY\r\n\r\n\r\n
','Determine If An Array Checkbox Or Radiobutton Has Been Checked','checkbox array radio button checked','',2,7,1,0,1,1648,'2023-09-09'),(77,'\r\n \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
','Remove Table Borders','remove border,','TABLES',3,3,1,0,1,1149,'2023-09-09'),(89,'ErrorDocument 404 /template.html\r\n\r\nthe later is the file the invalid page will go to','Page Not Found 404','404 page redirect','',14,9,0,0,1,1507,'2023-09-09'),(90,'Turning off unnecessary services in Windows XP can greatly reduce your exploit risk, while improving system performance. It\\\'s a good time to inject that often there are all sorts of \\\"download optimizers\\\" and other cute programs that vendors like to push on users. Most of the time, installing such things slows your computer down at best. It could subject you to potential security risks. The first rule is \\\"If you don\\\'t know you need it, you probably don\\\'t.\\\"\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\nREAD LINES FROM A TEXT FILE\r\nDim LineInput As System.IO.StreamReader = My.Computer.FileSystem.OpenTextFileReader(Tree + \"\\tabletempsave.txt\")\r\n Do Until LineInput.EndOfStream\r\n A = LineInput.ReadLine : A = Trim(A)\r\n LOOP\r\n\r\nlineInput.close\r\n=========================================\r\nShared Sub Main()\r\n \' Get an available file number.\r\n Dim file_num As Integer = FreeFile()\r\n\r\n \' Open the file.\r\n Dim file_name As String = \"test.txt\"\r\n FileOpen(file_num, file_name, OpenMode.Input, OpenAccess.Read, OpenShare.Shared)\r\n\r\n \' Read the file\'s lines.\r\n Do While Not EOF(file_num)\r\n \' Read a line.\r\n Dim txt As String = LineInput(file_num)\r\n Console.WriteLine(txt)\r\n Loop\r\n\r\n \' Close the file.\r\n FileClose(file_num)\r\n End Sub','Read Text File Line By Line & Write','read file line write append','',15,9,1,0,1,1352,'2023-09-09'),(100,'\r\n
\r\n \r\n\r\n
','Array Information','length array size count','',2,1,0,0,1,1296,'2023-09-09'),(101,'Below is an example of the minimum privileges a database user needs to have. Other database permissions are regarded as \\\"extra\\\" privileges that in most cases are not needed. A typical WordPress user should be granted the following database privileges only:\r\n\r\n SELECT\r\n INSERT\r\n UPDATE\r\n\r\nExample of How to Grant Access Privileges\r\n\r\nIf you are upgrading WordPress, the above database permissions might not suffice between versions, WordPress might need to make further changes to the database. In this case, if you are only upgrading to the latest version of WordPress, add the below privileges to the WordPress database user:\r\n\r\n CREATE: You will definitely need this if you manually install WordPress and have it create the tables.\r\n ALTER: I have been getting along without this one. You probably can to.\r\n\r\nNOTE: Some plugins might require additional database privileges such as CREATE, DROP ( I have never needed this one.) or DELETE and in those cases these privileges should be granted.\r\n\r\nIf you have someone doing data entry, DELETE may be very important.','What Is The Minimun User Permissions','grant user permissions database create tables privileges install','',22,20,1,0,1,1735,'2023-09-09'),(102,'In the header.php file of genisis frame work. Since you logged in through admin you can edit an see page changes. Non logged in cannot see pages.\r\n\r\nThere was a .NET programmer \\\" +\r\n \\\"and he stripped the HTML tags.\\\"\r\n\r\n \\\' Call Function.\r\n Dim tagless As String = StripTags(html)\r\n\r\n \\\' Write.\r\n Console.WriteLine(tagless)\r\n End Sub\r\n\r\n \\\'\\\'\\\' \r\n \\\'\\\'\\\' Strip HTML tags.\r\n \\\'\\\'\\\' \r\n Function StripTags(ByVal html As String) As String\r\n \\\' Remove HTML tags.\r\n Return Regex.Replace(html, \\\"<.*?>\\\", \\\"\\\")\r\n End Function\r\n\r\nEnd Module','Strip Html From Text','strip html strip tags browser','',15,9,1,0,1,1009,'2023-09-09'),(107,'If Clipboard.ContainsText() And TXJoin1.Text = \"\" Then\r\n TXJoin1.Paste()\r\n End If\r\n\r\n\r\nPrivate Sub btClipDir_Click(sender As Object, e As EventArgs) Handles btClipDir.Click\r\n Dim FL1 As String, ALLFile As String = \"\"\r\n FL1 = Dir(Path.TREE2 + \"\\\")\r\n ALLFile = PrintDirectory(Path.TREE2)\r\n If ALLFile <> \"\" Then Clipboard.SetText(ALLFile, TextDataFormat.UnicodeText)\r\n End Sub\r\n\r\nClear Removes all data from the Clipboard.\r\nPublic methodStatic member ContainsAudio Indicates whether there is data on the Clipboard in the WaveAudio format.\r\nPublic methodStatic member ContainsData Indicates whether there is data on the Clipboard that is in the specified format or can be converted to that format.\r\nPublic methodStatic member ContainsFileDropList Indicates whether there is data on the Clipboard that is in the FileDrop format or can be converted to that format.\r\nPublic methodStatic member ContainsImage Indicates whether there is data on the Clipboard that is in the Bitmap format or can be converted to that format.\r\nPublic methodStatic member ContainsText() Indicates whether there is data on the Clipboard in the Text or UnicodeText format, depending on the operating system.\r\n\r\nPublic methodStatic member ContainsText(TextDataFormat) Indicates whether there is text data on the Clipboard in the format indicated by the specified TextDataFormat value.\r\n\r\n\r\nPublic method Equals(Object) Determines whether the specified Object is equal to the current Object. (Inherited from Object.)\r\nProtected method Finalize Allows an object to try to free resources and perform other cleanup operations before it is reclaimed by garbage collection. (Inherited from Object.)\r\nPublic methodStatic member GetAudioStream Retrieves an audio stream from the Clipboard.\r\nPublic methodStatic member GetData Retrieves data from the Clipboard in the specified format.\r\nPublic methodStatic member GetDataObject Retrieves the data that is currently on the system Clipboard.\r\nPublic methodStatic member GetFileDropList Retrieves a collection of file names from the Clipboard.\r\nPublic method GetHashCode Serves as a hash function for a particular type. (Inherited from Object.)\r\nPublic methodStatic member GetImage Retrieves an image from the Clipboard.\r\nPublic methodStatic member GetText() Retrieves text data from the Clipboard in the Text or UnicodeText format, depending on the operating system.\r\n\r\nPublic methodStatic member GetText(TextDataFormat) Retrieves text data from the Clipboard in the format indicated by the specified TextDataFormat value.\r\n\r\nPublic method GetType Gets the Type of the current instance. (Inherited from Object.)\r\nProtected method MemberwiseClone Creates a shallow copy of the current Object. (Inherited from Object.)\r\nPublic methodStatic member SetAudio(Byte[]) Clears the Clipboard and then adds a Byte array in the WaveAudio format after converting it to a Stream.\r\nPublic methodStatic member SetAudio(Stream) Clears the Clipboard and then adds a Stream in the WaveAudio format.\r\nPublic methodStatic member SetData Clears the Clipboard and then adds data in the specified format.\r\nPublic methodStatic member SetDataObject(Object) Clears the Clipboard and then places nonpersistent data on it.\r\nPublic methodStatic member SetDataObject(Object, Boolean) Clears the Clipboard and then places data on it and specifies whether the data should remain after the application exits.\r\nPublic methodStatic member SetDataObject(Object, Boolean, Int32, Int32) Clears the Clipboard and then attempts to place data on it the specified number of times and with the specified delay between attempts, optionally leaving the data on the Clipboard after the application exits.\r\nPublic methodStatic member SetFileDropList Clears the Clipboard and then adds a collection of file names in the FileDrop format.\r\nPublic methodStatic member SetImage Clears the Clipboard and then adds an Image in the Bitmap format.\r\nPublic methodStatic member SetText(String) Clears the Clipboard and then adds text data in the Text or UnicodeText format, depending on the operating system.\r\nPublic methodStatic member SetText(String, TextDataFormat) Clears the Clipboard and then adds text data in the format indicated by the specified TextDataFormat value.\r\nPublic method ToString Returns a string that represents the current object. (Inherited from Object.)','Clipboard','clipboard html text','',15,5,0,0,1,1205,'2024-08-05'),(108,'[CHAR]\r\n\\\'// see indexof also\r\nDim myString As String = \\\"ABCDE\\\"\r\nDim myChar As Char\r\nmyChar = myString.Chars(3) \\\'//myChar = \\\"D\\\"\r\n\r\n[CONCAT]\r\nDim aString As String = \\\"A\\\"\r\nDim bString As String = \\\"B\\\"\r\nDim cString As String = \\\"C\\\"\r\nDim dString As String = \\\"D\\\"\r\nDim myString As String\r\n\\\' myString = \\\"ABCD\\\"\r\nmyString = String.Concat(aString, bString, cString, dString) \r\n\r\n\r\n[INDEXOF]\r\n\\\'// see char also\r\nDim myString As String = \\\"ABCDE\\\"\r\nDim myInteger As Integer\r\nmyInteger = myString.IndexOf(\\\"D\\\") \\\' myInteger = 3\r\n\r\n[instr]\r\n\r\n[left]\r\n\r\n[LENGTH]\r\nDim MyString As String = \\\"This is my string\\\"\r\nDim stringLength As Integer\r\n\\\' Explicitly set the string to Nothing.\r\nMyString = Nothing\r\n\\\' stringLength = 0\r\nstringLength = Len(MyString)\r\n\\\' This line, however, causes an exception to be thrown.\r\nstringLength = MyString.Length\r\n\r\n[MID]\r\n\\\'//see substring. first charcter is position 1\r\nDim aString As String = \\\"SomeString\\\"\r\nDim bString As String\r\nbString = Mid(aString, 3, 3)\r\n\r\n\r\n[right]\r\n\r\n[SPLIT]\r\n\\\'// returns an array\r\nDim shoppingList As String = \\\"Milk,Eggs,Bread\\\"\r\nDim shoppingItem(2) As String\r\nshoppingItem = shoppingList.Split(\\\",\\\"c)\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n[SUBSTRING] \r\n\\\'//first character is position zero. See mid()\r\nDim aString As String = \\\"A String\\\"\r\nDim bString As String\r\nbString = aString.SubString(2,6) \\\'//bString = \\\"String\\\"\r\nor\r\nDim aString As String = \\\"Left Center Right\\\"\r\nDim subString As String\r\n\\\' subString = \\\"Center\\\"\r\nsubString = aString.SubString(5,6)\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nVisual Basic .NET methods are used as inherent functions of the language. They may be used without qualification in your code. The following example shows typical use of a Visual Basic .NET string-manipulation command:\r\n\r\nIn this example, the Mid function performs a direct operation on aString and assigns the value to bString.\r\n\r\nYou can also manipulate strings with the methods of the String class. There are two types of methods in String: shared methods and instance methods.\r\n\r\nA shared method is a method that stems from the String class itself and does not require an instance of that class to work. These methods can be qualified with the name of the class (String) rather than with an instance of the String class. For example:\r\n\r\nDim aString As String\r\nbString = String.Copy(\\\"A literal string\\\")\r\n\r\nIn the preceding example, the String.Copy method is a static method, which acts upon an expression it is given and assigns the resulting value to bString.\r\n\r\nNET runtime evaluates Nothing as an empty string; that is, \\\"\\\". The .NET Framework, however, does not, and will throw an exception whenever an attempt is made to perform a string operation on Nothing.\r\nComparing Strings\r\n\r\nYou can compare two strings by using the String.Compare method. This is a static, overloaded method of the base string class. In its most common form, this method can be used to directly compare two strings based on their alphabetical sort order. This is similar to the Visual Basic StrComp Function function. The following example illustrates how this method is used:\r\n\r\nDim myString As String = \\\"Alphabetical\\\"\r\nDim secondString As String = \\\"Order\\\"\r\nDim result As Integer\r\nresult = String.Compare (myString, secondString)\r\n\r\nThis method returns an integer that indicates the relationship between the two compared strings based on the sorting order. A positive value for the result indicates that the first string is greater than the second string. A negative result indicates the first string is smaller, and zero indicates equality between the strings. Any string, including an empty string, evaluates to greater than a null reference.\r\n\r\nAdditional overloads of the String.Compare method allow you to indicate whether or not to take case or culture formatting into account, and to compare substrings within the supplied strings. For more information on how to compare strings, see String.Compare Method. Related methods include String.CompareOrdinal Method and String.CompareTo Method.\r\nSearching for Strings Within Your Strings\r\n\r\nThere are times when it is useful to have data about the characters in your string and the positions of those characters within your string. A string can be thought of as an array of characters (Char instances); you can retrieve a particular character by referencing the index of that character through the Chars property. For example:\r\n\r\n\r\nYou can use the String.IndexOf method to return the index where a particular character is encountered, as in the following example:\r\n\r\nDim myString As String = \\\"ABCDE\\\"\r\nDim myInteger As Integer\r\nmyInteger = myString.IndexOf(\\\"D\\\") \\\' myInteger = 3\r\n\r\nIn the previous example, the IndexOf method of myString was used to return the index corresponding to the first instance of the character \\\"C\\\" in the string. IndexOf is an overloaded method, and the other overloads provide methods to search for any of a set of characters, or to search for a string within your string, among others. The Visual Basic .NET command InStr also allows you to perform similar functions. For more information of these methods, see String.IndexOf Method and InStr Function. You can also use the String.LastIndexOf Method to search for the last occurrence of a character in your string.\r\nCreating New Strings from Old\r\n\r\nWhen using strings, you may want to modify your strings and create new ones. You may want to do something as simple as convert the entire string to uppercase, or trim off trailing spaces; or you may want to do something more complex, such as extracting a substring from your string. The System.String class provides a wide range of options for modifying, manipulating, and making new strings out of your old ones.\r\n\r\nTo combine multiple strings, you can use the concatenation operators (& or +). You can also use the String.Concat Method to concatenate a series of strings or strings contained in objects. An example of the String.Concat method follows:\r\n\r\n\r\nYou can convert your strings to all uppercase or all lowercase strings using either the Visual Basic .NET functions UCase Function and LCase Function or the String.ToUpper Method and String.ToLower Method methods. An example is shown below:\r\n\r\nDim myString As String = \\\"UpPeR oR LoWeR cAsE\\\"\r\nDim newString As String\r\n\\\' newString = \\\"UPPER OR LOWER CASE\\\"\r\nnewString = UCase(myString)\r\n\\\' newString = \\\"upper or lower case\\\"\r\nnewString = LCase(myString)\r\n\\\' newString = \\\"UPPER OR LOWER CASE\\\"\r\nnewString = myString.ToUpper\r\n\\\' newString = \\\"upper or lower case\\\"\r\nnewString = myString.ToLower\r\n\r\nThe String.Format method and the Visual Basic .NET Format command can generate a new string by applying formatting to a given string. For information on these commands, see Format Function or String.Format Method.\r\n\r\nYou may at times need to remove trailing or leading spaces from your string. For instance, you might be parsing a string that had spaces inserted for the purposes of alignment. You can remove these spaces using the String.Trim Method function, or the Visual Basic .NET Trim function. An example is shown:\r\n\r\nDim spaceString As String = _\r\n\\\" This string will have the spaces removed \\\"\r\nDim oneString As String\r\nDim twoString As String\r\n\\\' This removes all trailing and leading spaces.\r\noneString = spaceString.Trim\r\n\\\' This also removes all trailing and leading spaces.\r\ntwoString = Trim(spaceString)\r\n\r\nIf you only want to remove trailing spaces, you can use the String.TrimEnd Method or the RTrim function, and for leading spaces you can use the String.TrimStart Method or the LTrim function. For more details, see LTrim, RTrim, and Trim Functions functions.\r\n\r\nThe String.Trim functions and related functions also allow you to remove instances of a specific character from the ends of your string. The following example trims all leading and trailing instances of the \\\"#\\\" character:\r\n\r\nDim myString As String = \\\"#####Remove those!######\\\"\r\nDim oneString As String\r\nOneString = myString.Trim(\\\"#\\\")\r\n\r\nYou can also add leading or trailing characters by using the String.PadLeft Method or the String.PadRight Method.\r\n\r\nIf you have excess characters within the body of your string, you can excise them by using the String.Remove Method, or you can replace them with another character using the String.Replace Method. For example:\r\n\r\nDim aString As String = \\\"This is My Str@o@o@ing\\\"\r\nDim myString As String\r\nDim anotherString As String\r\n\\\' myString = \\\"This is My String\\\"\r\nmyString = aString.Remove(14, 5)\r\n\\\' anotherString = \\\"This is Another String\\\"\r\nanotherString = myString.Replace(\\\"My\\\", \\\"Another\\\")\r\n\r\nYou can use the String.Replace method to replace either individual characters or strings of characters. The Visual Basic .NET Mid Statement can also be used to replace an interior string with another string.\r\n\r\nYou can also use the String.Insert Method to insert a string within another string, as in the following example:\r\n\r\nDim aString As String = \\\"This is My Stng\\\"\r\nDim myString As String\r\n\\\' Results in a value of \\\"This is My String\\\".\r\nmyString = aString.Insert(13, \\\"ri\\\")\r\n\r\nThe first parameter that the String.Insert method takes is the index of the character the string is to be inserted after, and the second parameter is the string to be inserted.\r\n\r\nYou can concatenate an array of strings together with a separator string by using the String.Join Method. Here is an example:\r\n\r\nDim shoppingItem(2) As String\r\nDim shoppingList As String\r\nshoppingItem(0) = \\\"Milk\\\"\r\nshoppingItem(1) = \\\"Eggs\\\"\r\nshoppingItem(2) = \\\"Bread\\\"\r\nshoppingList = String.Join(\\\",\\\", shoppingItem)\r\n\r\nThe value of shoppingList after running this code is \\\"Milk,Eggs,Bread\\\". Note that if your array has empty members, the method still adds a separator string between all the empty instances in your array.\r\n\r\nYou can also create an array of strings from a single string by using the String.Split Method. The following example demonstrates the reverse of the previous example: it takes a shopping list and turns it into an array of shopping items. The separator in this case is an instance of the Char data type; thus it is appended with the literal type character c.\r\n\r\nThe Visual Basic .NET Mid Function can be used to generate substrings of your string. The following example shows this functions in use:\r\n\r\nDim aString As String = \\\"Left Center Right\\\"\r\nDim rString, lString, mString As String\r\n\\\' rString = \\\"Right\\\"\r\nrString = Mid(aString, 13)\r\n\\\' lString = \\\"Left\\\"\r\nlString = Mid(aString, 1, 4)\r\n\\\' mString = \\\"Center\\\"\r\nmString = Mid(aString, 6,6)\r\n\r\nSubstrings of your string can also be generated using the String.Substring Method. This method takes two arguments: the character index where the substring is to start, and the length of the substring. The String.Substring method operates much like the Mid function. An example is shown below:\r\n\r\n\r\nThere is one very important difference between the String.SubString method and the Mid function. The Mid function takes an argument that indicates the character position for the substring to start, starting with position 1. The String.SubString method takes an index of the character in the string at which the substring is to start, starting with position 0. Thus, if you have a string \\\"ABCDE\\\", the individual characters are numbered 1,2,3,4,5 for use with the Mid function, but 0,1,2,3,4 for use with the System.String function.','Some Good String Functions','concat length mid','',15,1,1,0,1,1036,'2023-09-09'),(109,'genesis_pre\r\n This is the first hook to execute within Genesis. Think of any function hooked to it as being executed before any Genesis functions have loaded.\r\n\r\ngenesis_pre_framework\r\n This hook executes immediately before any of the Genesis Framework components have been loaded, but after all the constants have been defined.\r\n\r\ngenesis_init\r\n This hook fires at the end of the /lib/init.php file. Think of any function hooked to it as being executed after all Genesis functions have loaded, but before any custom code in the child functions.php file is run.\r\n\r\n\r\ngenesis_title\r\n This hook executes between tags and outputs the doctitle. You can find all doctitle related code in /lib/structure/header.php.\r\n\r\ngenesis_meta\r\n This hook executes in the section of the document source. By default, things like META descriptions and keywords are output using this hook, along with the default stylesheet and the reference to the favicon.\r\n\r\n\r\ngenesis_before\r\n This hook executes immediately after the opening tag in the document source.\r\n\r\ngenesis_after\r\n This hook executes immediately before the closing tag in the document source.\r\n\r\ngenesis_before_header\r\n This hook executes immediately before the header (outside the #header div).\r\n\r\ngenesis_header\r\n By default, this hook outputs the header code, including the title, description, and widget area (if necessary).\r\n\r\ngenesis_after_header\r\n This hook executes immediately after the header (outside the #header div).\r\n\r\ngenesis_site_title\r\n By default, this hook outputs the site title, within the header area. It uses the user-specified SEO settings to build the site title markup appropriately.\r\n\r\ngenesis_site_description\r\n By default, this hook outputs the site description, within the header area. It uses the user-specified SEO settings to build the site description markup appropriately.\r\n\r\ngenesis_before_content_sidebar_wrap\r\n This hook executes immediately before the div block that wraps the content and the primary sidebar (outside the #content-sidebar-wrap div).\r\n\r\ngenesis_after_content_sidebar_wrap\r\n This hook executes immediately after the div block that wraps the content and the primary sidebar (outside the #content-sidebar-wrap div).\r\n\r\ngenesis_before_content\r\n This hook executes immediately before the content column (outside the #content div).\r\n\r\ngenesis_after_content\r\n This hook executes immediately after the content column (outside the #content div).\r\n\r\ngenesis_sidebar\r\n This hook outputs the content of the primary sidebar, including the widget area output.\r\n\r\ngenesis_before_sidebar_widget_area\r\n This hook executes immediately before the primary sidebar widget area (inside the #sidebar div).\r\n\r\ngenesis_after_sidebar_widget_area\r\n This hook executes immediately after the primary sidebar widget area (inside the #sidebar div).\r\n\r\ngenesis_sidebar_alt\r\n This hook outputs the content of the secondary sidebar, including the widget area output.\r\n\r\ngenesis_before_sidebar_alt_widget_area\r\n This hook executes immediately before the alternate sidebar widget area (inside the #sidebar-alt div).\r\n\r\ngenesis_after_sidebar_alt_widget_area\r\n This hook executes immediately after the alternate sidebar widget area (inside the #sidebar-alt div).\r\n\r\ngenesis_before_footer\r\n This hook executes immediately before the footer, outside the #footer div.\r\n\r\ngenesis_footer\r\n This hook, by default, outputs the content of the footer, including the #footer div wrapper.\r\n\r\ngenesis_after_footer\r\n This hook executes immediately after the footer, outside the #footer div.\r\n\r\n\r\ngenesis_before_loop\r\n This hook executes immediately before all loop blocks. Therefore, this hook falls outside the loop, and cannot execute functions that require loop template tags or variables.\r\n\r\ngenesis_loop\r\n This hook outputs the actual loop. See lib/structure/loop.php and lib/structure/post.php for more details.\r\n\r\ngenesis_after_loop\r\n This hook executes immediately after all loop blocks. Therefore, this hook falls outside the loop, and cannot execute functions that require loop template tags or variables.\r\n\r\ngenesis_after_endwhile\r\n This hook executes after the endwhile; statement in all loop blocks.\r\n\r\ngenesis_loop_else\r\n This hook executes after the else : statement in all loop blocks.\r\n\r\ngenesis_before_entry (HTML5)\r\n This hook executes before each entry in all loop blocks (outside the post_class() container).\r\n\r\ngenesis_after_entry (HTML5)\r\n This hook executes after each entry in all loop blocks (outside the post_class() container).\r\n\r\ngenesis_entry_header (HTML5)\r\n This hook executes before the entry content and generates the entry header content in all loop blocks.\r\n\r\ngenesis_before_entry_content (HTML5)\r\n This hook executes before the .entry-content container in all loop blocks.\r\n\r\ngenesis_entry_content (HTML5)\r\n This hook executes within the .entry-content container in all loop blocks.\r\n\r\ngenesis_after_entry_content (HTML5)\r\n This hook executes after the .entry-content container in all loop blocks.\r\n\r\ngenesis_entry_footer (HTML5)\r\n This hook executes after the entry content and generates the entry footer content in all loop blocks.\r\n\r\ngenesis_before_post (XHTML)\r\n This hook executes before each post in all loop blocks (outside the post_class() div).\r\n\r\ngenesis_after_post (XHTML)\r\n This hook executes after each post in all loop blocks (outside the post_class() div).\r\n\r\ngenesis_before_post_title (XHTML)\r\n This hook executes immediately before each post title for each post within the loop.\r\n\r\ngenesis_post_title (XHTML)\r\n This hook outputs the actual post title, contextually, based on what type of page you are viewing.\r\n\r\ngenesis_after_post_title (XHTML)\r\n This hook executes immediately after each post title for each post within the loop.\r\n\r\ngenesis_before_post_content (XHTML)\r\n This hook executes immediately before the post/page content is output, outside the .entry-content div.\r\n\r\ngenesis_post_content (XHTML)\r\n This hook outputs the actual post content and if chosen, the post image (inside the #content div).\r\n\r\ngenesis_after_post_content (XHTML)\r\n This hook executes immediately after the post/page content is output, outside the .entry-content div.\r\n\r\n\r\ngenesis_before_comments\r\n This hook executes immediately before the comments block (outside the #comments div).\r\n\r\ngenesis_comments\r\n This hook outputs the entire comments block, including the section title. It also executes the genesis_list_comments hook, which outputs the comment list.\r\n\r\ngenesis_after_comments\r\n This hook executes immediately after the comments block (outside the #comments div).\r\n\r\ngenesis_list_comments\r\n This hook executes inside the comments block, inside the .comment-list OL. By default, it outputs a list of comments associated with a post via the genesis_default_list_comments() function.\r\n\r\ngenesis_before_pings\r\n This hook executes immediately before the pings block (outside the #pings div).\r\n\r\ngenesis_pings\r\n This hook outputs the entire pings block, including the section title. It also executes the genesis_list_pings hook, which outputs the ping list.\r\n\r\ngenesis_after_pings\r\n This hook executes immediately after the pings block (outside the #pings div).\r\n\r\ngenesis_list_pings\r\n This hook executes inside the pings block, inside the .ping-list OL. By default, it outputs a list of pings associated with a post via the genesis_default_list_pings() function.\r\n\r\ngenesis_before_comment\r\n This hook executes before the output of each individual comment (author, meta, comment text).\r\n\r\ngenesis_after_comment\r\n This hook executes after the output of each individual comment (author, meta, comment text).\r\n\r\ngenesis_before_comment_form\r\n This hook executes immediately before the comment form, outside the #respond div.\r\n\r\ngenesis_comment_form\r\n This hook outputs the actual comment form, including the #respond div wrapper.\r\n\r\ngenesis_after_comment_form\r\n This hook executes immediately after the comment form, outside the #respond div','List Of Hooks That Have Been Added To The Genesis Framework:','hooks genesis wordpress','Genesis Framework',16,7,0,0,1,1333,'2023-09-09'),(116,'This a cool feature. just move your cursor in bottom-left corner and click on \\\"START\\\". When the tiles screen appears use the keyboard. To find the \\\"calculator\\\" start with the letter \\\"C\\\" and windows will give you a list of icons and files. The calculator appears right away. Each character typed will continue to narrow the search.','Finding An Application','locate search apps applications start','',8,9,1,0,1,991,'2023-09-09'),(117,'Like windows 7 you can use the control panel to adjust the power management and hardware settings. Windows 8 has the PC Settings in the right bar under \\\"SETTINGS\\\" that also has options. My Samsung computer would dim every time it would boot up and I would take it to the place I bought and could not create it. After several hours of frustration I found an auto dim setting that I unchecked. Make sure you look here also','Making Changes To Your Computer','auto dim pc settings control panel','',18,19,1,0,1,1916,'2023-09-09'),(118,'While creating wordpress sites I wonder what CSS code is controlling the look of the page? \r\n\r\nI use FireFox browser because it has an add-in called fire bug. After it is installed you can select an area near to where you want to make. My \"web tools\" application also breaks the css file down by your area of interest to give you a map of your css file.\r\n \r\n\r\n','Quickest Way To Make Css Changes','fire bug wordpress design tools','',22,19,0,0,1,2296,'2023-09-09'),(119,'[CSS Changes]\r\n\r\n// moves content on 2 column\r\narticle{ width:825px; }\r\n\r\n//content to navigation separation\r\n\r\n.content {\r\n float: right;\r\n width: 900px; \r\n padding: 40px 60px 10px;\r\n padding: 0.5rem 6rem 0.5rem;\r\n}\r\n\r\nWidth of the overall container\r\n.site-container {\r\n margin: 0 auto;\r\n width: 1140px;\r\n}\r\nI just bloated the rest of css reference to keep from shrinking when resizing window\r\n@media only screen and (max-width: 1200px) {\r\n\r\n .site-container {\r\n max-width: 1960px;\r\n }\r\n\r\n@media only screen and (max-width: 1023px) {\r\n\r\n .site-container {\r\n max-width: 1768px;\r\n }\r\n\r\n@media only screen and (max-width: 767px) {\r\n\r\n .site-container {\r\n max-width: 1600px;\r\n }','Executive Pro Theme Html5','article header executive pro','Genesis Framework',16,19,0,0,1,1287,'2023-09-09'),(120,'This plug in just displays a list of language types for computers and web development\r\n\r\nquickarray=$value;return true;\r\n }\r\n function tableOption($query){\r\n $q = mysql_query($query);\r\n $num_fields = mysql_num_fields($q);\r\n for($ii = 0; $ii < $num_fields; $ii++) {\r\n //$result.= mysql_field_name($query,$ii).\\\"-\\\".mysql_field_type($query,$ii).\\\"(\\\".mysql_field_len($query,$ii).\\\")\\\".mysql_field_flags($query,$ii).\\\"\\\\n\\\";\r\n $fieldinfo=mysql_field_flags($q,$ii);\r\n if(strpos($fieldinfo,\\\"rimary_key\\\")>0){ $this->fieldname=mysql_field_name($q,$ii);break; }\r\n }\r\n }\r\n function dbsql2($query){\r\n $this->insertoption=$query;\r\n }\r\n function dbsql($query){\r\n global $db; global $dc;global $debug;\r\n if($debug!=true)$result=mysql_query($query);\r\n else $result=mysql_query($query) or die(mysql_error().\\\' from \\\'.$query);\r\n if(!$result){\r\n if($debug==true){ echo \\\"Error:\\\".$query;exit;\r\n }else{ echo \\\"Error:\\\".substr($query,0,10);exit;}\r\n }\r\n $sql= strtolower($query);\r\n if(strpos($sql,\\\"nsert into\\\")==1)$AC=1;\r\n if(strpos($sql,\\\"elect\\\")==1){ $AC=2;$this->num=mysql_numrows($result); }\r\n if(strpos($sql,\\\"pdate\\\")==1 || strpos($sql,\\\"elete\\\")==1)$AC=3;\r\n switch($AC){\r\n case 1:\r\n $this->id=mysql_insert_id();\r\n break;\r\n case 2:\r\n if($this->num==0 && $this->insertoption!=\\\"\\\"){ $this->dbq($this->insertoption); return false; }\r\n if($this->num==0) return false;\r\n if($this->num==1 && $this->quickarray==true)$this->data=mysql_fetch_array($result);\r\n else $this->data=$result;\r\n break;\r\n case 3:\r\n break;\r\n } // end switch\r\n\r\n\r\n }\r\n\r\n} // end class\r\n\r\nclass WP_Widget_Language_Catagory extends WP_Widget {\r\n \r\n // The widget construct. This creates title and description on wordpress admin widget page\r\n function WP_Widget_Language_Catagory() {\r\n $widget_ops = array( \\\'classname\\\' => \\\'widget_LanguageCatagory\\\', \\\'description\\\' => __( \\\"Language Catagory List for picking search topic\\\" ) );\r\n $this->WP_Widget(\\\'LanguageCatagory\\\', __(\\\'sw - Language Catagory\\\'), $widget_ops);\r\n } // End function WP_Widget_Language_Catagory\r\n \r\n // This code displays the widget on the screen.\r\n function widget($args, $instance) {\r\n extract($args);\r\n echo $before_widget;\r\n if(!empty($instance[\\\'title\\\'])) {\r\n echo $before_title . $instance[\\\'title\\\'] . $after_title;\r\n }\r\n $q=new dbase();\r\n $sql=\\\"SELECT * FROM language ORDER BY language\\\";\r\n $q->multipleRecs(true);\r\n $q->dbsql($sql);$result=$q->data;\r\n echo\\\"','Genesis Loop Hooks Comparison','loop hooks html5 xhtml','Genesis Framework',16,19,0,0,1,1644,'2023-09-09'),(122,'Available Functions \r\nWordPress includes many other functions for determining paths and URLs to files or directories within plugins, themes, and WordPress itself. See the individual Codex pages for each function for complete information on their use. \r\n\r\nABSPATH - from wpconfig.php\r\n\r\nPlugins \r\nplugins_url()\r\nplugin_dir_url()\r\nplugin_dir_path()\r\nplugin_basename()\r\nThemes \r\nget_template_directory_uri()\r\nget_stylesheet_uri()\r\nget_theme_root_uri()\r\nget_theme_root()\r\nget_theme_roots()\r\nSite Home \r\nhome_url()\r\n\r\nWordPress \r\nadmin_url()\r\nsite_url()\r\ncontent_url()\r\nincludes_url()\r\nwp_upload_dir()\r\nMultisite \r\nget_admin_url()\r\nget_home_url()\r\nget_site_url()\r\nnetwork_admin_url()\r\nnetwork_site_url()\r\nnetwork_home_url()\r\n\r\nConstants \r\nWordPress makes use of the following constants when determining the path to the content and plugin directories. These should not be used directly by plugins or themes, but are listed here for completeness. \r\n\r\nWP_CONTENT_DIR // no trailing slash, full paths only\r\nWP_CONTENT_URL // full url \r\nWP_PLUGIN_DIR // full path, no trailing slash\r\nWP_PLUGIN_URL // full url, no trailing slash\r\n// Available per default in MS, not set in single site install\r\n// Can be used in single site installs (as usual: at your own risk)\r\nUPLOADS // uploads folder, relative to ABSPATH (for e.g.: /wp-content/uploads)','Folder Shortcut Functions','home theme plugin site url folder','',22,9,0,0,1,1563,'2023-09-09'),(123,'[Reading the Whole File]\r\nThe fread function reads a number of bytes from a file, up to the end of the file (whichever comes first). The filesize function returns the size of the file in bytes, and can be used with the fread function, as in the following example. \r\n\r\n\\\\n\\\"; \r\n fclose($fp);\r\n?>\r\n\r\n[Reading Line by Line]\r\nThe fgets function is used to read a line at a time. The function takes two parameters, the file handle, and the number of bytes to read. The function reads data up to a new line, or the number of bytes specified (whichever comes first), and returns the line read. The following is an example of using the fgets function. \r\n\r\n\\\\n\\\"; \r\n }\r\n fclose($fp);\r\n?>\r\n\r\n[Reading a Character at a time]\r\nThe fgetc() function is used to read a single character from a file.\r\n\r\nNote: After a call to this function the file pointer has moved to the next character. \r\n\r\nExample\r\nThe example below reads a file character by character, until the end of file is true:\r\n\r\n','Reading TXT Files','fclose fgets fopen fread filesize feof read file whole line character','',1,9,1,0,1,1289,'2023-09-09'),(124,'Writing to Files\r\nThe fwrite function is used to write a string, or part of a string to a file. The function takes three parameters, the file handle, the string to write, and the number of bytes to write. If the number of bytes is omitted, the whole string is written to the file. If you want the lines to appear on separate lines in the file, use the \\\\n character. Note: Windows requires a carriage return character as well as a new line character, so if you\\\'re using Windows, terminate the string with \\\\r\\\\n. \r\n\r\nThe following example logs the visitor to a file, then displays all the entries in the file. \r\n\r\n\\\\r\\\\n\\\";\r\n else\r\n $userDetails = $userDetails . \\\"
\\\\r\\\\n\\\";\r\n // Write the user details to the file\r\n fwrite($fp, \\\"$userDetails\\\");\r\n // Move to the start of the file\r\n rewind($fp);\r\n $entries = 0;\r\n // Display each line in the file\r\n while(!feof($fp))\r\n {\r\n $buffer = fgets($fp, 1024);\r\n if ($buffer != \\\"\\\")\r\n {\r\n print $buffer;\r\n $entries++;\r\n }\r\n }\r\n // Show a summary\r\n print \\\"There are $entries entries in the log file
\\\";\r\n fclose ($fp);\r\n?>\r\n\r\n\r\n','Write To Txt File','fopen fwrite rewind fopen write file','',1,9,1,0,1,990,'2023-09-09'),(125,'if you ever add variables to the url line you need to use this function\r\nurldecode for passing gets.\r\n$urlpart1=urldecode($urlpart1); \r\n$urlpart2=urldecode($urlpart2); \r\n$url=\\\"http://www.mydomain.com?$urlpart1&$urlpart2;\r\n\r\nDo not use it on a completed url. It will totally mess everything up.','Clean Url','? url clean & #','',1,9,1,0,1,1325,'2023-09-09'),(126,'\r\n\r\n
\r\n[attachment=7480:attachment]
\r\nOnce that is opened, you should see something like this
\r\n[attachment=7484:attachment]
\r\nThere are a few very simple things you need to change there. First, \r\nuncheck the box that says \"Enable Application Framework\". Then, go to \r\nthe box that says \"Startup Object:\" and change that to Sub Main. Then, \r\ndelete the form that was put in your application automatically. By now, \r\nyou should notice that there is no startup object in your application. \r\nIn fact, there is no Code in your application. So, you need to add a Sub Main in. Add a new module to your application (call it anything you want). Then, add this sub into your module:
\r\n
\r\nLet me explain exactly what this is doing. When you changed the startup \r\nobject to Sub Main, you application will execute from a Main routine, \r\nlike a console application, so what is stopping it from showing a \r\nconsole window? Notice the box that says \"Application Type:\". You will \r\nsee that that is set to \"Windows Form Application\". When you create a \r\nconsole application, that box is set to \"Console Application\". When you \r\ncreate any windows form application, there, of course, is no console \r\nwindow. That is because the application has a type of \"Windows Form \r\nApplication\", which basically means your application will not show a \r\nconsole. Of course, in Consle Applications, there are no forms. So what \r\nhappens when you application\'s type is Windows Form Application, and \r\nthere is no form in it? Your program will have no interface at all. But,\r\n even though your application is called a Windows Form Application, it \r\nwill still exit once all the code in Sub Main has executed, like a \r\nconsole application. To prevent that, you must have a line at the end of your Main routine that says Application.Run().\r\n That line will prevent your application from closing right after Main \r\nhas finished. Now, it will run like a standard form application, just \r\nwith no form, and the only way you can close it is with an Application.Exit()\r\n call. And it\'s as simple as that. You can treat the module your main \r\nroutine is in as if it was the code for your form. The only difference \r\nis, there is no form, and you can\'t add controls to it in the designer \r\n(because there is no interface there to design). So, for example, if you\r\n wanted to add a timer to your application, you can\'t just drag-and-drop\r\n it on the form, you have to get down and dirty and add it in manually, \r\nwith something like this
\r\n
\r\nThat will create a timer object, exactly as if it was created by the \r\ndesigner. To add a tick event handler for it, go to the box near the \r\ntop-left of the code editor. Select the item that says \"Timer1\", or \r\nwhatever you called your timer. Then, select the box next to it and it \r\nwill show a list of events for that control. Click the one you want, \r\nTick in this case, and it will add an event handler for that event \r\ndirectly into your code.\r\n\r\nPrivate Sub laPath_DoubleClick(sender As Object, e As EventArgs) Handles laPath.DoubleClick\r\n Dim filePath As String = laPath.Text \'Example file\r\n Process.Start(\"explorer.exe\", \"/select,\" & filePath) : Application.DoEvents()\r\nEnd Sub','Have Application Run In The Background','application background process file explorer','',15,20,1,0,1,1215,'2023-09-09'),(144,'Find the READING section of SETTINGS in the admin. make sure the search engine box is not checked if you want to be searched.\r\n\r\n
','Google Cannot Find My Site','settings search engine google bing','',22,19,1,0,1,1326,'2023-09-09'),(145,'Create a folder under wp-content/plugins. Create a php file called swdadmin.php with the following code:\r\n\r\nSWD Menu
\r\nThis example stores my variables into cookies and retrieves them back when I want them:\r\n\r\n$appid=\"635667735729502691\";$appidLast=\"\";\r\nif($_GET[\"BACK\"]==1) {\r\n $savedSessions=array();$savedRequests=array();\r\n $savedSessions= json_decode($_COOKIE[\"SESSIONARRAY\".$appid]); $savedPosts= json_decode($_COOKIE[\"POSTARRAY\".$appid]); $savedGets= json_decode($_COOKIE[\"GETARRAY\".$appid]);\r\n foreach($savedSessions as $k=>$value) {\r\n $_SESSION[$k]=$value;\r\n }\r\n foreach($savedPosts as $k=>$value) {\r\n $_POST[$k]=$value;\r\n }\r\n foreach($savedGets as $k=>$value) {\r\n $_GET[$k]=$value;\r\n }\r\n } //CHECK CURRENT APPLICATION\r\nelse{\r\n $json = json_encode($_SESSION, true);setcookie(\'SESSIONARRAY\'.$appid,$json, time()+1800,\"/\");\r\n $json = json_encode($_POST, true);setcookie(\'POSTARRAY\'.$appid,$json,time()+1800,\"/\");\r\n $json = json_encode($_GET, true);setcookie(\'GETARRAY\'.$appid,$json,time()+1800,\"/\");\r\n}','Cookies','cookies json_encode store arrays post get session','Storing Settings',1,23,1,0,1,837,'2023-09-09'),(154,'When moving a wordpress site from a sub folder to the root folder, use the File Manager located in your cPanel. It will make it easy to select the files and folders and COPY (not MOVE) them at blazing speeds. Make sure that you select the wordpress files and underlying folders and press the copy button. It will ask you where to put them. After that make sure that you login under the sub folder wordpress admin and change the word press url and the admin url under the \"general setting\". This will redirect your subfolder wordpress to the root folder wordpress. After you see that the new site and admin all work without the subfolder name in the url, you can use file manager to delete the subfolder.','Moving Wordpress Site From Design Folder.','moving move wordpress admin','',22,2,0,0,1,671,'2023-09-09'),(155,'','','','',0,0,0,0,0,0,'2015-12-24'),(156,'If you have a select element that looks like this:\r\n\r\n\r\nRunning this code:\r\nvar e = document.getElementById(\\\"ddlViewBy\\\");\r\nvar strUser = e.options[e.selectedIndex].value;\r\n\r\nWould make strUser be 2. If what you actually want is test2, then do this:\r\nvar e = document.getElementById(\\\"ddlViewBy\\\");\r\nvar strUser = e.options[e.selectedIndex].text;\r\n\r\nWhich would make strUser be test2\r\n\r\nvar e = document.getElementById(\\\"ddlViewBy\\\");\r\nvar SELIndex = e.selectedIndex\r\nif (SELIndex==0){\r\n error_message = error_message + \\\'*Select something from xx.\\\\n\\\';\r\n error = 1;\r\n}\r\n\r\nif you want to see if the select has nothing selected.?\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\njavascript code:\r\nvar e = document.getElementById(\\\"comoperationid\\\");\r\nvar SELIndex = e.selectedIndex\r\nif (SELIndex==0){\r\n error_message = error_message + \\\'*Select something from operationid.\\\\n\\\';\r\n error = 1;\r\n}','Select - Check To See If Your Select Has Been Used','select form javascript getelementbyid','',2,4,1,0,1,763,'2025-12-27'),(157,'You can use Microsoft Excel to import data from a text file into a worksheet. The Text Import Wizard examines the text file that you are importing and helps you ensure that the data is imported in the way that you want.\r\n\r\nNote To start the Text Import Wizard, on the Data tab, in the Get External Data group, click From Text. Then, in the Import Text File dialog box, double-click the text file that you want to import.\r\n\r\nExcel Ribbon Image \r\n\r\n\r\nStep 1 of 3\r\n\r\nOriginal data type If items in the text file are separated by tabs, colons, semicolons, spaces, or other characters, select Delimited. If all of the items in each column are the same length, select Fixed width.\r\n\r\nStart import at row Type or select a row number to specify the first row of the data that you want to import.\r\n\r\nFile origin Select the character set that is used in the text file. In most cases, you can leave this setting at its default. If you know that the text file was created by using a different character set than the character set that you are using on your computer, you should change this setting to match that character set. For example, if your computer is set to use character set 1251 (Cyrillic, Windows), but you know that the file was produced by using character set 1252 (Western European, Windows), you should set File Origin to 1252.\r\n\r\nPreview of file This box displays the text as it will appear when it is separated into columns on the worksheet.\r\n\r\n\r\nStep 2 of 3 (Delimited data)\r\n\r\nDelimiters Select the character that separates values in your text file. If the character is not listed, select the Other check box, and then type the character in the box that contains the cursor. These options are not available if your data type is Fixed width.\r\n\r\nTreat consecutive delimiters as one Select this check box if your data contains a delimiter of more than one character between data fields or if your data contains multiple custom delimiters.\r\n\r\nText qualifier Select the character that encloses values in your text file. When Excel encounters the text qualifier character, all of the text that follows that character and precedes the next occurrence of that character is imported as one value, even if the text contains a delimiter character. For example, if the delimiter is a comma (,) and the text qualifier is a quotation mark (\"), \"Dallas, Texas\" is imported into one cell as Dallas, Texas. If no character or the apostrophe (\') is specified as the text qualifier, \"Dallas, Texas\" is imported into two adjacent cells as \"Dallas and Texas\".\r\n\r\nIf the delimiter character occurs between text qualifiers, Excel omits the qualifiers in the imported value. If no delimiter character occurs between text qualifiers, Excel includes the qualifier character in the imported value. Hence, \"Dallas Texas\" (using the quotation mark text qualifier) is imported into one cell as \"Dallas Texas\".\r\n\r\nData preview Review the text in this box to verify that the text will be separated into columns on the worksheet as you want it.\r\n\r\n\r\nStep 2 of 3 (Fixed width data)\r\n\r\nData preview Set field widths in this section. Click the preview window to set a column break, which is represented by a vertical line. Double-click a column break to remove it, or drag a column break to move it.\r\n\r\n\r\nStep 3 of 3\r\n\r\nClick the Advanced button to do one or more of the following:\r\n\r\n##Specify the type of decimal and thousands separators that are used in the text file. When the data is imported into Excel, the separators will match those that are specified for your location in Regional and Language Options or Regional Settings (Windows Control Panel).\r\n\r\n\r\n##Specify that one or more numeric values may contain a trailing minus sign.\r\n\r\n\r\nColumn data format Click the data format of the column that is selected in the Data preview section. If you do not want to import the selected column, click Do not import column (skip).\r\n\r\nAfter you select a data format option for the selected column, the column heading under Data preview displays the format. If you select Date, select a date format in the Date box.\r\n\r\nChoose the data format that closely matches the preview data so that Excel can convert the imported data correctly. For example:\r\n\r\n##To convert a column of all currency number characters to the Excel Currency format, select General. \r\n\r\n\r\n##To convert a column of all number characters to the Excel Text format, select Text. \r\n\r\n\r\n##To convert a column of all date characters, each date in the order of year, month, and day, to the Excel Date format, select Date, and then select the date type of YMD in the Date box.\r\n\r\n\r\nExcel will import the column as General if the conversion could yield unintended results. For example:\r\n\r\n##If the column contains a mix of formats, such as alphabetical and numeric characters, Excel converts the column to General.\r\n\r\n\r\n##If, in a column of dates, each date is in the order of year, month, and date, and you select Date along with a date type of MDY, Excel converts the column to General format. A column that contains date characters must closely match an Excel built-in date or custom date formats.\r\n\r\n\r\nIf Excel does not convert a column to the format that you want, you can convert the data after you import it.','Text Import Wizard','csv delimited special formatting','',7,24,0,0,1,1089,'2023-09-09'),(158,'With the new css dropdown menus it is easier to assign a class to the top ul and use the format\r\nlike below:\r\n\r\nul.menu-widget li a {color: #fff;}\r\n\r\nThis is faster that applying a class to the \\\"a\\\". Just change the ul class for each new menu','Multiple Menu Color Changes','wordpress menu color changes css','',4,3,0,0,1,666,'2023-09-09'),(159,'http://wordpress.stackexchange.com/questions/94018/merging-two-wp-posts-tables-while-avoiding-duplicates\r\n\r\nImport the new table as wp_posts_2, then join them and delete all duplicates based on post_content; then merge the two tables.\r\n\r\nThe following SQL query (untested!) should give the posts from the new table to be deleted:\r\n\r\nSELECT wp2.* FROM wp_posts_2 as wp2 LEFT JOIN wp_posts as wp ON wp2.post_content = wp.post_content WHERE wp2.post_content = wp.post_content\r\n\r\nSo, you can delete the entries with this query (also untested):\r\n\r\nDELETE wp_posts_2.* LEFT JOIN wp_posts as wp ON wp_posts_2.post_content = wp.post_content WHERE wp_posts_2.post_content = wp.post_content\r\n\r\nThen merge the two tables.','Merging Two Wordpress Databases','merge wordpress databases left join posts','',22,12,1,0,1,666,'2023-09-09'),(160,'Wordpress themes usually have a div tag surrounding the widget area. Using something like Firebug in Firefox will show the div tag id names and classes. Using the header widget area in the themes css file:\r\n\r\n#header .widget-area {\r\n float: right;\r\n padding: 35px 0 0;\r\n width: 550px;\r\n}\r\n add \"display:none;\" after \"width:550px;\" and it will disappear.\r\n\r\nexternal pages can have javascript at the end of the document can have:\r\n\r\n if it is a class.\r\n\r\n\r\n if it is an id.\r\n','Hide A Widget Area Without Removing It','hide widget area class id','',22,3,0,0,1,670,'2023-09-09'),(161,'\r\n\r\n
','Windows 11 Speedup','windows 11 SWD backup','',22,25,0,1,1,366,'2023-09-09'),(162,'Sometimes i have pictures that people want to view but are too numerous or inconvenient to email. \r\nI just do a batch conversion on the images (I use Irfan view a free app) and upload them to a new folder I called \"stylists\". Using this script in an index.php, I dump it with the pictures. It will show them in your browser. \r\n\r\n[Create image viewer]\r\n
$file\";\r\n}\r\n closedir($dir);\r\n?>\r\n\r\nYou can tweak it to your folder requirements','Making An Image Viewer','files images viewer','',1,9,1,0,1,752,'2023-09-09'),(163,'
','Setting The Font Weight','font weight bold','',4,3,1,0,1,845,'2023-09-09'),(166,'Laptop Battery Calibration For Windows:\r\n\r\n The goal is to run the battery to zero percent, and for the computer to shut off without going to sleep or going into hibernate mode.\r\n Unplug your laptop from the wall.\r\n Change the “Power Plan†> “On Battery†> \"Put the Computer to Sleep\" settings to “Never.â€Â\r\n If you cannot find these settings you can turn on an internet radio station, and let it play until the computer shuts off. (This is not effective in all versions of Windows)\r\n After the computer shuts down, plugging in the AC adapter should be required to turn the machine back on. Once the computer starts a message will appear asking if you would like to start in “Safe Mode.†Restart Windows normally.\r\n Leave your computer plugged in and charge it all the way from 0% to 100%.\r\n Remember to change your Power Scheme settings back to what they were.\r\n\r\n
FIND A STORE
\r\n \r\nOnreset \r\nThe onreset() event handler (like onsubmit) is attached to the form itself. This event is triggered if the form contains a reset button and that button is pressed. \r\nOnmouseover and Onmouseout \r\nThe mouseover and mouseout events are triggered when your visitor moves the mouse on or off of a particular object on your page. \r\n\r\nSee how these event handler works for yourself, the following links will execute alerts when the appropriate event handlers are triggered: onmouseover onmouseout \r\n\r\nOnclick \r\nThe onclick event is triggered when your visitors click their mouse on an object on your web page. Unlike the other mouse events the onclick event can also be triggered from the keyboard when your visitor selects the object by pressing the enter key when that object has the focus. \r\n\r\nSee how this event handler works for yourself: onclick \r\n\r\nOnmousedown and Onmouseup \r\nA mouse button click consists of two movements. First your visitor depresses the mouse button and then they release it. If you need to trigger different events for these two actions then you can use onmousedown and onmouseup instead of onclick. These event handlers don\\\'t get triggered by selecting the object from the keyboard though. \r\n\r\nSee how these event handler works for yourself: onmousedown onmouseup \r\n\r\nOnmousemove \r\nThe final mouse event handler that is common to all browsers (there are some extras that are browser specific) is the onmousemove event handler which (as its name suggests) is triggered by moving the mouse cursor over the selected object. \r\n\r\n\r\nKeyboard:\r\nOnfocus and Onblur \r\nThe focus and blur events are triggered when a particular object on your page gains or loses the focus. Just as you can have multiple windows open on your screen and the one you are working in has the focus, each level of objects within your web page will similarly have one that has the focus. The browser provides a means of moving the focus from one object in the page to another using either the keyboard or (in some cases) the mouse. When the focus is moved from one object to another the onblur event will be triggered for the object losing the focus and the onfocus event will be triggered for the object gaining the focus. \r\n\r\nThese two events can also often be used in place of onmousedown and onmouseup to allow the processing to be triggered from the keyboard as well as from a mouse click. \r\n\r\nSee how these event handler works for yourself, the following links will execute alerts when the appropriate event handlers are triggered: onfocus onblur \r\n\r\nNote that the standards actually say that these two events only apply to form fields however most browsers have implemented onfocus for most web page objects. Support for onblur is somewhat more limited but still extends beyond just form fields in most browsers.\r\n\r\nOnkeydown and Onkeyup \r\nThe onkeydown and onkeyup events are triggered when your visitors presses a key on their keyboard and they acts on the object on your web page that currently has the focus. As their name sugges the onkey down is triggered when a key is depressed and onkeyup is triggered when it is released.\r\n\r\nFocus Events\r\nEvent Occurs When\r\nonblur An element loses focus\r\nonfocus An element gets focus\r\nonfocusin An element is about to get focus\r\nonfocusout An element is about to lose focus\r\n=================\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\nKeyboard Events\r\nEvent Occurs When\r\nonkeydown A user presses a key\r\nonkeypress A user presses a key\r\nonkeyup A user releases a key\r\n=================\r\nKeyboardEvent Properties\r\nProperty Returns\r\naltKey If the ALT key was pressed\r\ncharCode Deprecated (Avoid using it)\r\ncode The code of the key that triggered the event\r\nctrlKey If the CTRL key was pressed\r\nisComposing If the state of the event is composing or not\r\nkey The value of the key that triggered the event\r\nkeyCode Deprecated (Avoid using it)\r\nlocation The location of a key on the keyboard or device\r\nmetaKey If the META key was pressed\r\nrepeat If a key is being hold down repeatedly, or not\r\nshiftKey If the SHIFT key was pressed\r\nwhich Deprecated (Avoid using it)\r\n\r\n
\r\nMouse Events\r\nEvent Occurs When\r\nonclick A user clicks on an element\r\noncontextmenu A user right-clicks on an element\r\nondblclick A user double-clicks on an element\r\nonmousedown A mouse button is pressed over an element\r\nonmouseenter The mouse pointer moves into an element\r\nonmouseleave The mouse pointer moves out of an element\r\nonmousemove The mouse pointer moves over an element\r\nonmouseout The mouse pointer moves out of an element\r\n\r\n=================\r\n\r\nMouseEvent Properties\r\nProperty Returns\r\naltKey If the ALT key is pressed\r\nbutton Which mouse button is pressed\r\nbuttons Which mouse buttons were pressed\r\nclientX The X coordinate of the mouse pointer (window relative)\r\nclientY The Y coordinate of the mouse pointer (window relative)\r\nctrlKey If the CTRL key is pressed\r\ndetail The details about an event\r\nmetaKey If the META key is pressed\r\noffsetX The X coordinate of the mouse pointer (target relative)\r\noffsetY The Y coordinate of the mouse pointer (target relative)\r\npageX The X coordinate of the mouse pointer (document relative)\r\npageY The Y coordinate of the mouse pointer (document relative)\r\nrelatedTarget The element that triggered the mouse event\r\nscreenX The X coordinate of the mouse pointer (screen relative)\r\nscreenY The Y coordinate of the mouse pointer (screen relative)\r\nshiftKey If the SHIFT key is pressed\r\nwhich Deprecated (Avoid using it)\r\nUse the button property instead\r\nonmouseover The mouse pointer moves onto an element\r\nonmouseup A mouse button is released over an element','Form Fields - Events','form events onchange','',2,4,0,0,1,2027,'2026-01-03'),(30,'indexOf:\r\nvar ss = \\\"a string index of test \\\";\r\nvar result = ss.indexOf(\\\"ri\\\");\r\n\r\nlength:\r\n\r\n\r\nReplace Function: Global Regular Expression\r\nBy enabling the global property of our regular expression, we can go from replacing one match at a time to replacing all matches at once. To enable the global property, just put a \\\"g\\\" at the end of the regular expression.\r\n\r\nreplace:\r\n\r\nDisplay:\r\nOld string = Hello username! I hope you enjoy your stay username.\r\nNew string = Hello Chuck! I hope you enjoy your stay Chuck. \r\n\r\nsubstring:\r\n \r\nThe output of the code above will be: lo w\r\n\r\nQuestion: How do I convert numbers to strings in JavaScript? \r\n\r\nAnswer: The simplest way to convert any variable to a string is to add an empty string to that variable (i.e. concatenate it with an empty string \\\'\\\'), for example: \r\n\r\n\r\na = a+\\\'\\\' // This converts a to string\r\nb += \\\'\\\' // This converts b to string\r\n\r\n5.41 + \\\'\\\' // Result: the string \\\'5.41\\\'\r\nMath.PI + \\\'\\\' // Result: the string \\\'3.141592653589793\\\'','String Manipulations','replace indexof substring length','',2,1,1,0,1,1246,'2023-09-09'),(31,'function addData(value1){\r\n if(document.getElementById(\'li\'+value1).checked==true){\r\n if(document.getElementById(value1).value==""){\r\n document.getElementById(value1).value=1;\r\n }\r\n }\r\n}\r\n\r\nSet background color\r\ndocument.getElementById(\'colorcheck\').style.backgroundcolor= toHex(R)+toHex(G)+toHex(B)','GetElementById','getelementbyid get element by id','',2,7,0,0,1,1251,'2023-09-09'),(32,'JavaScript Confirm Example\r\nBelow is an example of how you would use a confirm dialogue box to warn users about something, giving them the option to either continue on or stay put.\r\n\r\nHTML & JavaScript Code:\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nDisplay:\r\n\r\n \r\nNote the part in red. This is where all the magic happens. We call the confirm function with the message, \"Leave Tizag?\". JavaScript then makes a popup window with two choices and will return a value to our script code depending on which button the user clicks.\r\n\r\nIf the user clicks OK, a value of 1 is returned. If a user clicks cancel, a value of 0 is returned.. We store this value in answer by setting it equal to the confirm function call.\r\n\r\nAfter answer has stored the value, we then use answer as a conditional statement. If answer is anything but zero, then we will send the user away from Tizag.com. If answer is equal to zero, we will keep the user at Tizag.com because they clicked the Cancel button. \r\n\r\nIn either case, we have a JavaScript alert box that appears to inform the user on what is going to happen. It will say, \"Bye bye!\" if they choose to leave and, \"Thanks for sticking around!\" if they choose to stay.','Confirm()','yes no cancel message box','',2,7,0,0,1,2000,'2023-09-09'),(33,'JavaScript - Is it Enabled?\r\nThis lesson will first teach you how to enable JavaScript in Internet Explorer, Firefox, and Opera, then show you how you can write a very simple script to separate website visitors who don\\\'t have JavaScript enabled from those who do.\r\n\r\nAdvertise on Tizag.com \r\nEnable JavaScript - Internet Explorer\r\nIn Internet Explorer 6/7 (download Internet Explorer), you can check to see if JavaScript is enabled by navigating to the custom security settings that are somewhat buried (don\\\'t worry; we\\\'ll help you find it).\r\n\r\n1.Click on the Tools menu\r\n2.Choose Internet Options... from the menu\r\n3.Click the Security tab on the Internet Options pop up\r\n4.Click the Custom Level... button to access your security settings\r\n5.Scroll almost all the way down to the Scripting section\r\n6.Select the Enable button for Active scripting\r\n7.Click OK to finish the process\r\n8.Click Yes when asked to confirm\r\n\r\nEnable JavaScript - Firefox\r\nIn Firefox 2 (download Firefox) you can check to see if JavaScript is enabled by navigating to the Content settings under Options.\r\n\r\n1.Click on the Tools menu\r\n2.Choose Options... from the menu\r\n3.Click the Content tab in the Options pop up\r\n4.Make sure that Enable JavaScript is checked\r\n5.Click OK to finish the process\r\n\r\nEnable JavaScript - Opera\r\nIn Opera (download Opera) you can check to see if JavaScript is enabled by navigating to the Content settings under Preferences.\r\n\r\n1.Click on the Tools menu\r\n2.Choose Preferences... from the menu\r\n3.Click the Advanced tab in the Preferences pop up\r\n4.Select Content from the list of items on the left\r\n5.Make sure that Enable JavaScript is checked\r\n6.Click OK to finish the process\r\nJavaScript Detection\r\nThese days, it\\\'s basically impossible to navigate the web without a JavaScript-enabled browser, so checking whether or not a user has JavaScript enabled is not all that important. Chances are, the only way it be disabled is if the company\\\'s IT staff has decided to disable JavaScript for some reason. However, if you still want to be sure your users are JavaScript enabled, this script will get it done.\r\n\r\nThe only sure fire way to separate users who don\\\'t have JavaScript from those who do is to use a simple redirect script that will only work for those with JavaScript enabled. If a person\\\'s browser does not have JavaScript enabled, the script will not run, and they will remain on the same page.\r\n\r\nJavaScript Code:\r\n\r\nReplace the example URL with the webpage of your choice','Is Javascript Enabled','enable javascript','',2,7,1,0,1,1211,'2023-09-09'),(34,'JavaScript While Loop Explained\r\nThere are two key parts to a JavaScript while loop:\r\n\r\n1.The conditional statement which must be True for the while loop\\\'s code to be executed.\r\n2.The while loop\\\'s code that is contained in curly braces \\\"{ and }\\\" will be executed if the condition is True.\r\nWhen a while loop begins, the JavaScript interpreter checks if the condition statement is true. If it is, the code between the curly braces is executed. At the end of the code segment \\\"}\\\", the while loop loops back to the condition statement and begins again. \r\n\r\nIf the condition statement is always True, then you will never exit the while loop, so be very careful when using while loops!\r\n\r\nCreating a Simple While Loop\r\nThis example shows how to create a basic while loop that will execute a document.write 10 times and then exit the loop statement.\r\n\r\nJavaScript Code:\r\n\r\n\r\nDisplay:\r\nWhile loop is beginning\r\nmyCounter = 0\r\nmyCounter = 1\r\nmyCounter = 2\r\nmyCounter = 3\r\nmyCounter = 4\r\nmyCounter = 5\r\nmyCounter = 6\r\nmyCounter = 7\r\nmyCounter = 8\r\nmyCounter = 9\r\nWhile loop is finished! \r\nOur variable myCounter started off at 0, which is less than 10, so our while loop executed its code. The value 0 was printed to the browser and then myCounter was incremented by 1 and the while loop started over again.\r\n\r\n1 was less than 10 so the while loop\\\'s code was executed... and the process repeats itself a few more times until...\r\n\r\nmyCounter was 10 which was not less than 10 so the while loop\\\'s code did not execute. You can see this in the Display: because the last value to be printed out was 9.\r\n\r\nNote: Advanced programmers may recognize that a for loop would be a better solution for this example, but we hope you can ignore this for our needs to create an easy example!','While Loop','while loop','',2,7,0,0,1,1170,'2023-09-09'),(35,'Creating Single Line Comments\r\nTo create a single line comment in JavaScript, you place two slashes \\\"//\\\" in front of the code or text you wish to have the JavaScript interpreter ignore. When you place these two slashes, all text to the right of them will be ignored, until the next line.\r\n\r\nThese types of comments are great for commenting out single lines of code and writing small notes.\r\n\r\nJavaScript Code:\r\n\r\n\r\nDisplay:\r\nI have comments in my JavaScript code! \r\nEach line of code that is colored red is commented out and will not be interpreted by the JavaScript engine.\r\n\r\nCreating Multi-line Comments\r\nAlthough a single line comment is quite useful, it can sometimes be burdensome to use when disabling long segments of code or inserting long-winded comments. For this large comments you can use JavaScript\\\'s multi-line comment that begins with /* and ends with */.\r\n\r\nJavaScript Code:\r\n\r\n\r\nDisplay:\r\nI have multi-line comments! \r\nQuite often text editors have the ability to comment out many lines of code with a simple key stroke or option in the menu. If you are using a specialized text editor for programming, be sure that you check and see if it has an option to easily comment out many lines of code!','Comment Out Lines','comment rem','',2,7,1,0,1,1507,'2023-09-09'),(36,'Back in the day, you\\\'d often see prompts on personal webpages asking for your name. After you typed in the information, you would be greeted with a page that had a welcome message, such as, \\\"Welcome to My Personal WebPage John Schmieger!\\\" (If your name just so happened to be John Schmieger).\r\n\r\nThe JavaScript prompt is not very useful and many find it slightly annoying, but hey, this tutorial is here to educate you, so let\\\'s learn how to make that prompt!\r\n\r\nSimple JavaScript Prompt\r\nYou can use a prompt for a wide variety of useless tasks, but below we use it for an exceptionally silly task. Our prompt is used to gather the user\\\'s name to be displayed in our alert dialogue box.\r\n\r\nHTML & JavaScript Code:\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nDisplay:\r\n \r\nRecap on JavaScript Prompt\r\nIt sure is a quick way to gather some information, but it is not as reliable an information gatherer as other options available to you. If you want to find out someone\\\'s name and information, the best way to request this information would be through the use of HTML Forms. And if you want to use the information you collected in your website, you might use some PHP to get that job done in a more sophisticated manner.','Prompt For','prompt input','',2,4,1,0,1,1477,'2023-09-09'),(37,'JavaScript Date and Time Object\r\nThe Date object is useful when you want to display a date or use a timestamp in some sort of calculation. In Java, you can either make a Date object by supplying the date of your choice, or you can let JavaScript create a Date object based on your visitor\\\'s system clock. It is usually best to let JavaScript simply use the system clock.\r\n\r\nAdvertise on Tizag.com \r\nWhen creating a Date object based on the computer\\\'s (not web server\\\'s!) internal clock, it is important to note that if someone\\\'s clock is off by a few hours or they are in a different time zone, then the Date object will create a different times from the one created on your own computer.\r\n\r\nJavaScript Date Today (Current)\r\nTo warm up our JavaScript Date object skills, let\\\'s do something easy. If you do not supply any arguments to the Date constructor (this makes the Date object) then it will create a Date object based on the visitor\\\'s internal clock.\r\n\r\nHTML & JavaScript Code:\r\n
It is now \r\n\r\n
\r\nDisplay:\r\nIt is now\r\nNothing shows up! That\\\'s because we still don\\\'t know the methods of the Date object that let us get the information we need (i.e. Day, Month, Hour, etc). \r\n\r\nGet the JavaScript Time\r\nThe Date object has been created, and now we have a variable that holds the current date! To get the information we need to print out, we have to utilize some or all of the following functions:\r\n\r\n•getTime() - Number of milliseconds since 1/1/1970 @ 12:00 AM\r\n•getSeconds() - Number of seconds (0-59)\r\n•getMinutes() - Number of minutes (0-59)\r\n•getHours() - Number of hours (0-23)\r\n•getDay() - Day of the week(0-6). 0 = Sunday, ... , 6 = Saturday\r\n•getDate() - Day of the month (0-31)\r\n•getMonth() - Number of month (0-11)\r\n•getFullYear() - The four digit year (1970-9999)\r\nNow we can print out the date information. We will be using the getDate, getMonth, and getFullYear methods in this example.\r\n\r\nHTML & JavaScript Code:\r\nIt is now \r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\nDisplay:\r\nIt is now 1/8/2011 !\r\nNotice that we added 1 to the month variable to correct the problem with January being 0 and December being 11. After adding 1, January will be 1, and December will be 12.\r\n\r\nJavaScript Current Time Clock\r\nNow, instead of displaying the date we, will display the format you might see on a typical digital clock -- HH:MM AM/PM (H = Hour, M = Minute).\r\n\r\nHTML & JavaScript Code:\r\nIt is now \r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\nDisplay:\r\nIt is now 23:09 PM \r\nAbove, we check to see if either the hours or minutes variable is less than 10. If it is, then we need to add a zero to the beginning of minutes. This is not necessary, but if it is 1:01 AM, our clock would output \\\"1:1 AM\\\", which doesn\\\'t look very nice at all!','Date And Time','date time','',2,7,0,0,1,1569,'2023-09-09'),(38,'The JavaScript print function window.print() will print the current webpage when executed. In this example script, we will be placing the function on a JavaScript button that will perform the print operation when the onClick event occurs.\r\n\r\nHTML & JavaScript Code:\r\n','Print Web Page','print button','',2,10,1,0,1,1423,'2023-09-09'),(39,'If you\\\'re a Google Documents user, you know that it takes several steps to create a new document. However, you can create a shortcut icon or a shortcut key combo in Windows 7 that will let you create a new document in a single click. Here\\\'s how: \r\nClick an empty space on your Windows 7 desktop. \r\nSelect New | Shortcut. \r\nIn the dialog box, type in the following URL:\r\nhttp://docs.google.com/?action=newdoc \r\nAssign a shortcut key combination that\\\'s not already in use. You can also create shortcuts to create new spreadsheets or presentations, using the following URLs:\r\nhttp://spreadsheets.google.com /ccc?new\r\nhttp://docs.google.com/?action=new_presentation \r\nThese work for the standard Google Docs service. If you use Google Apps, you\\\'ll need to include your domain and you\\\'ll probably want to use SSL for security (https). For example:\r\nhttps://docs.google.com/a//?action=newdoc','How To Add Google Docs Shortcut To Windows 7 Desktop','shortcut google desktop','',18,5,0,0,1,1214,'2023-09-09'),(40,'Click Start, click Run, type cmd, and then press ENTER..\r\nTo view the syntax for the Attrib command, type attrib /? at the command prompt.\r\nTo remove the Read-only attribute and to set the System attribute, use the following command:\r\n\r\nattrib -r +s drive:\\\\`path`\\\\`foldername`\r\n\r\nFor example, to remove the Read-only attribute and to set the System attribute for the C:\\\\Test folder, use the following command: \r\n\r\nattrib -r +s c:\\\\test\r\n\r\nBe aware that some programs may not operate correctly with folders for which the System attribute and the Read-only attribute are set. Therefore, use the following command to remove these attributes: \r\n\r\nattrib -r -s drive:\\\\`path`\\\\`foldername`\r\n\r\nFor example, to remove both the Read-only and the System attributes from the C:\\\\Test folder, use the following command: \r\n\r\nattrib -r -s c:\\\\test\r\n\r\nIf the Run command is not listed on the Start menu, do the following: \r\nClick Start, click All Programs, click Accessories, and then click Run.','To View Or To Remove The Read-only Or The System Attributes Of Folders','readonly attribute','',18,5,0,0,1,1382,'2023-09-09'),(41,'In Windows XP, an event is any significant occurrence in the system or in a program that requires users to be notified, or an entry added to a log. The Event Log Service records application, security, and system events in Event Viewer. With the event logs in Event Viewer, you can obtain information about your hardware, software, and system components, and monitor security events on a local or remote computer. Event logs can help you identify and diagnose the source of current system problems, or help you predict potential system problems.Event Log Types
A Windows XP-based computer records events in the following three logs:- Application log
The application log contains events logged by programs. For example, a database program may record a file error in the application log. Events that are written to the application log are determined by the developers of the software program. - Security log
The security log records events such as valid and invalid logon attempts, as well as events related to resource use, such as the creating, opening, or deleting of files. For example, when logon auditing is enabled, an event is recorded in the security log each time a user attempts to log on to the computer. You must be logged on as Administrator or as a member of the Administrators group in order to turn on, use, and specify which events are recorded in the security log. - System log
The system log contains events logged by Windows XP system components. For example, if a driver fails to load during startup, an event is recorded in the system log. Windows XP predetermines the events that are logged by system components.
How to View Event Logs
To open Event Viewer, follow these steps:- Click Start, and then click Control Panel. Click Performance and Maintenance, then click Administrative Tools, and then double-click Computer Management. Or, open the MMC containing the Event Viewer snap-in.
- In the console tree, click Event Viewer.
The Application, Security, and System logs are displayed in the Event Viewer window.
How to View Event Details
To view the details of an event, follow these steps:- Click Start, and then click Control Panel. Click Performance and Maintenance, then click Administrative Tools, and then double-click Computer Management. Or, open the MMC containing the Event Viewer snap-in.
- In the console tree, expand Event Viewer, and then click the log that contains the event that you want to view.
- In the details pane, double-click the event that you want to view.
The Event Properties dialog box containing header information and a description of the event is displayed.
To copy the details of the event, click the Copy button, then open a new document in the program in which you want to paste the event (for example, Microsoft Word), and then click Paste on the Edit menu.
To view the description of the previous or next event, click the UP ARROW or DOWN ARROW.
How to Interpret an Event
Each log entry is classified by type, and contains header information, and a description of the event.Event Header
The event header contains the following information about the event:- Date
The date the event occurred. - Time
The time the event occurred. - User
The user name of the user that was logged on when the event occurred. - Computer
The name of the computer where the event occurred. - Event ID
An event number that identifies the event type. The Event ID can be used by product support representatives to help understand what occurred in the system. - Source
The source of the event. This can be the name of a program, a system component, or an individual component of a large program. - Type
The type of event. This can be one of the following five types: Error, Warning, Information, Success Audit, or Failure Audit. - Category
A classification of the event by the event source. This is primarily used in the security log.
Event Types
The description of each event that is logged depends on the type of event. Each event in a log can be classified into one of the following types:- Information
An event that describes the successful operation of a task, such as an application, driver, or service. For example, an Information event is logged when a network driver loads successfully. - Warning
An event that is not necessarily significant, however, may indicate the possible occurrence of a future problem. For example, a Warning message is logged when disk space starts to run low. - Error
An event that describes a significant problem, such as the failure of a critical task. Error events may involve data loss or loss of functionality. For example, an Error event is logged if a service fails to load during startup. - Success Audit (Security log)
An event that describes the successful completion of an audited security event. For example, a Success Audit event is logged when a user logs on to the computer. - Failure Audit (Security log)
An event that describes an audited security event that did not complete successfully. For example, a Failure Audit may be logged when a user cannot access a network drive.
How to Find Events in a Log
The default view of event logs is to list all its entries. If you want to find a specific event, or view a subset of events, you can either search the log, or you can apply a filter to the log data.How to Search for a Specific Log Event
To search for a specific log event, follow these steps:- Click Start, and then click Control Panel. Click Performance and Maintenance, then click Administrative Tools, and then double-click Computer Management. Or, open the MMC containing the Event Viewer snap-in.
- In the console tree, expand Event Viewer, and then click the log that contains the event that you want to view.
- On the View menu, click Find.
- Specify the options for the event that you want to view in the Find dialog box, and then click Find Next.
How to Filter Log Events
To filter log events, follow these steps:- Click Start, and then click Control Panel. Click Performance and Maintenance, then click Administrative Tools, and then double-click Computer Management. Or, open the MMC containing the Event Viewer snap-in.
- In the console tree, expand Event Viewer, and then click the log that contains the event that you want to view.
- On the View menu, click Filter.
- Click the Filter tab (if it is not already selected).
- Specify the filter options that you want, and then click OK.
To return the view to display all log entries, click Filter on the View menu, and then click Restore Defaults.
How to Manage Log Contents
By default, the initial maximum of size of a log is set to 512 KB, and when this size is reached, new events overwrite older events as needed. Depending on your requirements, you can change these settings, or clear a log of its contents.How to Set Log Size and Overwrite Options
To specify log size and overwrite options, follow these steps:- Click Start, and then click Control Panel. Click Performance and Maintenance, then click Administrative Tools, and then double-click Computer Management. Or, open the MMC containing the Event Viewer snap-in.
- In the console tree, expand Event Viewer, and then right-click the log in which you want to set size and overwrite options.
- Under Log size, type the size that you want in the Maximum log size box.
- Under When maximum log size is reached, click the overwrite option that you want.
- If you want to clear the log contents, click Clear Log.
- Click OK.
How to Archive a Log
If you want to save your log data, you can archive event logs in any of the following formats:- Log-file format (.evt)
- Text-file format (.txt)
- Comma-delimited text-file format (.csv)
- Click Start, and then click Control Panel. Click Performance and Maintenance, then click Administrative Tools, and then double-click Computer Management. Or, open the MMC containing the Event Viewer snap-in.
- In the console tree, expand Event Viewer, and then right-click the log in which you want to archive, and then click Save Log File As.
- Specify a file name and location where you want to save the file. In the Save as type box, click the format that you want, and then click Save.
- Click Start, click Control Panel, and then click Network and Internet Connections.
- Under See Also, click My Network Places.
- Click Add a network place. The Add Network Place Wizard starts.
- Click Next to continue.
- Click Choose another network location, and then click Next.
- In the Internet or network address box, type the name of the network share that you want to use, or click Browse to locate the network share that you want.
For example, use one of the following methods (where Servername is the name of the remote server and Sharename is the name of the shared network resource):- Type a network address by using the following format: \\\\\\\\Servername\\\\Sharename
- Type an Internet address by using the following format: http://Servername/Sharename
- Type a File Transfer Protocol (FTP) site by using the following format: ftp://ftp.domain.com
- Type a network address by using the following format:
- Click Next.
- In the Type a name for this network place box, type the name that you want, and then click Next.
- Click Finish.
How to Remove a Network Place
To remove a network place:- Open My Network Places. To do this:
- Click Start, click Control Panel, and then click Network and Internet Connections.
- Under See Also, click My Network Places.
- Right-click the network place that you want to delete, and then click Delete.
- When you are prompted to confirm the deletion, click Yes. The connection to the shared network resource is removed. Note that this does not remove the files in the remote folder.
','How To Create A New Network Place','network','',18,2,0,0,1,1415,'2023-09-09'),(43,'Folders:\r\nThere is Microsoft\\\'s algorithm, for converting a regular (long) filename to a DOS (short) filename, which you can probably find on MSDN. The most basic operation is indeed to construct an \\\"8.3\\\" abbreviation by appending \\\"~1\\\" to the first 6 chars, then dropping everything else, up to the first (?) \\\".\\\", and taking only the first 3 chars after that, for the \\\"extension\\\". But the algorithm continues, if you have a lot of files with similar names, for instance (after you run out of \\\"~2\\\", \\\"~3\\\", ...).\r\n\r\nBut then, there is the entirely different operation, of taking a directory in a FAT32/NTFS filesystem, and getting the actual (short and long) names stored for the files in it (as in \\\"DIR /X\\\"), IF the filesystem has generated a short name for each file (I think in the NTFS version used in WindowsXP, the short name is no longer generated and stored, by default, for every file?).\r\n\r\nSo, using Microsoft\\\'s algorithm you can predict what the short name should be, but retrieving the actual short name from the directory is a different operation. The two should match, except in the newer filesystems e.g. NTFS under WinXP, where there may no longer be a short name stored for a given file (I think you can still create and store the short name for a given file, on demand if needed?).\r\n\r\n\r\nFiles:\r\nWindows supports long file names up to 255 characters in length. Windows also generates an MS-DOS-compatible (short) file name in 8.3 format to allow MS-DOS-based or 16-bit Windows-based programs to access the files. \r\nMORE INFORMATIONWindows generates short file names from long file names in the following manner:...Windows generates short file names from long file names in the following manner: \r\n\r\nWindows deletes any invalid characters and spaces from the file name. Invalid characters include:\r\n. \\\" / \\\\ [ ] : ; = , \r\nBecause short file names can contain only one period (.), Windows removes additional periods from the file name if valid, non-space characters follow the final period in the file name. For example, Windows generates the short file name \r\nThisis~1.txt \r\nfrom the long file name \r\nThis is a really long filename.123.456.789.txt \r\nOtherwise, Windows ignores the final period and uses the next to the last period. For example, Windows generates the short file name\r\nThisis~1.789 \r\nfrom the long file name \r\nThis is a really long filename.123.456.789. \r\nWindows truncates the file name, if necessary, to six characters and appends a tilde (~) and a digit. For example, each unique file name created ends with \\\"~1.\\\" Duplicate file names end with \\\"~2,\\\" \\\"~3,\\\" and so on. \r\nWindows truncates the file name extension to three characters or less. \r\nWindows translates all characters in the file name and extension to uppercase. \r\nNote that if a folder or file name contains a space, but less than eight characters, Windows still creates a short file name. This behavior may cause problems if you attempt to access such a file or folder over a network. To work around this situation, substitute a valid character, such as an underscore (_), for the space. If you do so, Windows does not create a different short file name \r\n\r\nFor example, \\\"Afile~1.doc\\\" is generated from \\\"A file.doc\\\" because the long file name contains a space. \r\n\r\nNo short file name is generated from \\\"A_file.doc\\\" because the file name contains less than eight characters and does not contain a space. \r\n\r\nThe short file name \\\"Alongf~1.txt\\\" is generated from the long file name \\\"A long filename.txt\\\" because the long file name contains more than eight characters. \r\n\r\n--------------------------------------------------------------------------------','Short Filenames','dos short file names','',18,9,0,0,1,2443,'2023-09-09'),(44,'$sessionid=strtotime(date(\\\"Y-m-d H:i:s\\\"));\r\n\r\nformat character Description Example returned values \r\na Lowercase Ante meridiem and Post meridiem am or pm \r\nA Uppercase Ante meridiem and Post meridiem AM or PM \r\nB Swatch Internet time 000 through 999 \r\nc ISO 8601 date (added in PHP 5) 2004-02-12T15:19:21+00:00 \r\nd Day of the month, 2 digits with leading zeros 01 to 31 \r\nD A textual representation of a day, three letters Mon through Sun \r\nF A full textual representation of a month, such as January or March January through December \r\ng 12-hour format of an hour without leading zeros 1 through 12 \r\nG 24-hour format of an hour without leading zeros 0 through 23 \r\nh 12-hour format of an hour with leading zeros 01 through 12 \r\nH 24-hour format of an hour with leading zeros 00 through 23 \r\ni Minutes with leading zeros 00 to 59 \r\nI (capital i) Whether or not the date is in daylights savings time 1 if Daylight Savings Time, 0 otherwise. \r\nj Day of the month without leading zeros 1 to 31 \r\nl (lowercase \\\'L\\\') A full textual representation of the day of the week Sunday through Saturday \r\nL Whether it\\\'s a leap year 1 if it is a leap year, 0 otherwise. \r\nm Numeric representation of a month, with leading zeros 01 through 12 \r\nM A short textual representation of a month, three letters Jan through Dec \r\nn Numeric representation of a month, without leading zeros 1 through 12 \r\nO Difference to Greenwich time (GMT) in hours Example: +0200 \r\nr RFC 2822 formatted date Example: Thu, 21 Dec 2000 16:01:07 +0200 \r\ns Seconds, with leading zeros 00 through 59 \r\nS English ordinal suffix for the day of the month, 2 characters st, nd, rd or th. Works well with j \r\nt Number of days in the given month 28 through 31 \r\nT Timezone setting of this machine Examples: EST, MDT ... \r\nU Seconds since the Unix Epoch (January 1 1970 00:00:00 GMT) See also time() \r\nw Numeric representation of the day of the week 0 (for Sunday) through 6 (for Saturday) \r\nW ISO-8601 week number of year, weeks starting on Monday (added in PHP 4.1.0) Example: 42 (the 42nd week in the year) \r\nY A full numeric representation of a year, 4 digits Examples: 1999 or 2003 \r\ny A two digit representation of a year Examples: 99 or 03 \r\nz The day of the year (starting from 0) 0 through 365 \r\nZ Timezone offset in seconds. The offset for timezones west of UTC is always negative, and for those east of UTC is always positive. -43200 through 43200 \r\n\r\n\r\nUnrecognized characters in the format string will be printed as-is. The Z format will always return 0 when using gmdate(). \r\n\r\nExample 1. date() examples\r\n****************************************\r\na \\\"am\\\" or \\\"pm\\\" \r\nA \\\"AM\\\" or \\\"PM\\\" \r\nB Swatch Internet time \r\nd day of the month, 2 digits with leading zeros; i.e. \\\"01\\\" to \\\"31\\\" \r\nD day of the week, textual, 3 letters; i.e. \\\"Fri\\\" \r\nF month, textual, long; i.e. \\\"January\\\" \r\ng hour, 12-hour format without leading zeros; i.e. \\\"1\\\" to \\\"12\\\" \r\nG hour, 24-hour format without leading zeros; i.e. \\\"0\\\" to \\\"23\\\" \r\nh hour, 12-hour format; i.e. \\\"01\\\" to \\\"12\\\" \r\nH hour, 24-hour format; i.e. \\\"00\\\" to \\\"23\\\" \r\ni minutes; i.e. \\\"00\\\" to \\\"59\\\" \r\nI (capital i) \\\"1\\\" if Daylight Savings Time, \\\"0\\\" otherwise. \r\nj day of the month without leading zeros; i.e. \\\"1\\\" to \\\"31\\\" \r\nl (lowercase \\\'L\\\') day of the week, textual, long; i.e. \\\"Friday\\\" \r\nL boolean for whether it is a leap year; i.e. \\\"0\\\" or \\\"1\\\" \r\nm month; i.e. \\\"01\\\" to \\\"12\\\" \r\nM month, textual, 3 letters; i.e. \\\"Jan\\\" \r\nn month without leading zeros; i.e. \\\"1\\\" to \\\"12\\\" \r\nr RFC 822 formatted date; i.e. \\\"Thu, 21 Dec 2000 16:01:07 +0200\\\" (added in PHP 4.0.4) \r\ns seconds; i.e. \\\"00\\\" to \\\"59\\\" \r\nS English ordinal suffix, textual, 2 characters; i.e. \\\"th\\\", \\\"nd\\\" \r\nt number of days in the given month; i.e. \\\"28\\\" to \\\"31\\\" \r\nT Timezone setting of this machine; i.e. \\\"MDT\\\" \r\nU seconds since the epoch \r\nw day of the week, numeric, i.e. \\\"0\\\" (Sunday) to \\\"6\\\" (Saturday) \r\nY year, 4 digits; i.e. \\\"1999\\\" \r\ny year, 2 digits; i.e. \\\"99\\\" \r\nz day of the year; i.e. \\\"0\\\" to \\\"365\\\" \r\nZ timezone offset in seconds (i.e. \\\"-43200\\\" to \\\"43200\\\"). The offset for timezones west of UTC is always negative, and for those east of UTC is always positive','Date Functions','time date','',1,13,1,0,1,2090,'2023-09-09'),(46,'syntax:<fieldset><legend>Mytext</legend></fieldset>\r\n fieldset{border:1px solid #000000;padding:10px 10px 10px 10px;text-align:left;margin: 0px 5px 15px 20px; }\r\nlegend{border:1px solid #000000;padding:2px 2px 2px 2px;text-align:left; }\r\n\r\nfieldset { \r\n display: block;\r\n margin-left: 2px;\r\n margin-right: 2px;\r\n padding-top: 0.35em;\r\n padding-bottom: 0.625em;\r\n padding-left: 0.75em;\r\n padding-right: 0.75em;\r\n border: 2px groove (internal value);\r\n}','Fieldsets And Legends','border box fieldset legend','Web',4,3,0,0,1,1447,'2023-09-09'),(47,'function message(form){\r\n var value = form.payment.options[form.payment.selectedIndex].value;\r\n var message=\\\"\\\";\r\n if(value==\\\"PHONE\\\"){\r\n message=\\\"Complete your order by scrolling to the bottom of this page and clicking the NEXT button.\\\\n\\\\n That will complete your order and provide you with your order number and total.\\\\n\\\\n I accept Visa or MasterCard.\\\\n\\\\n Call Denise at 970-454-2152 or cell phone at 970-590-2162.\\\\n\\\\n I will need your order # and the total amount of your order. Please provide me with your credit card number, expiration date, and the last 3 digits of the number on the back of your card.\\\\n\\\\n I also need the billing address of the credit card if you did not provide it on the order form. If for some reason I am unable to take your call, please leave me a message and I\\\'ll call you back as soon as possible. You may leave this information on my answering machine.\\\\n\\\\n Please call between 7:30am and 9:30pm (Mountain Standard Time) 9:30am and 11:30pm (Eastern Standard Time).\\\\n\\\\n Thank You.\\\";\r\n }\r\n if(value==\\\"CHECK\\\"){\r\n message=\\\"You have selected pay by check\\\";\r\n }\r\n if(value==\\\"MONEY ORDER\\\"){\r\n message=\\\"You have selected MONEY ORDER\\\";\r\n }\r\n if(value==\\\"PAYPAL\\\"){\r\n message=\\\"If you are paying by credit card with our secure online page, we accept Visa, MasterCard, Discover and American Express.\\\\n\\\\nIf you do not receive a confirmation email after completing the credit card payment, we will not be notified either. Contact us to confirm your order.\\\";\r\n }\r\n alert (message);\r\n}\r\n*************\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n[example 2]\r\n\r\nHow do I find the value of a SELECT element?\r\nApr 17th, 2000 16:04\r\nMartin Honnen, \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nNN6 and IE4+ provide a\r\n value\r\nproperty for SELECT elements thus\r\n document.formName.selectName.value\r\nis sufficient with these browsers. For other browsers and cross browser \r\ncode use\r\n var select = document.formName.selectName;\r\n var value = select.options[select.selectedIndex].value\r\n\r\n__________________________________\r\n[select name=\\\'navi\\\' onChange=\\\"go()\\\">\r\nfunction go()\r\n{\r\n box = document.forms[0].navi;\r\n destination = box.options[box.selectedIndex].value;\r\n if (destination) location.href = destination;\r\n}\r\n____________________________________________________\r\nWhere: qxq-features.php\r\n','Select- Combo Box','index combo','',2,4,1,0,1,1752,'2024-10-05'),(216,'\"35\",\"Ben\"=>\"37\",\"Joe\"=>\"43\");\r\narsort($age);\r\n?>\r\nDefinition and Usage\r\nThe arsort() function sorts an associative array in descending order, according to the value.\r\n\r\nTip: Use the asort() function to sort an associative array in ascending order, according to the value.\r\n\r\nTip: Use the krsort() function to sort an associative array in descending order, according to the key.\r\n\r\nSyntax\r\narsort(array, sorttype)\r\nParameter Values\r\nParameter Description\r\narray Required. Specifies the array to sort\r\nsorttype Optional. Specifies how to compare the array elements/items. Possible values:\r\n0 = SORT_REGULAR - Default. Compare items normally (don\'t change types)\r\n1 = SORT_NUMERIC - Compare items numerically\r\n2 = SORT_STRING - Compare items as strings\r\n3 = SORT_LOCALE_STRING - Compare items as strings, based on current locale\r\n4 = SORT_NATURAL - Compare items as strings using natural ordering\r\n5 = SORT_FLAG_CASE -\r\n\r\n?>','Using Arrays','array','',1,23,0,0,1,2,'2023-09-09'),(217,'Imports System.IO\r\n\r\n[DELETE FILE]\r\n If File.Exists(TREE3 + FLD(0, 0) + \"_header.php\") Then File.Delete(TREE3 + FLD(0, 0) + \"_header.php\")\r\n\r\n==============\r\nFunction DriveAvailable(driveLetter As String) As Boolean\r\n Try\r\n Dim driveInfo As New DriveInfo(driveLetter)\r\n Return driveInfo.IsReady \' Returns True if the drive is ready\r\n Catch ex As Exception\r\n Return False \' Return False if an exception occurs (e.g., invalid drive)\r\n End Try\r\n End Function\r\n\r\nSub LoadFilesListBox(ByRef coBox As ListBox, ByVal folderPath As String, ByVal Pattern As String)\r\n Dim M0 As Integer = 1, fileName1 As String = \"\", M1 As Integer, M As Integer \'PatternSection As String\r\n \'Dim di As New IO.DirectoryInfo(folderPath), diar1 As IO.FileInfo(), dra As IO.FileInfo\r\n With coBox\r\n .Items.Clear()\r\n End With\r\n Dim AllowedExtension As String = \"*.*\"\r\n If Not System.IO.Directory.Exists(folderPath) Then MsgBox(\"This folder seems to have disappeared.\") : Exit Sub\r\n For Each file As String In IO.Directory.GetFiles(folderPath, \"*.*\")\r\n M1 = file.LastIndexOf(\"\\\") + 1 : M = file.Length - M1\r\n fileName1 = file.Substring(M1, M)\r\n coBox.Items.Add(fileName1)\r\n Next\r\n End Sub','Directory Files Into A List Box Checking Drive Available','delete files directory drive listbox','',15,9,0,0,1,2,'2023-09-09'),(49,'http://www.zdnet.com/blog/bott/the-one-security-tool-every-windows-user-should-know-about/2848?pg=1\r\nnew zero-day security hole in all versions of Windows is the subject of targeted attacksMicrosoft says. The flaw, according to Microsoft Security Advisory 2488013, occurs when an attacker exploits the creation of uninitialized memory during a CSS function within Internet Explorer. The result? It is possible under certain conditions for the memory to be leveraged by an attacker using a specially crafted Web page to gain remote code execution.\r\nSimilar holes have been spotted in the past in applications such as Adobe Reader, Adobe Flash, and Apples QuickTime.\r\nThe definitive fix for a vulnerability like this is a vendor-supplied patch. But what do you do while youre waiting for the patch? And how do you deal with vulnerabilities in legacy applications that cant be easily repaired?\r\nThats the goal of Microsofts Enhanced Mitigation Experience Toolkit (EMET), a simple but powerful configuration utility that allows you to harden applications that werent originally designed to take advantage of Windows security features. EMET version 2 was released a few months ago and runs on all currently supported Windows client and server editions, including Windows 7, Windows Vista (Service Pack 1 or later), Windows XP (Service Pack 3), Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, and Windows Server 2003 (Service Pack 1 or later).\r\nAlthough its possible to configure some of these settings in other ways, EMET offers a straightforward, clean interface that works identically across multiple Windows versions. Its not a magic bullet, but it is an extremely potent addition to a thorough, in-depth approach to Windows security.\r\nEMET gives you more granular control over Data Execution Prevention (DEP), a security feature that has been a part of Windows since XP Service Pack 2. Hardware-enforced DEP blocks the execution of code in memory locations that should contain only data, such as the stack or the heap, preventing a common form of exploit. Using EMET, you can turn on DEP for applications that were not originally compiled to be compatible with the feature. (For more on how DEP works, see the two-part Understanding DEP as a mitigation technology series on the Microsoft Security Research & Defense blog: Part 1, Part 2).\r\nYou can also use EMET to overcome a limitation of Address Space Layout Randomization (ASLR). This feature is designed to prevent attackers from jumping to predictable memory addresses to exploit vulnerabilities in code. The problem with ASLR is that it works on a per-process basis; dynamic-link libraries (DLLs) associated with that process can still be located at predictable addresses, where vulnerabilities can be exploited. Thats the attack vector used in the unpatched zero-day vulnerability I mention at the beginning of this post. EMET supports mandatory ASLR, which forces the relocation of DLLs associated with a process and thus blocks this entire class of exploits.\r\nOther features in EMET mitigate against common tricks that hackers use to exploit flaws in code, by blocking common heap spraying techniques and validating exceptions before calling an exception handler.\r\nThe EMET documentation acknowledges that these are stopgap fixes:\r\n Please note this is a pseudo mitigation designed to break current exploit techniques. It is not designed to break future exploits as well. As exploit techniques continue to evolve, so will EMET.\r\nIn fact, thats one of the promises of EMET. It exists outside the Windows code base, so it can be updated more aggressively. As the official users guide explains:\r\n EMET is a living tool designed to be updated as new mitigation technologies become available. This provides a chance for users to try out and benefit from cutting edge mitigations. The release cycle for EMET is also not tied to any product. EMET updates can be made dynamically as soon as new mitigations are ready.\r\nEMET is distributed as a very small (4.7MB) installer and can be downloaded here. On the next page, I walk you through some of the basics of installation and setup.\r\nInstalling Microsofts Enhanced Mitigation Experience Toolkit (EMET) is straightforward for individual Windows PCs, although Microsoft acknowledges that the current version is not convenient to deploy in an enterprise setting. On Windows XP and Windows Server 2003, you must first ensure that the Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0 is installed. There are no prerequisites for other supported Windows versions.\r\nFor a step-by-step illustrated walkthrough, see the accompanying image gallery.\r\nAfter downloading the installer package, log on using an administrator account and run EMET Setup.msi. A restart is not required. Then open the EMET application using its Start menu shortcut.\r\nThe EMET interface is divided into two parts. The top shows the system status; the bottom shows a list of running processes and whether they are currently running with EMET enabled.\r\nYou can use EMET to adjust systemwide security settings. Click Configure System to display the dialog box shown here. You can configure any of the three settings individually or use the drop-down menu at the top to apply preconfigured groups of settings.\r\nAlthough it sounds tempting, I dont recommend the Maximum Security Settings option for Windows 7. Thats especially true in a business setting, where compatibility issues can have financial consequences. For Windows XP, however, this option does make sense. Your XP options are more limited, because XP doesnt support SEHOP or ASLR. Enabling DEP universally on XP is a smart idea.\r\nMost zero-day threats attack commonly used Internet-facing applications, such as Internet Explorer add-ons, Adobe Acrobat and Reader, Apple QuickTime, and so on. To tighten security on one of these individual programs, click Configure Apps.\r\nClick Add and then browse to the location of the executable file associated with that program. For the default 32-bit versions of Internet Explorer, this is C:Program FilesInternet ExplorerIexplore.exe [on 64-bit Windows installations, this file is in the Program Files (x86) folder]. For Adobe Reader, start in Program Files [or Program Files (x86) on a 64-bit Windows system]; the executable file, AcroRd32.exe, is typically in the AdobeReader subfolder (this folder name might include a version number as well).\r\nAfter you add an executable file, it appears in the Application Configuration dialog box, shown here, where you can enable or disable specific mitigations. By default, all options for a given process are selected.\r\nTo view the security status of programs, open the main EMET UI and look in the Running Processes list. If youve just added a program, you might have to close and restart it, then click the Refresh button to the right of the Running Processes heading. Click the Running EMET heading to sort the list so that all EMET-enabled apps are grouped together.\r\nIm interested in hearing feedback from readers who use EMET? Have you noticed specific compatibility issues? Have you checked specific exploits with and without EMET enabled? Leave your comments in the Talkback section or send me an e-mail using the Contact link in my bio, at the bottom of this post.','The One Security Tool Every Windows User Should Know About','tools applications','',18,15,0,0,1,1638,'2023-09-09'),(50,'[Collation]\r\nTo change the default character set and collation of a table including those of existing columns (note the convert to clause):\r\n\r\nalter table
\r\n \r\n ...\r\n
\r\n
\r\nOnce again, I\'m using an id. If you need to center several tables the same way, use a class instead of an id.','Centering A Table','center table','',4,3,0,0,1,1744,'2023-09-09'),(53,'The Windows clipboard is where the text, graphics, etc. that you cut or copy reside, waiting for you to paste them to another location. In Windows XP, it was easy to view the contents of the clipboard with clipbrd.exe, but Microsoft removed that feature in Vista and Windows 7, due to security concerns. However, you can copy the file from an XP computer and install it on Vista or Windows 7. Here\\\'s how:\r\n \r\nOn the XP computer, right click Start, click Explore and navigate to: C: \\\\ Windows \\\\ System32 \r\nFind the file named clipbrd.exe and copy it to a USB thumb drive or a location on the network that\\\'s accessible to the Vista/Windows 7 computer. \r\n\r\nNow on the Vista/Windows 7 computer, copy it to that computer\\\'s System32 folder. Note: If you can\\\'t see the System32 folder, in Explorer first click Organize | Layout and check \\\"Menu Bar\\\" to display the menu bar, then click Tools | Folder Options, click the View tab, and under Advanced Settings, scroll down and check the option to \\\"Show hidden files, folders and drives.\\\" Then uncheck the option to \\\"Hide protected operating system drives (recommended) and click \\\"Yes\\\" when asked if you\\\'re sure you want to do this.','How To View The Contents Of The Clipboard','clipboard','',18,9,0,0,1,1855,'2023-09-09'),(54,'NOBR - no break\r\n\r\nDescription\r\n\r\nThe NOBR tag ensures that a line of text does not wrap to the next line. This tag is useful for words or phrases that must be kept together on one line. However, note that if the line of text is long, it can extend beyond the margin of the browser window, so the user must use scrollbars to view the text.\r\n\r\nSyntax\r\n\r\nYou can make your various Windows 7 computers (such as a desktop and a laptop) work better together by linking them all to your Windows Live ID. Here\\\'s how you do it: \r\n
- \r\nOn each Windows 7 computer, click Start | Control Panel \r\n
- Click the User Accounts applet \r\n
- In the left pane, click \\\"Link online IDs\\\" \r\n
- Click \\\"Add on online ID provider\\\" at the bottom of the page \r\n
- In the web page that opens in your web browser, select the \\\"Windows Live\\\" logo \r\n
- In the new web page that opens, download and install the Windows Live ID Sign-in Assistant \r\n
- Back in the Control Panel | User Accounts | Link Online IDs dialog box, click \\\"Add linked ID\\\" and provide your logon credentials in the box that appears \r\n
- Click the \\\"Sign in\\\" button \r\n
This will allow others in a homegroup to share files with you, without creating a user account for you on their computers, and it will enable you to use the online ID to access files on your computer from another computer.','How To Link Your Windows 7 User Account With Your Windows Live ID','file sharing network','',18,17,1,0,1,1611,'2023-09-09'),(62,'
System Restore can be a lifesaver - but only if you have a restore point when you need it. What if you restart the computer and find that your restore points are now gone? You can create new ones - but if you restart the system again, poof! They disappear, too! What\\\'s up with that? Well, it might be that the maxium storage size limit for shadow storage is set too low. Find out how to fix it, in KB article 2506576.
\r\n\r\nTo resolve this issue, adjust the maximum shadow storage allocation. To do this, follow the steps listed below:\r\n\r\nClick Start, type System in the Search box and then click System from the list under Control panel\r\nClick System protection in the task pane\r\nUnder Protection Settings click to select Local Disk (C:) (System) and then click Configure\r\nUnder Disk Space Usage, move the Max Usage slider to the right to increase the disk space usage for System Restore points\r\n\r\nNote: If protection is turned on for additional drives you might consider increasing the Max Usage for those drives as well.\r\n\r\n\r\nBack to the top\r\nMORE INFORMATIONWhen the issue happens, one or more of the following events might be logged in t...When the issue happens, one or more of the following events might be logged in the Event log:\r\n\r\nEvent ID 25:\r\n\r\nThe shadow copies of volume C: were deleted because the shadow copy storage could not grow in time. Consider reducing the IO load on the system or choose a shadow copy storage volume that is not being shadow copied.\\\"\r\n\r\nEvent ID 22:\r\n\r\nVolume Shadow Copy Service error: A critical component required by the Volume Shadow Copy service is not registered. This might happened if an error occurred during Windows setup or during installation of a Shadow Copy provider. The error returned from CoCreateInstance on class with CLSID {e579ab5f-1cc4-44b4-bed9-de0991ff0623} and Name IVssCoordinatorEx2 is [0x80040154, Class not registered]. \r\n\r\nEvent ID 8193:\r\n\r\nVolume Shadow Copy Service error: Unexpected error calling routine CoCreateInstance. hr = 0x80040154, Class not registered.\r\n\r\nTo increase the size of shadow storage using command prompt commands follow these steps:\r\n\r\nOpen a command prompt with administrative privileges\r\nAt the command prompt type Vssadmin list shadowstorage\r\nTake note of what the shadow storage allocation is on the drive you\\\'re having issues with\r\nChange the allocation by using the Vssadmin command, syntax: vssadmin resize shadowstorage /On=C: /For=C: /Maxsize=1G (where Maxsize=the amount of disk space you\\\'ve allocated to System Restore points, you should increase it larger)\r\nThen reboot your computer\r\n\r\nRestore point deletion can also be caused by the following:\r\n\r\nSome 3rd party disk applications like Diskeeper can cause restore points to be deleted. To test for this issue disable these types of applications to see if it can resolve the problem.\r\nCorrupted ACLs for pagefiles.sys and hiberfil.sys can also cause the issue. To test for this issue, disable pagefile and hiberfil on your system, defrag the drive to verify that these files have been deleted and then enable pagefile and hiberfil. Reboot the computer and create restore points and verify that restore points are not deleted over the next few days.\r\nSystems with a dual boot with Windows XP will also cause system restore points to be deleted. See KB 926185 (http://support.microsoft.com/kb/926185) for more details.','System Restore Points Are Deleted When You Restart Your Windows 7 Comp','system restore points delete','',18,9,0,0,1,5196,'2023-09-09'),(63,'convert a date into a string\r\n$dateString = strval($paid_date[$value]);\r\n\r\n\r\nFind postion of something:\r\nstrpos($string,$character,$offset);\r\n\r\nHtml tags REMOVE:\r\n$allowTheseTags=\\\"List all tags allowed\\\"\r\necho strip_tags($text, \\\'$allowTheseTags\\\');\r\n\r\nLength of:\r\nstrlen($string)\r\n\r\nLower and Upper Case:\r\n$stringnew=strtolower($string); $stringnew=strtoupper($string);\r\n\r\nReplace something with something else:
\r\n$longadd=str_replace(chr(13),\\\'\\\',$longadd);\r\n\r\n\r\n$string = \"The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.\";\r\n$search = array(\"
- \r\n
- First, log on as an administrator and open the registry editor. \r\n
- Back up the registry key you\\\'re going to edit, using the Export command in the file menu. \r\n
- Navigate to the following key: HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\\\Software\\\\Microsoft\\\\Windows\\\\CurrentVersion\\\\Explorer\\\\FileExts\r\nThis will display a list of all the file extensions that are registered, shown as folders in the left pane. \r\n
- Scroll down and find the file extension that you want to edit. \r\n
- Click the white arrow beside it to expand the subfolders. \r\n
- Select the subfolder labeled OpenWithList \r\n
- In the right pane, you\\\'ll see the names of programs in the Data column. Right click the name of the program you want to remove from the list. \r\n
- Click Delete. \r\n
- At the \\\"Are you sure?\\\" prompt, click Yes. \r\n
\";\r\n\r\n }\r\n\r\n $debug.=ec($_SESSION[\"FIELDSAVE1\"],154); //line 154','Quick Debug Routine','debug','',1,7,0,0,1,1,'2024-03-01'),(66,'Text-to-Speech (TTS) capabilities for a computer refers to the ability to play back text in a spoken voice. This article describes how to configure and use text-to-speech in Windows XP and in Windows Vista. \r\n\r\nTTS is the ability of the operating system to play back printed text as spoken words. An internal driver, called a TTS engine, recognizes the text and using a synthesized voice chosen from several pre-generated voices, speaks the written text. A TTS engine is installed with the operating system. Additional engines are also available through third-party manufacturers. These engines often use a certain jargon or vocabulary; for example, a vocabulary specializing in medical or legal terminology. They can also use different voices allowing for regional accents such as British English, or speak a different language altogether such as German, French, or Russian. \r\n\r\nThe Text-to-Speech tab in the Speech tool in Control Panel presents the options for each TTS engine. See the individual Help topics for specific help. In addition to the general options, each engine can have a different set of specific features. For that reason, not all the resulting dialog boxes will look the same. It is possible that no special features have been included and some of the properties buttons will not have an associated dialog box.\r\n\r\n\r\nBack to the top\r\nSetting Up Your Hardware\r\nNOTE: This article assumes that you use Classic View in Control Panel. To change views, follow these steps: \r\nClick Start, and then click Control Panel.\r\nIn Control Panel, click Switch to Classic View or Switch to Category View.\r\nSet Up Speakers\r\nSpeakers vary greatly in design and purpose. Consult the speaker manual for hardware and software specifics. However, most models can be installed in a similar fashion.\r\n\r\nTo set up speakers, follow these steps: \r\nLocate the sound connections and connect the speaker jack to the computer. Most computers use an internal sound card and often the connections are in the back of the computer. These are a series of connections the same size and diameter as the speaker jack. In many cases there are two sound out connections: \r\nOne will be labeled as a line-out connection. Most speakers that require a separate power supply (such as an electrical (AC) adapter or batteries) should use this connection. It is also used to export amplified sound to recording devices including recordable CDs and tape cassette systems. \r\nThe other connection is for the non-powered speakers. Because the signal is boosted by the computer, powered speakers may be damaged if connected. \r\nPlug the speaker into the proper connection. \r\nTo test the connection, follow these steps: \r\nClick Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Speech. \r\nOn the Text-to-Speech tab, click Preview Voice to hear the currently selected voice. The text is spoken and the words are highlighted as they are spoken. If the speakers are working properly, you will hear the spoken words. \r\nIf you do not hear sound after you connect the speakers, see the \\\"Possible Text-to-Speech Problems\\\" section of this article for troubleshooting procedures. \r\nSelect an Audio Output Device\r\nTo select an audio output device, follow these steps: \r\nClick Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Speech. \r\nOn the Text-to-Speech tab, click Audio Output. \r\nSelect either Use preferred audio output device or Use this audio output device. \r\nUse preferred audio device sets the output device as the default for the system. Select this option if you want to use the same output device for speech as all other sound for the system. It is also the default option for Speech properties. Often, computers will have only one output device, such as a pair of speakers. The default device is designated in the appropriate sounds or multimedia properties in Control Panel for each operating system. Additional information for the specific panel is available through the associated Help files. \r\nUse this audio output device allows you to select another device for speech programs only. The drop-down list is active if other devices are available. In this drop-down list, select the device that you want. This does not change the default device for other audio programs. For example, you may want all speech output to go through your headset rather than the speakers.\r\nSet Audio Output Device Options\r\nBy default, this option is disabled. However, other speech engines may include advanced properties for audio line out options. If so, Audio Output will be available. Follow instructions on the screen or those documented separately for the specific engine. \r\n\r\nTo set up audio output device options, follow these steps: \r\nClick Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Speech.\r\nOn the Text-to-Speech tab, click Audio Output. \r\nFollow the instructions presented on the screen. \r\nBack to the top\r\nConfigure Text-to-Speech Options\r\nDetermine the Selected TTS Voice or Engine\r\nTo determine the selected Text-to-Speech voice, follow these steps: \r\nClick Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Speech. \r\n\r\nOn the Text-to-Speech tab, the displayed name in the Voice selection drop-down list is the currently active voice. \r\nClick Preview Voice to hear the active voice. The text is spoken and the words are highlighted as they are spoken. \r\nPreview TTS Voice\r\nTo preview the Text-to-Speech voice, follow these steps: \r\nClick Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Speech. \r\n\r\nOn the Text-to-Speech tab, the displayed name in the Voice selection drop-down list is the active voice. \r\nClick Preview Voice to hear the currently selected voice. The text is spoken and the words are highlighted as they are spoken. \r\nDuring playback, Preview Voice will change to Stop. Click Stop to interrupt the voice playback. \r\nNOTE:You can change the text to be read by the Preview Voice by highlighting the text and typing in new text. These changes are not permanent and when you reopen Speech properties or select a different voice, the text will reset to the default. \r\n\r\n\r\nChange the TTS Voice or Engine\r\nTo change the Text-to-Speech voice or engine, follow these steps: \r\nClick Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Speech. \r\nOn the Text-to-Speech tab, the name displayed in the Voice selection drop-down list is the active voice. \r\nClick the active voice inside the drop-down list, or use the arrow to display a list of available voices. \r\nClick a new voice to select it. \r\n\r\nThe newly selected voice speaks the text in Preview Voice box. \r\nClick OK or Apply to accept the new voice. \r\nNotes: \r\nA Text-to-Speech voice is closely associated with a particular speech engine. It may not be clear from the displayed name which language a voice is using. After selecting a speech engine or voice, test the voice and language by clicking Preview Voice. \r\nThe language or voices supported by a speech engine may not be obvious from the engine\\\'s displayed name. Refer to the specific user\\\'s guide for detailed information about the engine. This includes not only the language supported, but also the lexicon purpose. The lexicon purpose indicates whether it is a general grammar or jargon specific to a profession such as legal or medical. \r\nMicrosoft does not provide additional speech engines (voices), but a number of third-party products are available that support the new Microsoft Speech API. For information on these products, visit the following Microsoft Web site:\r\nhttp://www.microsoft.com/speech/evaluation/thirdparty/engines.mspx (http://www.microsoft.com/speech/evaluation/thirdparty/engines.mspx) \r\nChange TTS Voice Rate\r\nTo change the Text-to-Speech voice rate, follow these steps: \r\nClick Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Speech. \r\nSelect the Text-to-Speech tab. \r\nMove the Voice speed slider to change the rate of the Text-to-Speech voice. By default, it is set to Normal. \r\nClick Preview Voice to hear the currently selected voice at the new rate. The text is spoken and the words are highlighted as they are spoken. \r\nTo Change the Text-to-Speech Volume\r\nTo adjust the volume output levels, follow the procedure below. Note that not all devices support this option in the same way. Some devices will not support volume control and the Volume button will be unavailable. Other devices may use their own display. In those cases, follow the instructions presented on the screen or documented separately with the engine. \r\n\r\n\r\nClick Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Speech. \r\nOn the Text-to-Speech tab, click Audio Output, and then click Volume. \r\nA volume control mixer will be displayed. Adjust the appropriate device to the required level. \r\nBack to the top\r\nUsing Text-to-Speech with Narrator\r\nNarrator is a Text-to-Speech utility for users who are blind or have impaired vision. Narrator reads what is displayed on your screen: the contents of the active window, menu options, or the text that you type.\r\n\r\nNarrator is designed to work with the Notepad, WordPad, Control Panel programs, Microsoft Internet Explorer, the Windows desktop, and Windows Setup. Narrator may not read words aloud correctly in other programs.\r\n\r\nNarrator has a number of options that allow you to customize the way screen elements are read. \r\nYou can have new windows, menus, or shortcut menus read aloud when they are displayed. \r\nYou can have typed characters read aloud. \r\nYou can have the mouse pointer follow the active item on the screen. \r\nYou can adjust the speed, volume, or pitch of the voice. \r\nThe accessibility tools included with Windows are intended to provide a minimum level of functionality for users with special needs. Most users with disabilities will need utility programs with more advanced functionality for daily use.\r\n\r\nNarrator is not available for all languages and is only supported on the English version of Windows XP and Windows Vista.\r\n\r\n\r\nTo Have Narrator Announce Events on the Screen\r\nStart Narrator by using one of the following methods: \r\nClick Start, point to Programs, point to Accessories, point to Accessibility, and then click Narrator. \r\n\r\n-or-\r\nPress CTRL+ESC, press R, type narrator, and then press ENTER. \r\nIn the Narrator dialog box, select the Announce events on screen check box. \r\nTo Have Narrator Read Typed Keys Aloud\r\nPress CTRL+ESC, press R, type narrator, and then press ENTER. \r\nSelect the Read typed characters check box. \r\nTo Have the Mouse Pointer Move to Active Items When You Use Narrator\r\nPress CTRL+ESC, press R, type narrator, and then press ENTER.\r\nSelect the Move mouse pointer to the active item check box. \r\nBack to the top\r\nNavigating with the Keyboard and Narrator\r\nReading options \r\nTo read an entire window, click the window and then press CTRL+SHIFT+SPACEBAR. \r\nTo get information about the current item, press CTRL+SHIFT+ENTER. \r\nTo get a more detailed description of an item, press CTRL+SHIFT+INSERT. \r\nTo read the title bar of a window, press ALT+HOME. \r\nTo read the status bar of a window, press ALT+END. \r\nTo read the contents of an edit field, press CTRL+SHIFT+ENTER, or use the arrow keys. \r\nTo silence the speech, press CTRL. \r\nKeyboard Options \r\nTo switch to another program, press ALT+TAB. \r\nTo switch to the next button or tool, press TAB. To go back, press SHIFT+TAB. \r\nTo select an item from a drop-down list, use the arrow keys. \r\nTo select a check box or option button, press SPACEBAR. \r\nTo open Utility Manager, press the Windows logo key+U. \r\nBack to the top\r\nTo Set Narrator Voice Options\r\nPress CTRL+ESC, press R, type narrator, and then press ENTER. Click Voice. \r\nIn the Voice Settings dialog box, select the voice options that you want to change: \r\nTo change the speed of the voice, click a number in the Speed box. \r\nTo change the volume of the voice, click a number in the Volume box. \r\nTo change the pitch of the voice, click a number in the Pitch box. \r\nNote: When you change voice settings, it may take from a few seconds to a minute before the new settings take effect. \r\nBack to the top\r\nTo Start Narrator Minimized\r\nYou may find it useful to run Narrator minimized (after you have set the options in Narrator), because you do not need to see the Narrator dialog box when Narrator is running. \r\nPress CTRL+ESC, press R, type narrator, and then press ENTER. \r\nSelect the Start Narrator minimized check box. \r\nBack to the top\r\nTroubleshooting\r\nTroubleshooting Text-to-Speech\r\nTo determine if Text-to-Speech is working properly, use the following tests. \r\nClick Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Speech. \r\nOn the Text-to-Speech tab, click Preview Voice. The text in Preview Voice should be spoken audibly with each word highlighted in turn. If so, TTS and the speakers are working. If you cannot hear the Preview Voice and see words highlighted as they are spoken, see \\\"Possible Text-to-Speech Problems\\\" section of this article for troubleshooting solutions. \r\nPossible Text-to-Speech Problems\r\nIf you do not hear speech after testing the system, consider the following: \r\nThe speaker volume is not turned up or is muted. Some speakers have external controls for volume and muting. Make sure the volume is turned up sufficiently or that muting is off. \r\nThe speakers may not be selected as the current output device. On the Text-to-Speech tab, click Audio Output to make sure that the speakers are selected.\r\nThe speakers might not be connected properly. Consult the speaker hardware documentation for additional information. Make certain that the sound card for the computer is also properly seated and installed, and that the correct drivers are available. See \\\"Set Up Speakers\\\" for additional connection information. \r\nThe Text-to-Speech engine may be corrupted. To test for corruption, switch to another engine. See the \\\"Changing the TTS voice or engine\\\" section of this article. If another engine is working properly, reinstall the specific engine from the original source. If no engine is working properly, reinstall the speech engine from the original source or CD.','How To Configure And Use Text-to-Speech In Windows XP And Vista','speech text','',18,6,0,0,1,2194,'2023-09-09'),(68,'If you ever create files with numbers as names, you might have noticed that in Windows XP, Explorer will put a file named 2doc.jpg after one that\\\'s named 20doc.jpg. One workaround is to put a zero in front of those one-digit numbers, but another solution is to edit the registry to make the sorting of numbers working as you\\\'d expect it to. Here\\\'s how: \r\n\r\nOpen your registry editor and navigate to the following location: HKEY_CURRENT_USER \\\\ Software \\\\ Microsoft \\\\ Windows \\\\ CurrentVersion \\\\ Explore\r\n \r\nRight click in an empty space in the right pane and select New | DWORD value \r\n\r\nName the new value NoStrCmpLogical\r\n \r\nRight click the new item and set its value data to 1\r\n \r\nClose the registry editor','How To Change File Sorting Order Of Numbered Files','sort number files','',18,9,0,0,1,1878,'2023-09-09'),(69,'QUESTION: \r\nI have two Windows 7 computers, a desktop and a laptop, that belong to our home network. We used the Homegroup wizard to set it up. We want to add my wife\\\'s old XP laptop to the network but can\\\'t figure out how. Can you help? - Todd L. \r\n\r\nANSWER: \r\nThe homegroup is a new feature in Windows 7 designed to make it easy to share information on a home network. However, only computers running Windows 7 can join a homegroup. If you want to join XP (or Vista) computers to the network, you\\\'ll need to create a workgroup instead. All the computers on the network will need to have the same workgroup name configured so they can \\\"find\\\" each other. \r\n\r\nhttp://windows.microsoft.com/en-us/windows7/help/sharing-files-and-printers-with-different-versions-of-windows\r\n\r\nThis step by step tutorial shows you how to set up a home network and join Windows 7, Vista and XP computers to it. \r\n\r\nPrepare your computers that are running Windows XP\r\nFollow these steps on each of your computers running Windows XP.\r\n\r\nTop of page1. Run the Network Setup Wizard\r\n1.Click Start, click Control Panel, and then click Network and Internet Connections.\r\n\r\n2.Click Network Setup Wizard, and then follow the instructions on your screen.\r\n\r\n3.On the Name your network page, type the same workgroup name used by your other computers.\r\n\r\n4.On the File and printer sharing page, select Turn on file and printer sharing.\r\n\r\nNote\r\nIf your network includes computers running Windows XP, it’s important to use the same workgroup name for all of the computers on your network. This makes it possible for computers running different versions of Windows to detect and access each other. Remember that the default workgroup name is not the same in all versions of Windows.\r\nTop of page2. Specify what you want to share\r\n1.Right-click the folder that you want to share, and then click Sharing and Security.\r\n\r\n2.If you are sharing a drive, on the Sharing tab, click If you understand the risk but still want to share the root of the drive, click here.\r\n\r\n3.Select the Share this folder on the network check box.\r\n\r\nNote\r\nTo share individual files in Windows XP, either put them in a folder and share the folder, or share them using the Public folder.','How Do I Add My XP Computer To A Windows 7 Homegroup?','homegroup network','',18,17,1,0,1,2083,'2023-09-09'),(70,'If you find yourself frequently encrypting files and folders with the Encrypting File System (EFS) on XP Professional, you can make it more convenient by adding the Encrypt/Decrypt command to the right-click shortcut menu. Note that it involves editing the registry, so be sure to back it up first. You\\\'ll find the instructions in KB article 241121 at \r\n\r\nhttp://support.microsoft.com/kb/241121','How To Put The \\\"encrypt\\\" Command On The Right Context Menu','encrypt files','',18,9,0,0,1,1926,'2023-09-09'),(71,'QUESTION: \r\nI just recently upgraded to Windows 7 and I must say I like it a lot. I never thought I would after trying Vista and going back to XP. But one thing I noticed is that in My Computer (when I open Computer in the Start menu), I don\\\'t see the folders for the Recycle Bin and Control Panel over in the left pane like I used to. Have these moved and if so to where? Thanks! - Jen L. \r\n\r\nANSWER: You\\\'re correct that Windows 7 no longer displays these folders in the \\\"Computer\\\" window by default. However, you can change it back to the old way. Click Tools | Folder Options and on the General tab, down at the bottom in the \\\"Navigation Pane\\\" section, check the box that says \\\"Show all folders.\\\" Now those folders should show up in your left pane.','Where Are My Folders?','recycle bin contro; panel','',18,9,0,0,1,1720,'2023-09-09'),(72,' \r\n\r\n','Using Hyperlinks To Submit A Form','hyperlink submit pass variable','Developer',3,4,1,0,1,1831,'2023-09-09'),(73,'When you shut down or restart Windows 7, it sometimes spends a bit of time waiting for open programs to close. You can select to force close the programs, but then Windows immediately restarts or shuts down. What if you want to close all your running programs without shutting down? Here\\\'s how you can create a shortcut to do just that: \r\n\r\nRight click an empty spot on your desktop and click New, then Shortcut. \r\n\r\nIn the \\\"Type the location of the item\\\" box in the Create Shortcut wizard, type the following: taskill /F /FI \\\"USERNAME eq \\\" /FI \\\"IMAGENAME ne explorer.exe\\\" /FI \\\"IMAGENAME ne dwm.exe\\\"\r\n \r\nClick Next. \r\nType a name for the shortcut, such as KillAll \r\nClick Finish \r\n\r\nRight click the shortcut, click the Shortcut tab and click the Change Icon button \r\n\r\nSelect an icon that you want to represent the shortcut, and click OK twice to close the dialog boxes \r\nYou can drag the shortcut to the taskbar so it will be visible when many windows are open \r\nNow you can kill all running programs with the exception of Explorer.exe and the Desktop Window Manager (so you\\\'ll still have the taskbar and shell). Note that when you use this \\\"nuclear option,\\\" programs you have open will shut down immediately without saving your work, so use it with caution.','How To Shut Down All Running Programs With One Click','shutdown applications programs','',18,2,0,0,1,1937,'2023-09-09'),(74,'QUESTION: Help! My trash can is gone and now I can\\\'t take out the trash! Actually I can take it out, I just can\\\'t bring it back in. The Recycle Bin disappeared off my XP desktop while we had some company (kids and grandkids) over who were using the computer. I can still delete files by right clicking them and deleting them, but I can\\\'t go into the Recycle Bin and undelete a file if I decide I didn\\\'t want to get rid of it after all. Can you help? -Lou P. \r\n\r\nANSWER: Do you have the TweakUI program installed on the computer? If so, someone might have used it to hide the Recycle Bin. You can use the program to unhide it. If that\\\'s not the problem, you can edit the registry to restore the Recycle Bin. Be sure to back up the registry first and be very careful, as a mistake in editing the registry can cause your system to be unstable or unbootable. Here are the steps: \r\n1. Open your favorite Registry editor and navigate to: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE \\\\ SOFTWARE \\\\ Microsoft \\\\ Windows \\\\ CurrentVersion Explorer \\\\ Desktop \\\\ NameSpace\r\n\r\n 2. Right click the NameSpace key and select New, and then Key. \r\n3. Type {645FF040-5081-101B-9F08-00AA002F954E} and press Enter. \r\n4. Click this new key and in the right pane of the registry editor, double click the (Default) entry.\r\n 5. In the Edit String dialog box, in the value data field, type: Recycle Bin \r\n6. Click OK 7. Close the registry editor','Lost My Recycle Bin','restore recycle bin','',18,5,0,0,1,1432,'2023-09-09'),(75,'Trying to transition to using keyboard shortcuts more and the mouse less? It will definitely speed up your work once you learn them, but until you do, it can be a bit of a hassle. When you open a menu, you can press the ALT key to see what the shortcut letter is for various actions, but what if you\\\'d like that information to be displayed automatically, without having to press ALT? It\\\'s easy to change that behavior: \r\n1. Click Start and Control Panel. \r\n2. Click Display. \r\n3. Click the Appearance tab. \r\n4. Click Effects. \r\n5. Uncheck the box that says \\\"Hide underlined letters for keyboard navigation until I press the Alt key.\\\" \r\n6 . Click OK t wice to exit the dialog boxes.','How To Display Shortcut Key Info Without Pressing ALT','Shortcut keys','',18,5,0,0,1,1582,'2023-09-09'),(76,'Checkboxes can be used as arrays and the value can be collected using JavaScript. We will be discussing client side JavaScript and the collection of checkbox value. You can visit the php section for checkbox array handling using PHP server side scripting. We can create a group of checkbox by giving them the same name and that will create an array and from it we can collect the names of the check boxes for which it is checked. \r\n\r\nHere are some commands we will be using to get the details of the events or actions we perform. \r\n\r\ndocument.form1.scripts.length\r\n\r\nThis gives us the length of the array or the number of elements present in the array. If we know we are using 5 checkboxes then we can directly use the number 5 but it is a good to use this as this picks up all the checkboxes of the group without missing any checkbox. Note that the word scripts in the document.form1.scripts.length is the name of the array and same as the checkboxes name. \r\ndocument.form1.scripts[i].checked\r\n\r\nThe above command will return true if the checkbox is checked so we will use one if condition to know it is checked or not. The value of i is the index of the array and as we will be using one for loop so the value of i will be changing upto the maximum value. Here is the demo of the script. SexMale Female \r\nScripts You knowJavaScript PHP HTML \r\n\r\nThe JavaScript code is kept within the head tag of the page. \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nTo display the period button and checkboxes see the code below. BODY\r\n\r\n\r\n
PhpScript INI\r\nWSFTP INI\r\nftpClient INI\r\nCopyFiles INI\r\nMacromedia INI\r\n ','Open An Application Like Notepad And File Using Your Browser','load application','',12,7,0,0,1,1547,'2023-09-09'),(78,'With an ordinary HTML link using the tag you can target the page that the link refers to so that it will display in another window or frame. Of course the same can also be done from within Javascript. \r\n\r\nTo target the top of the current page and break out of any frameset currently in use you would use in HTML. In Javascript you use: \r\n\r\ntop.location.href = \\\'page.htm\\\'; \r\nTo target the current page or frame you can use in HTML. In Javascript you use: \r\n\r\nself.location.href = \\\'page.htm\\\'; \r\nTo target the parent frame you can use in HTML. In Javascript you use: \r\n\r\nparent.location.href = \\\'page.htm\\\'; \r\nTo target a specific frame within a frameset you can use in HTML. In Javascript you use: \r\n\r\ntop.frames[\\\'thatframe\\\'].location.href = \\\'page.htm\\\'; \r\nTo target a specific iframe within the current page you can use in HTML. In Javascript you use: \r\n\r\nself.frames[\\\'thatframe\\\'].location.href = \\\'page.htm\\\'; \r\nor\r\nparent.right.location.href= `Loads file into window or frame right`','Using A Button As A Hyperlink','button hyperlink','',2,18,1,0,1,1624,'2023-09-09'),(79,'There are some programs, especially tools and utilities, that need to run in administrator mode in order to do what they\\\'re intended to do. You can navigate to the executable file, right click it and select to run as administrator each time you want to run it, but that\\\'s a bit of a hassle. Instead, you can create a shortcut that you can use to open the program in admin mode every time. Here\\\'s how:\r\n
','How To Make A Program Always Start In Administrator Mode','run as administrator privilages','',18,9,0,0,1,2049,'2023-09-09'),(80,'Shadow copies are great - this feature in Windows lets you access previous versions of your files and restore them to an earlier point in time. However, when Windows saves many previous versions, they can begin to take up a lot of space on your disk. This is especially troublesome if you\\\'re using a modern faster (but lower capacity) solid state drive (SSD). You can delete shadow copies to free up disk space. Here\\\'s how: \r\n
\r\nIf you\\\'re really pressed for space and don\\\'t want Windows shadow copies:\r\n\r\nIt is not recommended to turn off Volume Shadow Copy. It manages and implements Volume Shadow Copies used for backup and other purposes. If this service is stopped, shadow copies will be unavailable for backup and the backup may fail. If this service is disabled, any services that explicitly depend on it will fail to start.\r\n\r\nLet us know if there is some issue that you are facing because of Volume Shadow Copy, so that we can help you troubleshoot the issue.\r\n\r\nHowever, if you still want to disable Volume shadow copy than follow the steps as below:\r\n\r\n1. Click on Start, type services and press enter.\r\n2. Locate the service \\\"Volume Shadow Copy\\\" and right click and click \\\"Stop\\\".\r\n3. Close Services windows.\r\n\r\nReference link (Applicable for Windows 7): http://windows.microsoft.com/en-US/windows-vista/Manage-services-in-Windows-Vista-from-Windows-Vista-Inside-Out','How To Delete Shadow Copies','system restore shadow copies','',18,9,0,0,1,1503,'2023-09-09'),(81,'According to a study just released by BeyondTrust, which analyzed all new security vulnerabilities published in the 100+ security bulletins Microsoft issued in 2010, simply removing administrative rights from user accounts will mitigate about three fourths of the critical vulnerabilities.','Removing Admin Rights Protects Against Most Vulnerabilities','administrator privilages','',18,9,0,0,1,2162,'2023-09-09'),(82,'One of the features that was new to XP was the automatic desktop cleanup wizard. The idea was to track how often you used each of the icons on your desktop, and get rid of those you seldom used, to keep the desktop free of clutter. It might sound like a good idea, but if you don\'t like the idea of icons disappearing, you can turn the feature off. Here\'s how:
','How To Disable The Automatic Desktop Cleanup Wizard','desktop wizard','',18,9,0,0,1,2130,'2023-09-09'),(83,'The Open and Save dialog boxes in applications such as Notepad, WordPad, etc. display files and folders sorted by name, in ascending order. Folders are on top and then files. Did you know you can change this permanently? Here\'s how: \r\n
This causes the new sort order preference to be written to the registry, so that all such dialog boxes for built in Windows applications (not separate applications such as Office) will use it every time. This change will only apply to the logged-on user, not to everyone who uses the computer.','How To Change The Sort Order Of Files And Folders In Window Apps','windows applications sort order','',18,9,0,0,1,2190,'2023-09-09'),(84,'function updatecost(){\r\n if(document.frmInput.hitting.checked==true){\r\n var gross=+;\r\n document.getElementById(\\\'totalcost\\\').innerHTML = gross;\r\n document.frmInput.cost.value=gross;\r\n }else{\r\n document.getElementById(\\\'totalcost\\\').innerHTML = ;\r\n document.frmInput.cost.value=;\r\n }\r\n}\r\n\r\nWhen a check box is selected the price is changed.\r\n\r\n
Add On Fall Season Hitting Pass for...\r\n\r\nthe $cost value is replaced when the box is checked or unchecked.\r\n\r\nCost: $\r\n
\\\";','Label - Changing A Label On A Web Page','update label update caption innerHTML','',2,7,0,0,1,1365,'2023-09-09'),(85,'Sample html:\r\n\r\n\r\nThe Script:\r\n','Check For Valid Date','valid date','',2,13,1,0,1,1548,'2023-09-09'),(86,'Question: When I convert numbers to strings, can I guarantee exactly n decimal places in the resultant string? \r\n\r\nAnswer: The simplest way of converting a number variable to string is to concatenate the variable with an empty string. However, this conversion does not guarantee the number of decimal places in the string. If you want exactly n decimal places in the conversion result, use the toFixed method, like this: \r\n\r\nstr = x.toFixed(n);\r\n\r\nHere x is the number to be converted, the string str is the conversion result, and n specifies how many fractional decimal places must appear in the resultant string. The method can also be used without the parameter n - you can simply write: x.toFixed(), which is equivalent to x.toFixed(0). Consider these examples: \r\n\r\nvar x = 2.31;\r\nvar s = x.toFixed() // result: \\\'2\\\'\r\nvar s0 = x.toFixed(0) // result: \\\'2\\\'\r\nvar s1 = x.toFixed(1) // result: \\\'2.3\\\'\r\nvar s2 = x.toFixed(2) // result: \\\'2.31\\\'\r\nvar s3 = x.toFixed(3) // result: \\\'2.310\\\'\r\nvar s4 = x.toFixed(4) // result: \\\'2.3100\\\'\r\n\r\nThe toFixed method might not always ensure the correct rounding of the conversion results. For example, (0.947).toFixed(0) may produce either \\\'0\\\' or \\\'1\\\', depending on the browser; in most versions of Microsoft Internet Explorer (0.947).toFixed(0) produces \\\'0\\\' while in Mozilla Firefox or Google Chrome the same conversion produces \\\'1\\\'. Below are the actual conversion results in your browser: \r\n\r\n(0.947).toFixed(0) // \\\'0\\\' (\\\'0\\\' in MSIE, but \\\'1\\\' in Firefox)\r\n(0.0947).toFixed(1) // \\\'0.0\\\' (\\\'0.0\\\' in MSIE, but \\\'0.1\\\' in Firefox)\r\n(0.00947).toFixed(2) // \\\'0.00\\\' (\\\'0.00\\\' in MSIE, but \\\'0.01\\\' in Firefox)\r\n(0.000947).toFixed(3) // \\\'0.000\\\' (\\\'0.000\\\' in MSIE, but \\\'0.001\\\' in Firefox)\r\n\r\nFor correct rounding, use the Math.round method or Math.round in combination with toFixed like this: \r\nx=0.947; s0=(Math.round(x)).toFixed(0) // \\\'1\\\'\r\nx=0.0947; s1=(Math.round(10*x)/10).toFixed(1) // \\\'0.1\\\'\r\nx=0.00947; s2=(Math.round(100*x)/100).toFixed(2) // \\\'0.01\\\'\r\nx=0.000947; s3=(Math.round(1000*x)/1000).toFixed(3) // \\\'0.001\\\'','Converting Numbers To Strings Using ToFixed()','fixed decimal places number format','',2,3,1,0,1,1552,'2023-09-09'),(87,'Takeaway: If you really want to fine-tune your Firefox functionality, you have to roll up your sleeves and tinker with the about:config page. Jack Wallen shares some simple hacks to make Firefox work the way you want.\r\n\r\nUnless you�re a Firefox power user, you may not be familiar with the about:config page. The Firefox about:config page is not so much a page as it is a somewhat hidden configuration section. It�s hidden because it�s fairly powerful and not nearly as simple to use as the standard Preferences window. In the about:config page, you have to know what you are doing or you can mess things up a bit. In fact, when you attempt to go to that page for the first time, you have to accept an agreement (which is really just a warning) before you can continue.\r\n\r\nHow this page works is simple. You reach the page by entering about:config in the address bar. There are entries (one per line) that handle various types of configurations. Each entry has a searchable keyword. The entries can be of Boolean, integer, or string value. Entries contain Name, Status, Type, and Value. Typically, you will be modifying only the Value, by double-clicking on it and making the change. With all of that in mind, let�s take a look at 10 of the best ways you can �hack� the about:config page.\r\n\r\nTip\r\nIf Firefox is fubar�d because you accidentally misconfigured about:config, you can fix it in one of two ways:\r\n\r\n Make a backup of your prefs.js file before you start editing. Then, if something goes wrong, you can restore it by copying it over the corrupt file.\r\n If you can�t restore via a backup prefs.js file, you can exit Firefox and issue the command firefox -safe-mode to bring up the Firefox Safe Mode screen. Then, just select Reset All User Preferences To Firefox Defaults. Note: This will restore all user preferences to their default values.\r\n\r\n1: Speed up Firefox\r\n\r\nThis hack requires a few steps. Search for pipelining in the filter and you should see:\r\n\r\nnetwork.http.pipelining: Change this to true.\r\n\r\nnetwork.http.proxy.pipelining: Change this to true.\r\n\r\nnetwork.http.pipelining.maxrequests: Change this to 8.\r\n\r\nNow search for max-connections and you should see:\r\n\r\nnetwork.http.max-connections: Change this to 96.\r\n\r\nnetwork.http.max-connections-per-server: Change this to 32.\r\n\r\n2: Disable antivirus scanning\r\nThis is only for the Windows version. If you�re downloading large files, this scanning can seriously slow things down. And since you will most likely scan the downloaded file anyway, you�ll probably want to disable this. Of course, if you are uber paranoid (not a bad trait for computing), you might want to leave this entry alone.\r\n\r\nTo disable antivirus scanning, search for scanWhenDone and you should see:\r\n\r\nbrowser.download.manager.scanWhenDone: Change this to false.\r\n\r\n3: Open Javascript popups as tabs\r\nIf a popup window lacks the features of a browser window, Firefox will handle it like a popup. If you would prefer to open all windows, including popups, as new tabs, you need to tell Firefox in about:config. Search for newwindow and you will see three entries. Of those three entries, you will want to modify:\r\n\r\nbrowser.link.open_newwindow.restriction: Change this to 0.\r\n\r\n4: Spell checking in all fields\r\nBy default, Firefox checks spelling only in multiple-line text boxes. You can set it to check spelling in all text boxes. Search for spellcheckdefault and you should see:\r\n\r\nlayout.spellcheckDefault: Change this to 2.\r\n\r\n5: Open search bar results in new tab\r\nWhen you use the search bar, the results display in the current tab. This can be a nuisance because you will navigate out of the page you are currently in. To make sure Firefox always opens search results in a new tab, search for openintab and you should see:\r\n\r\nbrowser.search.openintab: Change this to true.\r\n\r\n6: Auto export bookmarks\r\nIn Firefox 3, bookmarks are automatically saved and exported for you. The only problem is that by default, they�re saved as places.sqlite instead of the more convenient bookmarks.html. To change this setting so that they can be easily re-imported, search for autoExportHTML and you should see:\r\n\r\nbrowser.bookmarks.autoExportHTML: Change this to true.\r\n\r\n7: Disable extension install delay\r\nOne of the few gripes I have with Firefox is the silly countdown you must endure every time you want to install an extension. Fortunately, this can be disabled. Search for enable_delay and you should see:\r\n\r\nsecurity.dialog_enable_delay: Change this to 0.\r\n\r\n8: View source code in an external editor\r\nWhen you need to view the source of a page, it opens up in browser popup. Most developers would probably like to have that opened in their favorite editor instead of having to cut and paset. To do this, there are two entries to modify. Search for view_source.editor and you will see:\r\n\r\nview_source.editor.external: Change this to true.\r\n\r\nview_source.editor.path: Change this to the explicit path to your editor of choice.\r\n\r\n9: Get more add-on search results\r\nWhen you do a search in the Add-on window, you�ll see just five results. You might find it more efficient to increase this number. Search for getAddons and you should see:\r\n\r\nextension.getAddons.maxResults: Change this to 10 (or higher, if you want to see even more).\r\n\r\n10: Redefine the Backspace button\r\nDid you know you can configure Firefox to use the backspace button to either go back a page or go up a page? This keeps power users from having to go back and forth from the keyboard to the mouse. Search for backspace and you will see:\r\n\r\nbrowser.backspace_action: Change this to 0 for previous page and 1 for page up.','10 Handy Firefox About:config Hacks','firefox configuration fire fox','',13,19,1,0,1,1867,'2023-09-09'),(88,'Use table style:\r\n
\r\n![\"Brick](\"images/home_07.jpg\") \r\n | \r\ntext\r\n |
Unnecessary services don\\\'t just subject you to security risk. They also slow down the operation of your computer. So, don\\\'t get lazy here and think you can just deal with the infections later. Go ahead and turn that junk off and recapture your system from these resource hogs. You get to services by going to Control Panel, Administrative Tools, then Services. You should see a long list of services, some running and some dormant. Use this checklist to help determine which services you can live without.\r\n\r\n
If you don\\\'t know how to find Windows Services in Windows XP, click on Start, Control Panel, Administrative Tools, and Services. Below is a simple step by step to finding and changing your services on Windows XP. Keep in mind that your view settings may make your\\\'s appear slightly different, but will be the same basic path.\r\n\r\n
Windows XP Pro (and Home); Stuff to turn off:\r\nEach service is listed as it is in Microsoft\\\'s WIndows XP Professional. These should be similar in Microsoft\\\'s XP Home as well. Under each is the definition given in the Services Manager.\r\n\r\n
Alerter\r\nNotifies selected users and computers of administrative alerts. If the service is stopped, programs that use administrative alerts will not receive them. If this service is disabled, any services that explicitly depend on it will fail to start. \r\n
Comment: I don\\\'t want my personal computer telling me anything, ever. Shut up and work! There\\\'s few things I find more annoying than a computer constantly wanting to interact with me while I\\\'m using it to do work or entertain myself. A computer is a tool, not a friend or work companion. No Hal, I don\\\'t want to talk to you. Perhaps there\\\'s a software vendor that can give you a compelling reason why you need this service, but for most home and SOHO PC use it\\\'s just an unnecessary service taking up resources and providing risk. Unless you are running a product that requires this service, disable it.\r\n\r\n
Updated comment: Someone emailed me to say that if you\\\'re on a network where you are required to update your password periodically, failing to do so will generate a notice [if] you have this service enabled. If not, then obviously, your annoying local network won\\\'t warn you that you need to change your password and thus you\\\'ll get locked out. I\\\'ve not tested this. But, if you have such a service on your network, you should refer to other admonitions in this article and leave managing your desktop to your IT staff(er). If you\\\'re a home network or don\\\'t know, read the paragraph above and use personal judgment.\r\n\r\n
Application Layer Gateway Service\r\n
Provides support for 3rd party protocol plug-ins for Internet Connection Sharing and the Internet Connection Firewall \r\n
Comment: Do you want to share your internet connection? That\\\'s an article waiting to be written. Let me be clear. Since you can buy a router for $50 or less, and Windows does an awful job routing, using a computer to gateway your other computers to the internet is just stupid. \\\"What about firewalling and admission control?\\\" Well, that\\\'s not going to be done through the built-in internet sharing tools. So, we\\\'\\\'re not talking about that. If you use a personal computer to gateway your other computers to the internet (and calling it a server doesn\\\'t change the reality), you are wasting resources. Buy a $50 router, or a $1000 router for that matter. But, buy a discrete device that is designed to do the job. Use hardware based firewalling (OK, it\\\'s all based on software - but I mean a boxed solution, not software installed on a PC that\\\'s prone to lose autonomy). And, what about all those cute third-party firewalling tools that plug in to this thing? Man, give me a break. If it runs on top of your Windows installation, it\\\'s not a real firewall. Unless this is required by a product you think is necessary, disable it.\r\n\r\n
Automatic Updates\r\n
Enables the download and installation of critical Windows updates. If the service is disabled, the operating system can be manually updated. \r\n
Comment: There\\\'s only two options that may make sense with this service. You should either set it to disable or manual. I\\\'d disable it. Automatic Updates is designed as a tool to aid Microsoft in controlling their product. Props to Microsoft for trying to protect their product from piracy. But, some updates have been known to cause problems. Use it when you need it, and disable it when you don\\\'t, unless you\\\'re too lazy to do updates on your own. Don\\\'t you wonder why all the computers in big, well managed networks don\\\'t run Automatic Updates? It\\\'s mostly because managers of big networks create their own update policies. If you more completely understand the thinking that goes into deciding whether or not to distribute an update, you could better administer your own PC. Either turn it on and assume the risk, or turn it off and regularly visit Mircosoft\\\'s update and news page (discussed more below).\r\n\r\n
Background Intelligent Transfer Service\r\n
Uses idle network bandwidth to transfer data. \r\n
Comment: This is one of those tools they require you turn on to enable Automatic Updates. Think about it. It connects your PC to the internet or network and works behind your back to do stuff you didn\\\'t explicitly tell it to do. It sounds like a great tool to help hackers collect data from your PC and slowly seep it back to their lair. Unless it\\\'s immediately required, disable it. It you use it and then go for some time with no need to use it, disable it. If you can\\\'t remember to keep your PC updated with the latest security fixes, you\\\'ll need it.\r\n\r\n
ClipBook\r\n
Enables ClipBook Viewer to store information and share it with remote computers. If the service is stopped, ClipBook Viewer will not be able to share information with remote computers. If this service is disabled, any services that explicitly depend on it will fail to start. \r\n
Comment: So, you want to copy stuff to your clipbook and allow remote computers to access it? I don\\\'t. There may be a software vendor that requires this service to run. I\\\'ve yet to find it useful. I suggest you disable it.\r\n\r\n
Computer Browser\r\n
Maintains an updated list of computers on the network and supplies this list to computers designated as browsers. If this service is stopped, this list will not be updated or maintained. If this service is disabled, any services that explicitly depend on it will fail to start. \r\nComment: If you are on a network with other computers, and need to see them, this may be a useful tool. Otherwise, disable it.\r\n\r\n
Cryptographic Services\r\n
Provides three management services: Catalog Database Service, which confirms the signatures of Windows files; Protected Root Service, which adds and removes Trusted Root Certification Authority certificates from this computer; and Key Service, which helps enroll this computer for certificates. If this service is stopped, these management services will not function properly. If this service is disabled, any services that explicitly depend on it will fail to start. \r\n
Comment: It is very necessary if you are passing certificates for networking. Unless you are in a large corporate network where connections are managed through authentication, this is unnecessary; disable it.\r\n\r\n
Distributed Transaction Coordinator\r\n
Coordinates transactions that span multiple resource managers, such as databases, message queues, and file systems. If this service is stopped, these transactions will not occur. If this service is disabled, any services that explicitly depend on it will fail to start. \r\n
Comment: Extremely few personal computers will require this service. If you use it, you may want to review the reasons it is being used. Unless you are accessing network filesystems and databases, disable it.\r\n\r\n
DNS Client\r\n
Resolves and caches Domain Name System (DNS) names for this computer. If this service is stopped, this computer will not be able to resolve DNS names and locate Active Directory domain controllers. If this service is disabled, any services that explicitly depend on it will fail to start. \r\n
Comment: It\\\'s typically good to leave this on.\r\n\r\n
Error Reporting Service\r\n
Allows error reporting for services and applications running in non-standard environments. \r\nComment: Erorr reporting is very useful, if you know what to do with the errors or you are running software that adjusts based on error reporting. This is that annoying \\\"feature\\\" in Windows that constantly pops up wanting to ship information about your software failures to Redmond. People promise me it helps find problems and solutions. I\\\'ve mostly seen problem reports that you could as easily search out yourself. If you\\\'re advanced enough to use this, you\\\'ll likely use a search engine just as well. Chances are, the best thing for you to do is disable it.\r\n\r\n
Help and Support\r\n
Enables Help and Support Center to run on this computer. If this service is stopped, Help and Support Center will be unavailable. If this service is disabled, any services that explicitly depend on it will fail to start. \r\n
Comment: I don\\\'t find this service useful, other than sucking up resources. If you know how to use Google, I\\\'d disable it.\r\n\r\n
Human Interface Device Access\r\n
Enables generic input access to Human Interface Devices (HID), which activates and maintains the use of predefined hot buttons on keyboards, remote controls, and other multimedia devices. If this service is stopped, hot buttons controlled by this service will no longer function. If this service is disabled, any services that explicitly depend on it will fail to start. \r\n
Comment: Whether or not you should disable this service, depends on other services you need. If you don\\\'t know, turn it off and see if it breaks anything. It says that it deals with hotkeys, however all the system hotkeys that most of us enjoy aren\\\'t controlled by this service, they are built into the core OS. Control C, for example, to copy and Control V to past, do not stop working when you turn this service off. It seems this has more to do with specific hotkeys that a software vendor may want to insert into their installed program or internet product. Until you see a reason for it, I\\\'d turn this one off. Personally, I consider relying on such services to be lazy programming. But, there may be good reason for using it if it\\\'s more efficient.\r\n\r\n
Indexing Service\r\n
Indexes contents and properties of files on local and remote computers; provides rapid access to files through flexible querying language. \r\n
Comment: To date, nobody has shown me real system performance improvements with this technology. Keep in mind, I\\\'m limited in this conversation to Windows. Indexing is very useful. Indexing databases is very useful. Indexing your computer isn\\\'t very useful at all. Typically, if you are on a network, you know where on a network to find your chosen data. If you are not on a network, there\\\'s no real performance enhancement to this service that justifies the complexity and resource use. Chances are good you should disable it.\r\n\r\n
IMAPI CD-Burning COM Service\r\n
Manages CD recording using Image Mastering Applications Programming Interface (IMAPI). If this service is stopped, this computer will be unable to record CDs. If this service is disabled, any services that explicitly depend on it will fail to start. \r\n
Comment: Obviously, there may be some usefulness leaving this service as manual, if you have a CD burner installed. If you don\\\'t, disable it.\r\n\r\n
Internet Connection Firewall (ICF) / Internet Connection Sharing (ICS)\r\n
Provides network address translation, addressing, name resolution and/or intrusion prevention services for a home or small office network. \r\nComment: This tool does a great job of complicating my internet connection and slowing down transactions. It\\\'s not likely this tool is sophisticated enough to make a major impact in your system\\\'s performance. You should disable it.\r\n\r\n
Messenger\r\n
Transmits net send and Alerter service messages between clients and servers. This service is not related to Windows Messenger. If this service is stopped, Alerter messages will not be transmitted. If this service is disabled, any services that explicitly depend on it will fail to start. \r\n
Comment: Turn this thing off! It\\\'s a simple kit for anybody that can connect via any network to your computer to access your system and do things you don\\\'t want them to. Disable it.\r\n\r\n
Net Logon\r\n
Supports pass-through authentication of account logon events for computers in a domain. \r\n
Comment: Unless you need this to operate inside a domain, it\\\'s likely not necessary or useful. If you are using a home or SOHO PC and don\\\'t have a local domain based network, disable it.\r\n\r\n
NetMeeting Remote Desktop Sharing\r\n
Enables an authorized user to access this computer remotely by using NetMeeting over a corporate intranet. If this service is stopped, remote desktop sharing will be unavailable. If this service is disabled, any services that explicitly depend on it will fail to start. \r\n
Comment: Do you really want a built in tool to share control of your desktop over your network connection? There are better tools for doing this kind of work, if needed. If someone you buy software from insists you let them use this tool to help you install it one time, then enable it and disable it immediately afterward. For typical use, you should disable it.\r\n\r\n
Remote Desktop Help Session Manager\r\n
Manages and controls Remote Assistance. If this service is stopped, Remote Assistance will be unavailable. Before stopping this service, see the Dependencies tab of the Properties dialog box. \r\n
Comment: Refer to NetMeeting. If you don\\\'t want to share control of your computer through your network, disable it.\r\n\r\n
Remote Procedure Call (RPC) Locator\r\n
Manages the RPC name service database. \r\n
Comment: There are some network programs and protocols that require this to be turned on. Chances are you could just turn it off and see if you break anything. If you are using a single PC in your home or SOHO, it\\\'s likely just a security risk. If you don\\\'t know you need it, disable it.\r\n\r\n
Remote Registry\r\n
Enables remote users to modify registry settings on this computer. If this service is stopped, the registry can be modified only by users on this computer. If this service is disabled, any services that explicitly depend on it will fail to start. \r\n
Comment: Seems self-explanatory. You can enable this service to help remote people or programs change your registry. Great hacker tool if you can\\\'t secure it. Disable it.\r\n\r\n
System Restore Service\r\n
Performs system restore functions. To stop service, turn off System Restore from the System Restore tab in My Computer->Properties \r\n
Comment: This is almost useless if you ever have a problem with damaged drives, corrupted data, or malware. It uses a lot of resources and isn\\\'t useful for most people. You can turn it on before you install a big piece of software. This service allows you to backup to a previous system should you mess your\\\'s up with an installation of software or a modification to your system settings, usually registry damage. To improve system performance and take the minor risk of not being able to make your computer work like it did yesterday, disable it.\r\n\r\n
TCP/IP NetBIOS Helper\r\n
Enables support for NetBIOS over TCP/IP (NetBT) service and NetBIOS name resolution. \r\n
Comment: Very few people use NetBIOS at home. This is the Windows built-in protocol for simple networking. You may need it. Otherwise, disable it.\r\n\r\n
Telephony\r\n
Provides Telephony API (TAPI) support for programs that control telephony devices and IP based voice connections on the local computer and, through the LAN, on servers that are also running the service. \r\n
Comment: If you use telephony, you probably use discrete devices or proprietary services that don\\\'t rely on this service. However, you do need this servive if you use a modem to connect to the ineternet. It\\\'s required by all sorts of hardware you wouldn\\\'t think require it, including accessing the internet via 3G telephones as tethered modems. Set this service to automatic to be safe.\r\n\r\n
Telnet\r\n
Enables a remote user to log on to this computer and run programs, and supports various TCP/IP Telnet clients, including UNIX-based and Windows-based computers. If this service is stopped, remote user access to programs might be unavailable. If this service is disabled, any services that explicitly depend on it will fail to start. \r\n
Comment: There\\\'s just not a circumstance where I can imagine that turning this service on is a good idea. Unless you need to let people telnet into your computer and have a really good reason for doing so, disable it.\r\n\r\n
Terminal Services\r\n
Allows multiple users to be connected interactively to a machine as well as the display of desktops and applications to remote computers. The underpinning of Remote Desktop (including RD for Administrators), Fast User Switching, Remote Assistance, and Terminal Server. \r\n
Comment: As I\\\'ve said above, there\\\'s better tools for remote desktop administration. The idea of Terminal Services is to allow remote desktop administration of a system, like the user was on the actual console. In almost all circumstances you should disable it.\r\n\r\n
Themes\r\n
Provides user experience theme management. \r\nComment: Themes are cute and bloated. Enabling themes is not a good way to increase performance, but you may think it\\\'s neat. If you aren\\\'t addicted to cute desktop eye candy, disable it.\r\n\r\n
Uninterruptible Power Supply\r\n
Manages an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) connected to the computer. \r\n
Comment: Unless you are using a UPS on your computer and it has the capability of managing the system, disable it.\r\n\r\n
Upload Manager\r\n
Manages synchronous and asynchronous file transfers between clients and servers on the network. If this service is stopped, synchronous and asynchronous file transfers between clients and servers on the network will not occur. If this service is disabled, any services that explicitly depend on it will fail to start. \r\n
Comment: If you are not in a local network sharing data (files and/or services), disable it.\r\n\r\n
Windows Time\r\n
Maintains date and time synchronization on all clients and servers in the network. If this service is stopped, date and time synchronization will be unavailable. If this service is disabled, any services that explicitly depend on it will fail to start. \r\n
Comment: Sometimes it works. Unless you are really needing your time to sync to something running a Windows time server, disable it.\r\n\r\n
Wireless Zero Configuration\r\n
Provides automatic configuration for the 802.11 adapters \r\n
Comment: Unless you use 802.11 devices, disable it.\r\n\r\n
Workstation\r\n
Creates and maintains client network connections to remote servers. If this service is stopped, these connections will be unavailable. If this service is disabled, any services that explicitly depend on it will fail to start. \r\n
Comment: If you are not in a local network sharing data (files and/or services), disable it.\r\n\r\n
If you turn off all the services suggested above and try to use Automatic Updates via WindowsUpdate.Microsoft.com, you will likely see a message something like this:\r\n\r\n
Windows Update cannot continue because a required service application is disabled. Windows Update requires the following services:\r\n\r\n
\\\"Automatic Updates enables detection, downloading, and installation of critical updates for your computer.\r\n\r\n
Background Intelligent Transfer Service (BITS) enables faster, restartable downloading of updates.\r\n\r\n
Event Log logs Windows Update events for troubleshooting. To ensure that these services are enabled:\\\"\r\n\r\n
It\\\'s easy to just go back to Services, and turn these services on as you need them. An operating system shouldn\\\'t need daily updates to run. And, the more services you run, the more likely you are to need updates. See a circle here? Occasionally, a little laziness won\\\'t kill you. Though you could just go to Technet (Microsoft\\\'s only support for IT professionals) and get all your news and update files with descriptions of their efficacy and safety, you may occasionally just want to veg out and let Microsoft do the work for you. You should still read each update and decide for yourself whether it makes sense. Some of them are flat out bad news. But, turning up these services for a few minutes to run Automatic Updates may be a shortcut to periodic updates.\r\n\r\n
So, let\\\'s look at the services they want you to turn on.\r\n\r\n
Automatic Updates\r\nBackground Intelligent Transfer Service\r\nEvent Log\r\n\r\n
I haven\\\'t a clue why you need Background Intelligent Transfer Services to run so you can go to a website, download, and install service packs. But, you can turn it, and the others, on and then turn it back off when you are done. It\\\'s just three services.\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\n
If you turn off all the services suggested above and try to use Automatic Updates via WindowsUpdate.Microsoft.com, you will likely see a message something like this:\r\n\r\n
Windows Update cannot continue because a required service application is disabled. Windows Update requires the following services:\r\nAutomatic Updates enables detection, downloading, and installation of critical updates for your computer.\r\n
Background Intelligent Transfer Service (BITS) enables faster, restartable downloading of updates.\r\n
Event Log logs Windows Update events for troubleshooting. To ensure that these services are enabled:\r\n
It\\\'s easy to just go back to Services, and turn these services on as you need them. An operating system shouldn\\\'t need daily updates to run. And, the more services you run, the more likely you are to need updates. See a circle here? Occasionally, a little laziness won\\\'t kill you. Though you could just go to Technet (Microsoft\\\'s only support for IT professionals) and get all your news and update files with descriptions of their efficacy and safety, you may occasionally just want to veg out and let Microsoft do the work for you. You should still read each update and decide for yourself whether it makes sense. Some of them are flat out bad news. But, turning up these services for a few minutes to run Automatic Updates may be a shortcut to periodic updates.\r\n\r\n
So, let\\\'s look at the services they want you to turn on.\r\n\r\n
Automatic Updates \r\nBackground Intelligent Transfer Service \r\nEvent Log \r\n
I haven\\\'t a clue why you need Background Intelligent Transfer Services to run so you can go to a website, download, and install service packs. But, you can turn it, and the others, on and then turn it back off when you are done. After all, it\\\'s just three services.\r\n\r\n
If you take a minimalist\\\'s point of view to running both software and services on your computer, it will perform faster and more safely than it will if you just randomly load anything anyone tells you to. To better secure your PC, stick to a mindset that if you don\\\'t absolutely need a service running right now, you should just turn it off.\r\n\r\n
For those of you that break stuff when you turn off services I suggest are unnecessary.\r\nIf you turn off all the stuff that blatantly doesn\\\'t have anything to do with the network, you should be fine. Then, turn off one thing at a time that you /think/ doesn\\\'t support your network connection. If you lose your connection, turn the service back on. Next, and this part is very important, make sure your network settings are accurate and set for \\\"on\\\" so you can reconnect. You should find out how your PC connects to your local network before you get started and document it. But, anything you turn off that breaks something needs to be carefully examined and documented (write it down somewhere).\r\n\r\n
Just because you turn a service back on, doesn\\\'t mean your broken software will magically start working again. For example, remember the issue of using a computer in your network to manage your connection? If that\\\'s how you connect, you\\\'ll have to reconfigure that connection to get online if you kill it by killing a service. Likely, Computer Browser will cause this kind of problem. Also, just enabling the service doesn\\\'t turn it on. You need to manually restart it, since the start, enable, stop, settings go into action on bootup. So, if you don\\\'t want to wait til your box reboots, you\\\'ll need to manually turn off the service if you want it disabled, and manually turn it on if you want to enable it (and see if that given service is your problem).\r\n\r\n
What about System Restore? Well, I don\\\'t like it. If I had a dollar for every time someone fouled up their PC, ran system restore, and were amazed that all wasn\\\'t suddenly happy sunshine, I\\\'d have a really nice vacation home. I realize it makes life easier for newbies that randomly screw stuff up and can\\\'t be hassled with learning the things they use. But, for most cases, it\\\'s a great tool for virus and worms to avoid capture. You delete them, they have a backup switch to recapture control through the restore program. Many antivirus programs don\\\'t work properly when you have this feature enabled. You can leave it on if you\\\'re a fan. Perhaps it makes you feel good, like it would make everything right again if you had it around. But, it won\\\'t save you from a serious problem. Backups and safe computer practices will.\r\n\r\n
You need to learn enough about your PC to run a functional backup and restoration of your critical data. If you can\\\'t do this, you\\\'re just waiting to lose everything.\r\n\r\n
Don\\\'t be afraid to learn more about your PC. It\\\'s one thing to run through a checklist of stuff I suggest you don\\\'t need. But, it\\\'s not a guarantee that I address every concern for every user. With a few hours here and there of learning now, you\\\'ll save yourself a lot of frustration later. The things I learned about Windows five and six years ago still serve me today. The things I learned about networks running Unix systems serve me every day, no matter what operating system I may run.\r\n\r\n
Enjoy learning; it\\\'s the first line of defense against bad software and broken PCs.\r\n\r\n
[Check out Run a Faster Windows PC, now that you\\\'re done with this article.]\r\n\r\n
Latest comments:\r\nHi, three things, and I know I\\\'m a few years late with the first, and maybe you\\\'ve gotten it a few hundred times already, but I\\\'ve only recently discovered your article on unnecessary services that windows... [snip]\r\nYou know, that article is really, really old. And, to be honest I don\\\'t update it and can\\\'t imagine why so many people read it. It makes me think I may should spend more time on things like that - keeping it current, etc. So, I will add comments down here as folk email me questions and comments.\r\n\r\n
You mention that Cryptographic Services is unnecessary unless you work in a large network atmosphere (or something along those lines), plus stuff about certificates.\r\n[snip] ... is required for automatic updates.\r\nI think this is recent behavior. Just yesterday I downloaded TweakUI for a friend and his WinXP complained the software wasn\\\'t signed... WHAT!? Microsoft didn\\\'t bother using their beloved signing technology even though they act as though anything that\\\'s not digitally signed is a trojan or virus? Amazing, but they don\\\'t retroactively utilize their own technologies and they often throw new requirements (often for \\\"security\\\" sake) on their old operating systems.\r\n\r\n
I actually changed my position on this and though it\\\'s dangerous on multiple levels, I think considering all it\\\'s almost required that you leave auto-updates running, since you can\\\'t possibly run a safe PC without daily update checks and who can be bothered to run updates manually every day. Microsoft doesn\\\'t exactly make downloading and installing them manually a simple process.\r\n\r\n
BTW, if you download the updates manually from TechNET, you don\\\'t need this service running - but that\\\'s not what you want to do, you just want to click a button and have your system automatically update. Automatic and automatic have different meanings here. I mean, the update you\\\'re trying to do with the click is automatic, and the update that happens without your involvement at all (scheduled automatic updates) is also automatic.\r\n\r\n
Telephony Services: you say it\\\'s unnecessary if you don\\\'t use a modem to connect to the internet, and I was like \\\"Nah, I have cable because I\\\'m t3h 133720r2!\\\" and I tried to turn it off, and it won\\\'t turn off. And before I pressed the issue, a question came to mind- is a cable modem still a modem in the sense that you\\\'re referring to them? And if so... who the XXX is lucky enough to not need any modem at all to connect to Al Gore\\\'s miracle?! So that threw me off a bit.\r\nWell... there\\\'s two answers to this question - the implied and the direct.\r\n\r\n
I used to have a \\\"cable modem,\\\" but I used a network connection (via my NIC) to connect. I have DSL now and do the same. Most modern distributions of network connections (DSL/Cable/T1/etc.) use plain ole NICs to connect - some people install that awful driver software, and that //may// require this feature, though honestly I\\\'ve not personally tested so I don\\\'t know for fact.\r\n\r\n
Let me tell you this - all kinds of crap uses telephony. VOIP, modems, fax, etc. all use it. Even my stupid fax printing software that sends the fax through //EMAIL// uses the telephony service.\r\n\r\n
Lastly, this one comes from the article you link to at the bottom of the unnecessary services article, about running a faster Windows PC. You suggest Avira Antivir to replace McAfee and Norton, and seeing as how you had thus far proven to be a pretty legitimate tech advisor (I started getting paranoid that in the stead of traditional viruses, people just give you \\\"advice\\\" to delete perfectly vital bits of software and whatnot), I jumped on the free version. I had been a McAfee noob, and had been increasingly frustrated with it.\r\n
Avira works great and all, but there\\\'s one little thing that drives me crazy that I can\\\'t seem to figure out. How the XXX do you get rid of the \\\"Notifier of Avira\\\" that constantly bugs you to buy the premium edition and reminds me of spyware/popups itself?\r\n[snip] ...plenty, so I really can\\\'t justify working over 20 whole hard-earned dollars just to make what amounts to be a popup, from a program that is supposed to... [snip]\r\nI\\\'m afraid they\\\'ve jumped onto the harassment bandwagon with their free product. It\\\'s annoying. And, to be honest I just plopped down the $40 and bought the commercial license of Avast recently. I suggest you do the same.\r\n\r\n
All antivirus companies eventually get dragged into the corporate profit game and leave the good antivirus arena. The fact is, it\\\'s not really considered a good growth model to stick to plain ole antivirus software. The big guys lead the track on bloatware, but everyone gets into it. They either offer more bells and whistles and harass you or harass you to spend more money on the basics. Once they feel that they\\\'ve saturated the \\\"I just want a good antivirus program\\\" market, they start banging on your wallet.\r\n\r\n
But, for the moment, I\\\'m happy with my commercial Avast.\r\n\r\n
As for forking over $20 to stop the harassment. I\\\'m sorry, but as a capitalist I don\\\'t really mind this so much. And, to be honest $20 for protection without the CPU tax other big brands charge - gimping your entire machine for the promise of safer web browsing - it\\\'s a good deal. I\\\'d pay the $20. It\\\'s worth it.\r\n\r\nNOTE','Services That Can Be Killed','administration speed up','',18,2,0,0,1,1745,'2023-09-09'),(92,'example wordpress url\r\nhttp://www.mydomain.com/client-login/?UR=stevew@thickairnet.com&PD=testproduct\r\n\r\nIf you are not creating a theme:\r\n1. Make sure the php plugin is installed if you want to add php code using the page editor.\r\n2. Add the varibles at the end of the path as below.\r\nhttp://www.mydomain.com/client-login/?UR=stevew@thickairnet.com&PD=testproduct\r\n3. You can use the $_GET[] to retrieve the variables\r\n\r\nGetting a current URL in WordPress can be done in several ways depending on your needs and the page type. Here’s the most common:\r\n\r\nUsing Global $wp Object\r\nThe $wp global object provides the simplest way to obtain the current URL. It gives you access to WordPress query vars, which you can then use to generate the URL dynamically.\r\n\r\nHere’s how.\r\nGlobal $wp; \r\n\r\n$current_url = home_url(add_query_arg(array(), $wp->request));\r\n\r\nThis gets the full URL of the current page, including query vars. It’s useful because it works everywhere, single posts, pages, and archives.\r\n\r\nPros:\r\nFlexible and works with all WordPress pages.\r\nIncludes query vars, perfect for tracking or debugging.\r\n \r\n\r\nUse Case:\r\nFor developers who need to generate URLs dynamically in templates or plugins. Just add this to any PHP template file and you’re done!\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nUsing get_permalink()Function\r\nget_permalink() is best when you already have a context-aware template.\r\n\r\nHere’s the code:\r\n$current_url = get_permalink(get_queried_object_id());\r\n\r\nThis gets the URL of the queried object (post, page, or custom post type). It’s simple and works well for single posts or page templates like single.php or page.php.\r\n\r\nPros:\r\nEasy to use for single pages or posts.\r\nNo need to handle query variables manually.\r\nUse Case: Use this for navigation links or tracking user activity on specific pages. It’s simple and perfect for specific templates.\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nUsing home_url() for Homepage URL\r\nIf you want the homepage URL, WordPress has a function for that:\r\n\r\n$current_url = home_url(‘/’);\r\n\r\nThis will always give you the base URL of your WordPress site, regardless of the page you are on.\r\n\r\nPros:\r\nSuper simple.\r\nWorks for the root URL of your site.\r\nUse Case: For global settings, navigation lin, ks, or creating absolute URLs in your code.\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nTaxonomy or Author URLs\r\nFor taxonomy terms (categories or tags), use get_term_link(). For author archives, use get_author_posts_url().\r\n\r\nTaxonomy URL:\r\n$current_url = get_term_link(get_query_object_id());\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nAuthor URL:\r\n$current_url = get_author_posts_url(get_queried_object_id());\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nPros:\r\nTemplate-specific, therefore less processing.\r\nIdeal for archive pages, such as categories or tags.\r\nUse Case: You can use this to customize archive page navigation or to create context-specific breadcrumbs.\r\n\r\nUsing PHP superglobals ($_SERVER)\r\nAnother method for obtaining the current URL in WordPress is to use PHP superglobals. These variables provide direct access to server-side data, allowing you to manually construct the URL. \r\n\r\nHere’s how you can accomplish it:\r\n\r\n$current_url equals ‘http://’. $_SERVER[‘HTTP_HOST’] . $_SERVER[‘REQUEST_URI’];\r\n\r\nPros:\r\nNot dependent on WordPress functions so can be used in any PHP environment.\r\nWorks on all types of pages, from single posts to archives.\r\nUse Case: Perfect when you need flexibility and are not tied to WordPress template files or functions. Useful for plugins or themes that may run outside the WordPress loop.\r\n\r\nEach has advantages, so choose the one that best suits your WordPress project!\r\n\r\nBy combining superglobals with other WordPress-specific functions, you can create powerful URL-fetching tools tailored to your needs.\r\n\r\nBonus: Get the Current Slug\r\nSometimes you just need the slug—the short part of the URL that identifies a page or post. For example, if the URL is https://yourwebsite.com/my-post the slug would be my-post. Getting the slug can be super useful for custom dynamic content or URL-based conditions.\r\n\r\nHere’s a quick snippet to get the current slug:\r\nglobal $wp; $current_slug = add_query_arg(array(), $wp->request);','Passing Php Variables To Page','url passing variables','',22,2,1,0,1,1302,'2023-09-09'),(93,'
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n#main {\r\nfloat:left;\r\nwidth:500px;\r\nbackground:#9c9;\r\n}\r\n#sidebar {\r\nfloat:right;\r\nwidth:250px;\r\nbackground:#c9c;\r\n}','Use Div To Place Data In Different Columns','div format table float','',4,3,0,0,1,1342,'2023-09-09'),(94,'\r\nSorry, no posts matched your criteria.
\r\n','Displaying Page Content In Template','content function template','',22,19,0,0,1,1529,'2023-09-09'),(95,'if($FORM==1 && file_exists($PATH1)){\r\n //window.open(\'deletefile.php?FILE=$PATH1\', \"_blank\")\r\n $dis1.=\"\";\r\n //$dis1.=\"\";\r\n }\r\n===========================================\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n//This function uses the year value to load a page that shows the selected years data in a wordpress page\r\nfunction loaddata(val){\r\n var url=document.getElementById(val).options[document.getElementById(val).selectedIndex].value;\r\n location.href=\\\"http://2000bestfriends.org/member-list?yid=\\\"+url;\r\n}','SELECT - Using To Update Page','combo redirect url location href wordpress getelementbyid window open','',2,7,0,0,1,1650,'2024-10-05'),(96,'preg_match() Would be the pcre equivalent. The patterns will pretty much be the same, only real difference is that the preg_xxx functions require an opening/closing delimiter in the pattern and modifiers (if needed) are specified after the closing delimiter. \r\n\r\nSo for instance:\r\nereg(\\".\\",$var1)\r\nwould be\r\npreg_match(\\"~.~\\",$var1) // ~ is used as the pattern delimiter.\r\nor for instance, \r\n\r\n\r\neregi(\\".\\",$var1) // case in-sensitive \r\nwould be\r\npreg_match(\\"~.~i\\",$var1) // i modifier added to make it case in-sensitive \r\n\r\nif(eregi(\\"color\\",$fieldName))\r\n\r\npreg_match(\\"~color~i\\",$fieldName))','Preg_match Is The Ereg Replacement','ereg eregi preg_match preg match','',1,7,1,0,1,1253,'2023-09-09'),(97,'[CHAR]\r\n\\\'// see indexof also\r\nDim myString As String = \\\"ABCDE\\\"\r\nDim myChar As Char\r\nmyChar = myString.Chars(3) \\\'//myChar = \\\"D\\\"\r\n\r\n[CONCAT]\r\nDim aString As String = \\\"A\\\"\r\nDim bString As String = \\\"B\\\"\r\nDim cString As String = \\\"C\\\"\r\nDim dString As String = \\\"D\\\"\r\nDim myString As String\r\n\\\' myString = \\\"ABCD\\\"\r\nmyString = String.Concat(aString, bString, cString, dString) \r\n\r\n\r\n[INDEXOF]\r\n\\\'// see char also\r\nDim myString As String = \\\"ABCDE\\\"\r\nDim myInteger As Integer\r\nmyInteger = myString.IndexOf(\\\"D\\\") \\\' myInteger = 3\r\n\r\n[instr]\r\n[left]\r\n\r\n[LENGTH]\r\nDim MyString As String = \\\"This is my string\\\"\r\nDim stringLength As Integer\r\n\\\' Explicitly set the string to Nothing.\r\nMyString = Nothing\r\n\\\' stringLength = 0\r\nstringLength = Len(MyString)\r\n\\\' This line, however, causes an exception to be thrown.\r\nstringLength = MyString.Length\r\n\r\n[MID]\r\n\\\'//see substring. first charcter is position 1\r\nDim aString As String = \\\"SomeString\\\"\r\nDim bString As String\r\nbString = Mid(aString, 3, 3)\r\n\r\n\r\n[right]\r\n\r\n[SPLIT]\r\n\\\'// returns an array\r\nDim shoppingList As String = \\\"Milk,Eggs,Bread\\\"\r\nDim shoppingItem(2) As String\r\nshoppingItem = shoppingList.Split(\\\",\\\"c)\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n[SUBSTRING] \r\n\\\'//first character is position zero. See mid()\r\nDim aString As String = \\\"A String\\\"\r\nDim bString As String\r\nbString = aString.SubString(2,6) \\\'//bString = \\\"String\\\"\r\nor\r\nDim aString As String = \\\"Left Center Right\\\"\r\nDim subString As String\r\n\\\' subString = \\\"Center\\\"\r\nsubString = aString.SubString(5,6)\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nVisual Basic .NET methods are used as inherent functions of the language. They may be used without qualification in your code. The following example shows typical use of a Visual Basic .NET string-manipulation command:\r\n\r\nIn this example, the Mid function performs a direct operation on aString and assigns the value to bString.\r\n\r\nYou can also manipulate strings with the methods of the String class. There are two types of methods in String: shared methods and instance methods.\r\n\r\nA shared method is a method that stems from the String class itself and does not require an instance of that class to work. These methods can be qualified with the name of the class (String) rather than with an instance of the String class. For example:\r\n\r\nDim aString As String\r\nbString = String.Copy(\\\"A literal string\\\")\r\n\r\nIn the preceding example, the String.Copy method is a static method, which acts upon an expression it is given and assigns the resulting value to bString.\r\n\r\nNET runtime evaluates Nothing as an empty string; that is, \\\"\\\". The .NET Framework, however, does not, and will throw an exception whenever an attempt is made to perform a string operation on Nothing.\r\nComparing Strings\r\n\r\nYou can compare two strings by using the String.Compare method. This is a static, overloaded method of the base string class. In its most common form, this method can be used to directly compare two strings based on their alphabetical sort order. This is similar to the Visual Basic StrComp Function function. The following example illustrates how this method is used:\r\n\r\nDim myString As String = \\\"Alphabetical\\\"\r\nDim secondString As String = \\\"Order\\\"\r\nDim result As Integer\r\nresult = String.Compare (myString, secondString)\r\n\r\nThis method returns an integer that indicates the relationship between the two compared strings based on the sorting order. A positive value for the result indicates that the first string is greater than the second string. A negative result indicates the first string is smaller, and zero indicates equality between the strings. Any string, including an empty string, evaluates to greater than a null reference.\r\n\r\nAdditional overloads of the String.Compare method allow you to indicate whether or not to take case or culture formatting into account, and to compare substrings within the supplied strings. For more information on how to compare strings, see String.Compare Method. Related methods include String.CompareOrdinal Method and String.CompareTo Method.\r\nSearching for Strings Within Your Strings\r\n\r\nThere are times when it is useful to have data about the characters in your string and the positions of those characters within your string. A string can be thought of as an array of characters (Char instances); you can retrieve a particular character by referencing the index of that character through the Chars property. For example:\r\n\r\n\r\nYou can use the String.IndexOf method to return the index where a particular character is encountered, as in the following example:\r\n\r\nDim myString As String = \\\"ABCDE\\\"\r\nDim myInteger As Integer\r\nmyInteger = myString.IndexOf(\\\"D\\\") \\\' myInteger = 3\r\n\r\nIn the previous example, the IndexOf method of myString was used to return the index corresponding to the first instance of the character \\\"C\\\" in the string. IndexOf is an overloaded method, and the other overloads provide methods to search for any of a set of characters, or to search for a string within your string, among others. The Visual Basic .NET command InStr also allows you to perform similar functions. For more information of these methods, see String.IndexOf Method and InStr Function. You can also use the String.LastIndexOf Method to search for the last occurrence of a character in your string.\r\nCreating New Strings from Old\r\n\r\nWhen using strings, you may want to modify your strings and create new ones. You may want to do something as simple as convert the entire string to uppercase, or trim off trailing spaces; or you may want to do something more complex, such as extracting a substring from your string. The System.String class provides a wide range of options for modifying, manipulating, and making new strings out of your old ones.\r\n\r\nTo combine multiple strings, you can use the concatenation operators (& or +). You can also use the String.Concat Method to concatenate a series of strings or strings contained in objects. An example of the String.Concat method follows:\r\n\r\n\r\nYou can convert your strings to all uppercase or all lowercase strings using either the Visual Basic .NET functions UCase Function and LCase Function or the String.ToUpper Method and String.ToLower Method methods. An example is shown below:\r\n\r\nDim myString As String = \\\"UpPeR oR LoWeR cAsE\\\"\r\nDim newString As String\r\n\\\' newString = \\\"UPPER OR LOWER CASE\\\"\r\nnewString = UCase(myString)\r\n\\\' newString = \\\"upper or lower case\\\"\r\nnewString = LCase(myString)\r\n\\\' newString = \\\"UPPER OR LOWER CASE\\\"\r\nnewString = myString.ToUpper\r\n\\\' newString = \\\"upper or lower case\\\"\r\nnewString = myString.ToLower\r\n\r\nThe String.Format method and the Visual Basic .NET Format command can generate a new string by applying formatting to a given string. For information on these commands, see Format Function or String.Format Method.\r\n\r\nYou may at times need to remove trailing or leading spaces from your string. For instance, you might be parsing a string that had spaces inserted for the purposes of alignment. You can remove these spaces using the String.Trim Method function, or the Visual Basic .NET Trim function. An example is shown:\r\n\r\nDim spaceString As String = _\r\n\\\" This string will have the spaces removed \\\"\r\nDim oneString As String\r\nDim twoString As String\r\n\\\' This removes all trailing and leading spaces.\r\noneString = spaceString.Trim\r\n\\\' This also removes all trailing and leading spaces.\r\ntwoString = Trim(spaceString)\r\n\r\nIf you only want to remove trailing spaces, you can use the String.TrimEnd Method or the RTrim function, and for leading spaces you can use the String.TrimStart Method or the LTrim function. For more details, see LTrim, RTrim, and Trim Functions functions.\r\n\r\nThe String.Trim functions and related functions also allow you to remove instances of a specific character from the ends of your string. The following example trims all leading and trailing instances of the \\\"#\\\" character:\r\n\r\nDim myString As String = \\\"#####Remove those!######\\\"\r\nDim oneString As String\r\nOneString = myString.Trim(\\\"#\\\")\r\n\r\nYou can also add leading or trailing characters by using the String.PadLeft Method or the String.PadRight Method.\r\n\r\nIf you have excess characters within the body of your string, you can excise them by using the String.Remove Method, or you can replace them with another character using the String.Replace Method. For example:\r\n\r\nDim aString As String = \\\"This is My Str@o@o@ing\\\"\r\nDim myString As String\r\nDim anotherString As String\r\n\\\' myString = \\\"This is My String\\\"\r\nmyString = aString.Remove(14, 5)\r\n\\\' anotherString = \\\"This is Another String\\\"\r\nanotherString = myString.Replace(\\\"My\\\", \\\"Another\\\")\r\n\r\nYou can use the String.Replace method to replace either individual characters or strings of characters. The Visual Basic .NET Mid Statement can also be used to replace an interior string with another string.\r\n\r\nYou can also use the String.Insert Method to insert a string within another string, as in the following example:\r\n\r\nDim aString As String = \\\"This is My Stng\\\"\r\nDim myString As String\r\n\\\' Results in a value of \\\"This is My String\\\".\r\nmyString = aString.Insert(13, \\\"ri\\\")\r\n\r\nThe first parameter that the String.Insert method takes is the index of the character the string is to be inserted after, and the second parameter is the string to be inserted.\r\n\r\nYou can concatenate an array of strings together with a separator string by using the String.Join Method. Here is an example:\r\n\r\nDim shoppingItem(2) As String\r\nDim shoppingList As String\r\nshoppingItem(0) = \\\"Milk\\\"\r\nshoppingItem(1) = \\\"Eggs\\\"\r\nshoppingItem(2) = \\\"Bread\\\"\r\nshoppingList = String.Join(\\\",\\\", shoppingItem)\r\n\r\nThe value of shoppingList after running this code is \\\"Milk,Eggs,Bread\\\". Note that if your array has empty members, the method still adds a separator string between all the empty instances in your array.\r\n\r\nYou can also create an array of strings from a single string by using the String.Split Method. The following example demonstrates the reverse of the previous example: it takes a shopping list and turns it into an array of shopping items. The separator in this case is an instance of the Char data type; thus it is appended with the literal type character c.\r\n\r\nThe Visual Basic .NET Mid Function can be used to generate substrings of your string. The following example shows this functions in use:\r\n\r\nDim aString As String = \\\"Left Center Right\\\"\r\nDim rString, lString, mString As String\r\n\\\' rString = \\\"Right\\\"\r\nrString = Mid(aString, 13)\r\n\\\' lString = \\\"Left\\\"\r\nlString = Mid(aString, 1, 4)\r\n\\\' mString = \\\"Center\\\"\r\nmString = Mid(aString, 6,6)\r\n\r\nSubstrings of your string can also be generated using the String.Substring Method. This method takes two arguments: the character index where the substring is to start, and the length of the substring. The String.Substring method operates much like the Mid function. An example is shown below:\r\n\r\n\r\nThere is one very important difference between the String.SubString method and the Mid function. The Mid function takes an argument that indicates the character position for the substring to start, starting with position 1. The String.SubString method takes an index of the character in the string at which the substring is to start, starting with position 0. Thus, if you have a string \\\"ABCDE\\\", the individual characters are numbered 1,2,3,4,5 for use with the Mid function, but 0,1,2,3,4 for use with the System.String function.','String Functions','substring','',15,1,1,0,1,1054,'2023-09-09'),(98,'[READ]\r\nread entire file into string.\r\nA = My.Computer.FileSystem.ReadAllText(Path.TREE2 + \\\"/\\\" + Explore.File1.Items(J).ToString, System.Text.Encoding.Default)\r\nCODE1 = My.Computer.FileSystem.ReadAllText(Tree2 + Filename + \\\"Code.txx\\\")\r\n\r\n[WRITE]\r\nDim CODE1 As String = My.Computer.FileSystem.ReadAllText(Tree2 + Filename + \"Code.txx\")\r\nJ = InStr(CODE1, \"``\") : CODE1 = Left(CODE1, J - 1)\r\nFor J = 0 To TMPA.Count - 1\r\n If InStr(CODE1, \"`\" + TMPA(J) + \"`\") = 0 Then NotFound = True : CODE1 = CODE1 + \"`\" + TMPA(J) + \"`\" + vbCR\r\nNext\r\nCODE1 = CODE1 + \"``\" + vbCR\r\nIf NotFound = True Then My.Computer.FileSystem.WriteAllText(Tree2 + Filename + \"Code.txx\", CODE1, append:=False)','Read And Write ENTIRE FILE','open read file write file entire','File Writing',15,9,1,0,1,1290,'2023-09-09'),(342,'In PHP, there are several methods to retrieve the file extension from a given filename or path.\r\n1. Using pathinfo():\r\nThe pathinfo() function is a versatile function that can extract various components of a file path, including the extension.\r\nCode\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n2. Using SplFileInfo::getExtension():\r\nFor object-oriented file handling, the SplFileInfo class provides the getExtension() method.\r\nCode\r\n\r\ngetExtension();\r\necho $extension; // Outputs: jpg\r\n?>\r\n\r\n3. Using DirectoryIterator::getExtension():\r\nWhen iterating through a directory, DirectoryIterator objects also offer the getExtension() method for individual files.\r\nCode\r\n\r\nisFile()) {\r\n echo $fileinfo->getFilename() . \" extension: \" . $fileinfo->getExtension() . \"\\n\";\r\n }\r\n}\r\n?>\r\n\r\nNote: If a file does not have an extension, these methods will typically return an empty string. If the filename starts with a dot (e.g., .htaccess), the characters following the dot will be considered the extension.','Getting A Files Extension','file extension','File Management',1,9,0,0,1,0,'2025-11-20'),(99,'Imports Microsoft.VisualBasic\r\n\r\nModule Module1\r\n Sub Main()\r\n Dim filePath As String = \"example.txt\"\r\n Dim fileNumber As Integer = FreeFile()\r\n\r\n Try\r\n \' Open file for append using legacy VB method\r\n FileOpen(fileNumber, filePath, OpenMode.Append) \'FileOpen(7, TREE3 + FLD(0, 0) + \"_header.php\", OpenMode.Output)\r\n PrintLine(fileNumber, \"This is a new line of text.\")\r\n Catch ex As Exception\r\n Console.WriteLine(\"Error: \" & ex.Message)\r\n Finally\r\n FileClose(fileNumber)\r\n End Try\r\n End Sub\r\nEnd Module\r\n\r\n\r\nREAD LINES FROM A TEXT FILE\r\nDim LineInput As System.IO.StreamReader = My.Computer.FileSystem.OpenTextFileReader(Tree + \"\\tabletempsave.txt\")\r\n Do Until LineInput.EndOfStream\r\n A = LineInput.ReadLine : A = Trim(A)\r\n LOOP\r\n\r\nlineInput.close\r\n=========================================\r\nShared Sub Main()\r\n \' Get an available file number.\r\n Dim file_num As Integer = FreeFile()\r\n\r\n \' Open the file.\r\n Dim file_name As String = \"test.txt\"\r\n FileOpen(file_num, file_name, OpenMode.Input, OpenAccess.Read, OpenShare.Shared)\r\n\r\n \' Read the file\'s lines.\r\n Do While Not EOF(file_num)\r\n \' Read a line.\r\n Dim txt As String = LineInput(file_num)\r\n Console.WriteLine(txt)\r\n Loop\r\n\r\n \' Close the file.\r\n FileClose(file_num)\r\n End Sub','Read Text File Line By Line & Write','read file line write append','',15,9,1,0,1,1352,'2023-09-09'),(100,'
Array Object Properties
\r\n| Property | \r\nDescription | \r\n
| constructor | \r\nReturns the function that created the Array object\\\'s prototype | \r\n
| length | \r\nSets or returns the number of elements in an array | \r\n
| prototype | \r\nAllows you to add properties and methods to an Array object | \r\n
Array Object Methods
\r\n| Method | \r\nDescription | \r\n
| concat() | \r\nJoins two or more arrays, and returns a copy of the joined arrays | \r\n
| indexOf() | \r\nSearch the array for an element and returns it\\\'s position | \r\n
| join() | \r\nJoins all elements of an array into a string | \r\n
| lastIndexOf() | \r\nSearch the array for an element, starting at the end, and returns it\\\'s position | \r\n
| pop() | \r\nRemoves the last element of an array, and returns that element | \r\n
| push() | \r\nAdds new elements to the end of an array, and returns the new length | \r\n
| reverse() | \r\nReverses the order of the elements in an array | \r\n
| shift() | \r\nRemoves the first element of an array, and returns that element | \r\n
| slice() | \r\nSelects a part of an array, and returns the new array | \r\n
| sort() | \r\nSorts the elements of an array | \r\n
| splice() | \r\nAdds/Removes elements from an array | \r\n
| toString() | \r\nConverts an array to a string, and returns the result | \r\n
| unshift() | \r\nAdds new elements to the beginning of an array, and returns the new length | \r\n
| valueOf() | \r\nReturns the primitive value of an array | \r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\nFirebug integrates with Firefox to put a wealth of \r\nweb development tools at your fingertips while you browse. You can edit,\r\n debug, and monitor CSS, HTML, and JavaScript live in any web page
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n ![](\"https://getfirebug.com/img/whatisfirebug/firebugSmall.png\")
\r\n
\r\n\r\n \r\n Always at your service
\r\nFirebug is always just a keystroke away, but it never \r\ngets in your way. You can open Firebug in a separate window, or as a bar\r\n at the bottom of your browser. Firebug also gives you fine-grained \r\ncontrol over which websites you want to enable it for.
\r\n \r\n\r\n ![](\"https://getfirebug.com/img/whatisfirebug/inspectAndEditHTML.png\")
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\n Inspect and edit HTML
\r\nFirebug makes it simple to find HTML elements buried deep\r\n in the page. Once you\'ve found what you\'re looking for, Firebug gives \r\nyou a wealth of information, and lets you edit the HTML live.
\r\n \r\n\r\n ![](\"https://getfirebug.com/img/whatisfirebug/tweakCSSToPerfection.png\")
\r\n
\r\n\r\n \r\n Tweak CSS to perfection
\r\n\r\nFirebug\'s CSS tabs tell you everything you need to know \r\nabout the styles in your web pages, and if you don\'t like what it\'s \r\ntelling you, you can make changes and see them take effect instantly.
\r\n \r\n\r\n ![](\"https://getfirebug.com/img/whatisfirebug/visualizeCSSMetrics.png\")
\r\n
\r\n\r\n \r\n Visualize CSS metrics
\r\nWhen your CSS boxes aren\'t lining up correctly it can be \r\ndifficult to understand why. Let Firebug be your eyes and it will \r\nmeasure and illustrate all the offsets, margins, borders, padding, and \r\nsizes for you.
\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\n ![](\"https://getfirebug.com/img/whatisfirebug/monitorNetworkActivity.png\")
\r\n
\r\n\r\n \r\n Monitor network activity
\r\nYour pages are taking a long time to load, but why? Did \r\nyou go crazy and write too much JavaScript? Did you forget to compress \r\nyour images? Are your ad partner\'s servers taking a siesta? Firebug \r\nbreaks it all down for you file-by-file.
\r\n \r\n\r\n\r\n ![](\"https://getfirebug.com/img/whatisfirebug/debugAndProfileJavascript.png\")
\r\n
\r\n\r\n \r\n Debug and profile JavaScript
\r\nFirebug includes a powerful JavaScript debugger that lets\r\n you pause execution at any time and have look at the state of the \r\nworld. If your code is a little sluggish, use the JavaScript profiler \r\nto measure performance and find bottlenecks fast.
\r\n \r\n\r\n ![](\"https://getfirebug.com/img/whatisfirebug/quicklyFindErrors.png\")
\r\n
\r\n\r\n \r\n Quickly find errors
\r\nWhen things go wrong, Firebug lets you know immediately \r\nand gives you detailed and useful information about errors in \r\nJavaScript, CSS, and XML.
\r\n \r\n\r\n ![](\"https://getfirebug.com/img/whatisfirebug/exploreTheDOM.png\")
\r\n
\r\n\r\n \r\n Explore the DOM
\r\nThe Document Object Model is a great big hierarchy of \r\nobjects and functions just waiting to be tickled by JavaScript. Firebug \r\nhelps you find DOM objects quickly and then edit them on the fly.
\r\n \r\n\r\n\r\n ![](\"https://getfirebug.com/img/whatisfirebug/javascriptOnTheFly.png\")
\r\n
\r\n\r\n \r\n Execute JavaScript on the fly
\r\nThe command line is one of the oldest tools in the \r\nprogramming toolbox. Firebug gives you a good ol\' fashioned command line\r\n for JavaScript complete with very modern amenities.
\r\n \r\n\r\n ![](\"https://getfirebug.com/img/whatisfirebug/loggingForJavaScript.png\")
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\n Logging for JavaScript
\r\nHaving a fancy JavaScript debugger is great, but \r\nsometimes the fastest way to find bugs is just to dump as much \r\ninformation to the console as you can. Firebug gives you a set of \r\npowerful logging functions that help you get answers fast.
\r\n \r\n\r\n ![](\"https://getfirebug.com/img/whatisfirebug/adjustFirebug.png\")
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\n Just the way you like it
\r\nUsing Firebug gives a lot of possibilities for web \r\ndevelopment to your hands. Though you\'re feeling something is not \r\nworking as you would like it to? No problem. Firebug offers a lot of \r\noptions to adjust it to your needs.
\r\n\r\n ![](\"https://getfirebug.com/img/whatisfirebug/searchAndYouShallFind.png\")
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\n Search and you shall find
\r\nSometimes you know what you\'re looking for, but you can\'t\r\n see it in the panel. Using the quick search box in Firebug\'s toolbar \r\nyou can search inside Firebug\'s panels and see the results highlighted \r\nas you type.
\r\n\r\n ![](\"https://getfirebug.com/img/whatisfirebug/cookies.png\")
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n\r\n Cookies
\r\nFirebug allows to view and manage cookies in your \r\nbrowser. You can deny cookies for specific sites, filter cookies, create\r\n new and delete existing cookies. You can also break into the debugger \r\nwhen specific cookie changes its value and see the line of script that \r\ncaused the change.
\r\n \r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\nLinks and Elsewhere
\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n\r\nWhat is Firebug?
\r\n- \r\n
- Firebug FAQ \r\n
- Firebug Wiki \r\n
- Enabling Firebug \r\n
- HTML Development \r\n
- CSS Development \r\n
- CSS Layout \r\n
- Network Monitoring \r\n
- Javascript Debugging \r\n
- Finding Errors \r\n
- DOM Exploration \r\n
- Javascript Command Line \r\n
- Javascript Logging \r\n
- Cookies \r\n
\r\n
\r\nFirebug around the web
\r\n- \\\\n\\\";\r\n for($i=1;$i<=$q->num;$i++){\r\n $r=mysql_fetch_array($result);\r\n //echo \\\"
- \\\".$r[1].\\\"\\\";\r\n echo \\\"
- \\\".$r[1].\\\"\\\";\r\n }\r\n echo\\\"
Genesis Loop Hooks Comparison
\r\nBelow is a comparison chart for the loop hooks in Genesis 1.0+ themes vs. the new loop hooks in Genesis 2.0+ themes.
\r\nBefore Entry
\r\n\r\nXHTML Hook Location --- HTML5 Hook Location
\r\ngenesis_before_post --- genesis_before_entry\r\n
\r\n\r\ngenesis_before_post --- genesis_before_entry\r\n
Entry Header
\r\n\r\nXHTML Hook Location --- HTML5 Hook Location
\r\ngenesis_before_post_title --- genesis_entry_header
\r\ngenesis_post_title --- genesis_entry_header
\r\ngenesis_after_post_title --- genesis_entry_header
\r\ngenesis_before_post_content --- genesis_entry_header\r\n
\r\n\r\ngenesis_before_post_title --- genesis_entry_header
\r\ngenesis_post_title --- genesis_entry_header
\r\ngenesis_after_post_title --- genesis_entry_header
\r\ngenesis_before_post_content --- genesis_entry_header\r\n
Entry Content
\r\n\r\nXHTML Hook Location --- HTML5 Hook Location
\r\ngenesis_post_content --- genesis_entry_content\r\n
\r\n\r\ngenesis_post_content --- genesis_entry_content\r\n
Entry Footer
\r\n\r\nXHTML Hook Location --- HTML5 Hook Location
\r\ngenesis_after_post_content --- genesis_entry_footer\r\n
\r\n\r\ngenesis_after_post_content --- genesis_entry_footer\r\n
After Entry
\r\n\r\nXHTML Hook Location --- HTML5 Hook Location
\r\ngenesis_after_post --- genesis_after_entry\r\n
\r\n\r\ngenesis_after_post --- genesis_after_entry\r\n
\\\\r\\\\n\\\";\r\n // Write the user details to the file\r\n fwrite($fp, \\\"$userDetails\\\");\r\n // Move to the start of the file\r\n rewind($fp);\r\n $entries = 0;\r\n // Display each line in the file\r\n while(!feof($fp))\r\n {\r\n $buffer = fgets($fp, 1024);\r\n if ($buffer != \\\"\\\")\r\n {\r\n print $buffer;\r\n $entries++;\r\n }\r\n }\r\n // Show a summary\r\n print \\\"There are $entries entries in the log file
\\\";\r\n fclose ($fp);\r\n?>\r\n\r\n\r\n','Write To Txt File','fopen fwrite rewind fopen write file','',1,9,1,0,1,990,'2023-09-09'),(125,'if you ever add variables to the url line you need to use this function\r\nurldecode for passing gets.\r\n$urlpart1=urldecode($urlpart1); \r\n$urlpart2=urldecode($urlpart2); \r\n$url=\\\"http://www.mydomain.com?$urlpart1&$urlpart2;\r\n\r\nDo not use it on a completed url. It will totally mess everything up.','Clean Url','? url clean & #','',1,9,1,0,1,1325,'2023-09-09'),(126,'\r\n\r\n
\r\nSome content here or your menu links\r\n
','Fixing Content While Scrolling','div fixed content scroll top menu','',4,19,0,0,1,1406,'2023-09-09'),(127,'http://wordpress.org/support/topic/add-link-to-admin-panel\r\n\r\n2 cases\r\n\r\n1. Plugin\r\nuse this plugin : (it\'ll add a new menu item in your admin panel)\r\n\r\n<?php\r\n/*\r\nPlugin Name: Add-Admin-Menu\r\nAuthor: Sanjay Menon\r\n*/\r\n\r\nfunction mt_add_pages() {\r\n\r\n // The first parameter is the Page name(admin-menu), second is the Menu name(menu-name)\r\n //and the number(5) is the user level that gets access\r\n add_menu_page(\'admin-menu\', \'menu-name\', 5, __FILE__, \'mt_toplevel_page\');\r\n}\r\n\r\n// mt_oplevel_page() displays the page content for the custom Test Toplevel menu\r\nfunction mt_toplevel_page() {\r\n echo \'\r\n <div class="wrap">\r\n <h2>New admin menu</h2>\r\n <li><a href="http://www.icore.net.tc"><h3>Author Homepage</h3></a></li>\r\n </div>\';\r\n}\r\nadd_action(\'admin_menu\', \'mt_add_pages\');\r\n?>\r\n OR\r\n2. function.php\r\nYou just have to put that piece of code in "functions.php" file inside your WordPress Theme.\r\n\r\nfunction mt_add_pages() {\r\n add_menu_page(\'admin-menu\', \'menu-name\', 5, __FILE__, \'mt_toplevel_page\');\r\n}\r\nfunction mt_toplevel_page() {\r\n echo \'\r\n <div class="wrap">\r\n <h2>New admin menu</h2>\r\n <li><a href="http://www.icore.net.tc"><h3>Author Homepage</h3></a></li>\r\n </div>\';\r\n}\r\nadd_action(\'admin_menu\', \'mt_add_pages\');\r\n\r\nEXAMPLE 2: You may already have developed your own cool admin. No problem, have wordpress link to your admin and use the example modification to check to see if the user is logged in via wordpress. Just add a link to come back. This way wordpress will not mess up your styling you use in your admin.\r\n\r\n<?php\r\n/*\r\nPlugin Name: swd_admin\r\nDescription: Link to swd admin\r\nAuthor: Software Web Design\r\nVersion: 0.1\r\n\r\nexample mystuff modification\r\nsession_start();\r\ninclude("config.php");\r\nrequire_once("../wp-load.php");\r\nif(!is_user_logged_in() && $bypass!=true){\r\necho "This site is under construction"; exit;\r\n} else { $wordpress=true; $LEVEL=10; $_SESSION[\'LEVEL\']=10; }\r\n\r\n\r\n*/\r\nadd_action(\'admin_menu\', \'swd_setup_menu\');\r\nfunction swd_setup_menu(){\r\n add_menu_page( \'SWD Plugin Page\', \'Go to SWD Admin\', \'manage_options\', \'admin-plugin\', \'swd_menu\' );\r\n}\r\nfunction swd_menu(){\r\n echo "<h1>SWD Menu</h1>";\r\n echo " <a href=\'/swd-admin/boardOfDirectorsView.php\'>Board Passwords</a>\r\n <a href=\'/swd-admin/directorsView.php\'>Directors</a>\r\n <a href=\'/swd-admin/libraryView.php\'>Library</a>\r\n <a href=\'/swd-admin/libraryCategoryView.php\'>Library Categories</a>";\r\n}\r\n?>','Adding A Link To The Admin Panel','plugin function.php hyperlink wordpress admin','',22,19,1,0,1,2389,'2023-09-09'),(128,'I was having problem with Omnipage\'s software using my HP scanners scanning software to do the pages. It was slow and caused the pdf files to bloat is size. I found out their software does not want to us HP\'s twain or HP commandeered it. I saw a WAI option with my scanner and decided to try it. After this their software used their internal scanning software. The scans are fast and pdf file size is down dramatically.','Omnipage Ultimate Twaine Scanning Is Bad Use WAI','scanning software file size pdf twaine','',19,20,1,0,1,917,'2023-09-09'),(135,'When I start win8, my bluetooth mouse works perfectly but after awhile, in stop working. I turn the power of the mouse off and turn it on again to make it work again. But after awhile, it stop working again, so I turn the mouse off and on again to make it work. When the mouse stop working, the light of the mouse is still on therefore I know the mouse is still working but the notebook stops responding to the mouse. The touch pad doesn\'t have any problem. I don\'t have this problem in win7.\r\n\r\noption 1\r\nCheck Device Manager and expanded the Bluetooth menu. I right clicked on each item and selected Properties until I found the one that had a Power Management. Mine happened to be Bluetooth Module. Once I got into the Power Management setting I unchecked \'Allow the computer to turn off this device to save power\'.\r\n\r\nOption2:\r\nSome exotic things can cause Bluetooth interruption. Check the physical space for any device that puts off a large amount of electromagnetic radiation, such as a big microwave or certain kinds of industrial equipment. These devices actually corrupt the radio waves that Bluetooth devices use to communicate. Battery failure is another common cause of patchy reception. If the batteries are fine, check the power settings as Windows 8 sometimes turns off devices that aren’t in use. The power settings are available from the Settings charm, or by pressing Windows+I.\r\n\r\nSome devices may simply not have a fix yet and a bit of time and patience may be required while new problems with Windows 8 are discovered and fixed. Tech support should be notified of any devices that do not yet have an available fix, so that Microsoft can begin work on a patch. Calling the device’s manufacturer for a fix may also be necessary, as there are some things Microsoft cannot fix from their end.\r\nhttp://windows7themes.net/fix-windows-8-bluetooth-problems-mouse-disconnects.html\r\n\r\nOption3:\r\nBluetooth Problem In Windows 8.1\r\n\r\nThere are unusual Bluetooth problem in windows 8.1. In Windows 8.1 my Bluetooth mouse, keyboard and headphones were already paired but not able to connect. The blue tooth device connect my wireless Bluetooth devices for few Seconds and then disconnect and searching again and again. My Bluetooth device disconnect again and again and Shows a Error “The btvstack could not be startedâ€. So follow below steps to solve this problem. [tested in dell inspiron and working for all dell laptops].\r\nFIX: Bluetooth Not Working In Windows 8.1\r\nStep 1:\r\n\r\n→ Go to RUN (Windows Logo + R) and type “services.msc†and Enter.\r\nStep 2:\r\n\r\n→ Now find “Bluetooth Support Service†and double click on it.\r\nStep 3:\r\n\r\n→ In General Tab change startup type Manual to Automatic.\r\nStep 4:\r\n\r\n→ Now click on Log On Tab and mark on “This Account†and type your account name or browse to find your account name.\r\nStep 5:\r\n\r\n→ Now remove both hidden password and restart your PC.\r\n\r\nStep 6:\r\n\r\n→ Now Re install your Bluetooth drivers. You can download latest Bluetooth drivers from your PC official website.\r\nStep 7:\r\n\r\n→ If Bluetooth drivers not compatible with Windows 8.1 then follow simple steps.\r\nStep 7a:\r\n\r\n→ Go to RUN(Windows logo + R) and type “regedit†to open registry editor.\r\nStep 7b:\r\n\r\n→ In registry editor go to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/SOFTWARE/Microsoft/Windows NT/CurrentVersion\r\nStep 7c:\r\n\r\n→ In Current Version find Current version and change the value 6.3 to 6.2.\r\n\r\n→ Now check your Bluetooth device, If you have any question about this problem please comment below.\r\nhttp://www.wiknix.com/solved-bluetooth-device-not-working-in-windows-8-1/','Why Bluetooth Mouse Keeps On Disconnecting In Windows 8?','Bluetooth mouse disconnect device manager power setting manual automatic','',18,21,1,0,1,1500,'2023-09-09'),(136,'J = InStr(CODE2, \"## \" + \"##\") : CODE2 = Left(CODE2, J - 1)\r\nFor J = 0 To TMPA.Count - 1\r\n If InStr(CODE2, \"##\" + TMPA(J) + \"##\") = 0 Then NotFound = True : CODE2 = CODE2 + \"##\" + TMPA(J) + \"##\" + vbCR\r\nNext\r\nCODE2 = CODE2 + \"## \" + \"##\" + vbCR\r\nIf NotFound = True Then My.Computer.FileSystem.WriteAllText(Tree2 + Filename + \"Code.txx\", CODE2, append:=False)','GetElementById','javascript form tags id=\r\n\r\nSWD','',2,7,1,0,1,1010,'2023-09-09'),(137,'Windows 7 may differ the Windows 8 procedure.
\r\n- Log in to your skydrive account to get your cid:
\r\nFirst you need to get your cid= number after logging into your Microsoft Skydrive account using your browser. It will have a format like https://skydrive.live.com/?mkt=en-US&v=FirstRunView#cid=8aca12345b98765. Yours may be slightly different since this was the first time I logged in to my account, but the number at the end. \r\n - This is the url to map: https://d.docs.live.net/8aca12345b98765/ \r\n
- Open Windows File Explorer \r\n
- Highlight the word \"Computer\" on the left hand side. \r\n
- The network drive Icon will appear at the top middle. Click it. \r\n
- Use one of the higher drive letters and copy and past the new url into the folder box. Then save. \r\n
- Windows will try to connect if it can and prompt you for your windows live account user name and password \r\n
Now you can copy and save files to your new drive. Just remember the files will only write and read based on your internet connection and speed.
\r\n\r\nSimilar to windows 8 http://rashedtalukder.com/how-to-map-skydrive-folder-on-windows-rt-desktop-mode/','Access Skydrive Like You Would A Hard Drive','skydrive sky drive map network cid windows live account','',18,17,1,0,1,1136,'2023-09-09'),(138,'I create a top menu page for linking pages to a parent page but it causes problems when you want people to click on the sub menus only. \r\n\r\nWordPress 3.6 changed the appearance of this.\r\n\r\nAppearance > Menus > Edit Menus\r\nYou’ll have to create a new menu item in the “Links†box.\r\n\r\nThere should be a URL box and a Link Text box.\r\n\r\nWhat you’re wanting to do is just make the menu item a container only.\r\n\r\nIf you want a Navigation Menu Button to be just a container that does nothing except provide a container for a drop-down of other sub menu buttons just place the following in the URL section of the button/menu.\r\n\r\njavascript: void(0);\r\n\r\nor:\r\n\r\n#\r\n\r\nAdd to menu\r\n\r\nhttp://cyberchimps.com/guide/how-to-use-the-menu-system/\r\n\r\nhttp://cyberchimps.com/forum-topic/make-menu-items-inactive-but-clickable-for-the-drop-down-sub-menu/','Make The Top Menu Clickable Only','click-able click-able container menus link submenu sub menu','',22,3,1,0,1,1067,'2023-09-09'),(139,'\r\n
\r\n\r\nhttp://wpsites.net/web-design/how-to-create-a-custom-landing-page-template-for-genesis/','How To Create A Custom Landing Page Template Genesis Framework','genesis remove_action template genesis_ remove page content','Genesis Framework',16,3,0,0,1,1153,'2023-09-09'),(140,'Creating a child themes functions.php:\r\n\r\n \'Gray\', \'associate-green\' => \'Green\', \'associate-red\' => \'Red\' ) );\r\n\r\n/** Child theme (do not remove) */\r\ndefine( \'CHILD_THEME_NAME\', \'Associate Theme\' );\r\ndefine( \'CHILD_THEME_URL\', \'http://www.studiopress.com/themes/associate\' );\r\n\r\n$content_width = apply_filters( \'content_width\', 580, 0, 910 );\r\n\r\n/** Unregister 3-column site layouts */\r\ngenesis_unregister_layout( \'content-sidebar-sidebar\' );\r\ngenesis_unregister_layout( \'sidebar-sidebar-content\' );\r\ngenesis_unregister_layout( \'sidebar-content-sidebar\' );\r\n\r\n/** Add new featured image sizes */\r\nadd_image_size( \'home-bottom\', 150, 130, TRUE );\r\nadd_image_size( \'home-middle\', 287, 120, TRUE );\r\n\r\n/** Add suport for custom background */\r\nadd_custom_background();\r\n\r\n/** Add support for custom header */\r\nadd_theme_support( \'genesis-custom-header\', array( \'width\' => 960, \'height\' => 120 ) );\r\n\r\n/** Add support for structural wraps */\r\nadd_theme_support( \'genesis-structural-wraps\', array( \'header\', \'nav\', \'subnav\', \'inner\', \'footer-widgets\', \'footer\' ) );\r\n\r\n/** Add support for 3-column footer widgets */\r\nadd_theme_support( \'genesis-footer-widgets\', 3 );\r\n\r\n/** Register widget areas */\r\ngenesis_register_sidebar( array(\r\n \'id\' => \'featured\',\r\n \'name\' => __( \'Featured\', \'associate\' ),\r\n \'description\' => __( \'This is the featured section.\', \'associate\' ),\r\n) );\r\ngenesis_register_sidebar( array(\r\n \'id\' => \'home-middle-1\',\r\n \'name\' => __( \'Home Middle #1\', \'associate\' ),\r\n \'description\' => __( \'This is the first column of the home middle section.\', \'associate\' ),\r\n) );\r\ngenesis_register_sidebar( array(\r\n \'id\' => \'home-middle-2\',\r\n \'name\' => __( \'Home Middle #2\', \'associate\' ),\r\n \'description\' => __( \'This is the second column of the home middle section.\', \'associate\' ),\r\n) );\r\ngenesis_register_sidebar( array(\r\n \'id\' => \'home-middle-3\',\r\n \'name\' => __( \'Home Middle #3\', \'associate\' ),\r\n \'description\' => __( \'This is the third column of the home middle section.\', \'associate\' ),\r\n) );\r\ngenesis_register_sidebar( array(\r\n \'id\' => \'home-bottom-1\',\r\n \'name\' => __( \'Home Bottom #1\', \'associate\' ),\r\n \'description\' => __( \'This is the first column of the home bottom section.\', \'associate\' ),\r\n) );\r\ngenesis_register_sidebar( array(\r\n \'id\' => \'home-bottom-2\',\r\n \'name\' => __( \'Home Bottom #2\', \'associate\' ),\r\n \'description\' => __( \'This is the second column of the home bottom section.\', \'associate\' ),\r\n) );','Register Widget Areas In Your Admin Cpanel Genesis Framework','widget areas register add_theme_support CHILD_THEME_NAME genesis_unregister_layout genesis_register_','Genesis Framework',16,3,0,0,1,764,'2023-09-09'),(141,'How to add widget area\r\n\r\n Author: Chris Diaz\r\n Posted on: April 7, 2011\r\n Relation: Layout\r\n Complexity: Advanced\r\n Tags: widget, WordPress\r\n\r\nRating: 3.3/5 (2 votes cast)\r\n \r\nHow to add widget area in WordPress\r\n\r\nThis tutorial will show you how to create new widget area in WordPress. Any widget in WordPress template could be displayed in any place on the page. This could be done using WordPress widget areas.\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nTo add widget area access to your WordPress installation folder.\r\n\r\n1. Open ‘wp-content/themes/theme###’ folder.\r\n\r\n2. View the functions.php file\r\n\r\n3. Use search tool (CTRL+F) and search for ‘widget’. You can fund the following lines:\r\n\r\nHere you can see that widgets are defined in the sidebar-init.php file\r\n?\r\n1\r\n2\r\n \r\n//Widget and Sidebar\r\nrequire_once $includes_path . \'sidebar-init.php\';\r\n\r\nThis line defines the $includes_path variable value.\r\n?\r\n1\r\n \r\n$includes_path = TEMPLATEPATH . \'/includes/\';\r\n\r\nThese lines shows you that the widgets are defined in the wp-content/themes/theme###/includes/sidebar-init.php file\r\n\r\n4. Open sidebar-init.php file. All widget areas are defined here. The following code is used to define wach area:\r\n?\r\n1\r\n2\r\n3\r\n4\r\n5\r\n6\r\n7\r\n8\r\n9\r\n \r\n register_sidebar(array(\r\n \'name\' => \'Sidebar 2\',\r\n \'id\' => \'sidebar-2\',\r\n \'description\' => __( \'Located at the right side of pages.\'),\r\n \'before_widget\' => \'Creating page \r\ntemplates in Genesis is fairly easy. All you need to do is copy an \r\nexisting page template like the page_landing.php file and make changes \r\nto the code in the file.
\r\nBy default, most landing page templates generate a content area which\r\n is fairly narrow which you can change in your themes style.css file or \r\nuse this code to create a new one.
\r\nIn this tutorial, i’ll show you how to create both a full width \r\nlanding template and a narrow width template for people who use the Genesis design framework.
\r\n\r\nWide Landing Page Template\r\n
\r\nSimply create a new file using a code editor like Notepad++ and name it something like page_custom.php.
\r\nPaste in this code and upload the new file to your themes folder.
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nHere’s what the above code produces using the Metro child theme by StudioPress:
\r\n\r\n\r\n![](\"http://wpsites.net/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/wide-landing-page.png\")
\r\n\r\n
You can style your landing page using the new custom class generated by this code.
\r\n\r\nNarrow Landing Page Template\r\n
\r\nThe CSS code below creates a template with a narrow content area otherwise use the PHP code above without any styling.
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n.custom-landing #wrap {\r\n max-width: 500px;\r\n}\r\n\r\n.custom-landing #inner {\r\n padding-top: 0;\r\n}\r\n\r\nAfter adding the above CSS code, here’s the result:
\r\n\r\n\r\n![](\"http://wpsites.net/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/narrow-landing-page.png\")
\r\n\r\n
\r\nAdjust Width\r\n
\r\nSimply use this code in your child themes style.css file to adjust the width of your landing page content area by percentage:
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n.custom-landing #wrap {\r\n max-width: 100%;\r\n}\r\n\r\n\r\nPremium Landing Page Plugins\r\n
\r\n\',\r\n \'after_widget\' => \'
\',\r\n \'before_title\' => \'\',\r\n \'after_title\' => \'
\',\r\n));\r\n\r\nTo register new widget area copy the code above and paste it before the closing ‘}’ bracket\r\n\r\nChange the ‘name’, ‘id’ and ‘description’ values.\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\n5. Now you can insert the widget area to any part of the template. Go back to the ‘wp-content/themes/theme###‘ folder. You can insert the area to any layout file:\r\n\r\n header.php\r\n footer.php\r\n single.php\r\n category.php\r\n index.php\r\n sidebar.php etc\r\n\r\n6. Paste the following code to the required place to insert the widget area.\r\n?\r\n1\r\n \r\n \r\n\r\nReplace ‘New Widget Area’ with your widget area name.\r\n\r\n7. If everything has been done correctly the new widget area would be available from the WordPress admin panel Appearance>Widgets (right column) .','Register Widget Areas In Your Admin Cpanel','widget area register_sidebar functions.php admin','',22,3,0,0,1,1238,'2023-09-09'),(142,'I had difficulty using mkdir() function until I set the above folder permission to 777. So anytime you write files or create directories using php, check your folder permissions using your cpanel\'s file manager. 755 did not help only 777 would work for me.\r\n\r\n$topDir=dirname(__FILE__);\r\n$folder0=\"/\".$PHPfolder;\r\n$source_dir = $topDir.\"/\"; //.$folder0.\"/\";\r\nif(is_dir($topDir.\"/BACKED\")==false){ mkdir($topDir.\"/BACKED\", 0777,true); }','Warning: Mkdir() [function.mkdir]: Permission Denied','mkdir permission denied 777','',1,9,1,0,1,1196,'2023-09-09'),(143,'http://www.dreamincode.net/forums/topic/59527-make-a-program-to-run-in-the-background/
\r\n\r\nThis tutorial deals with how to make a standard VB.NET application run \r\nin the background, like a process. By background i mean that the \r\napplication will have no interface (form or console) and will run from a\r\n Sub Main(), but will not terminate once all the code in Main has \r\nexecuted. That means your program will run like a normal form \r\napplication, and will only exit when told to. First, create a standard \r\nWindows Form application. Then, go to the solution explorer, and double \r\nclick on the item that says My Project.\r\n[attachment=7480:attachment]
\r\nOnce that is opened, you should see something like this
\r\n[attachment=7484:attachment]
\r\nThere are a few very simple things you need to change there. First, \r\nuncheck the box that says \"Enable Application Framework\". Then, go to \r\nthe box that says \"Startup Object:\" and change that to Sub Main. Then, \r\ndelete the form that was put in your application automatically. By now, \r\nyou should notice that there is no startup object in your application. \r\nIn fact, there is no Code in your application. So, you need to add a Sub Main in. Add a new module to your application (call it anything you want). Then, add this sub into your module:
\r\n
1 | Sub Main() |
2 | \'This will execute when your application |
3 | \'starts up. This is the equivilent of a |
4 | \'Form_Load event in a form application. |
5 | \'Put whatever code you want in this sub, |
6 | \'but make sure you end it with this statement: |
7 | Application.Run() |
8 | End Sub |
\r\nLet me explain exactly what this is doing. When you changed the startup \r\nobject to Sub Main, you application will execute from a Main routine, \r\nlike a console application, so what is stopping it from showing a \r\nconsole window? Notice the box that says \"Application Type:\". You will \r\nsee that that is set to \"Windows Form Application\". When you create a \r\nconsole application, that box is set to \"Console Application\". When you \r\ncreate any windows form application, there, of course, is no console \r\nwindow. That is because the application has a type of \"Windows Form \r\nApplication\", which basically means your application will not show a \r\nconsole. Of course, in Consle Applications, there are no forms. So what \r\nhappens when you application\'s type is Windows Form Application, and \r\nthere is no form in it? Your program will have no interface at all. But,\r\n even though your application is called a Windows Form Application, it \r\nwill still exit once all the code in Sub Main has executed, like a \r\nconsole application. To prevent that, you must have a line at the end of your Main routine that says Application.Run().\r\n That line will prevent your application from closing right after Main \r\nhas finished. Now, it will run like a standard form application, just \r\nwith no form, and the only way you can close it is with an Application.Exit()\r\n call. And it\'s as simple as that. You can treat the module your main \r\nroutine is in as if it was the code for your form. The only difference \r\nis, there is no form, and you can\'t add controls to it in the designer \r\n(because there is no interface there to design). So, for example, if you\r\n wanted to add a timer to your application, you can\'t just drag-and-drop\r\n it on the form, you have to get down and dirty and add it in manually, \r\nwith something like this
\r\n
1 | Friend WithEvents Timer1 As New Timer() |
\r\nThat will create a timer object, exactly as if it was created by the \r\ndesigner. To add a tick event handler for it, go to the box near the \r\ntop-left of the code editor. Select the item that says \"Timer1\", or \r\nwhatever you called your timer. Then, select the box next to it and it \r\nwill show a list of events for that control. Click the one you want, \r\nTick in this case, and it will add an event handler for that event \r\ndirectly into your code.\r\n\r\nPrivate Sub laPath_DoubleClick(sender As Object, e As EventArgs) Handles laPath.DoubleClick\r\n Dim filePath As String = laPath.Text \'Example file\r\n Process.Start(\"explorer.exe\", \"/select,\" & filePath) : Application.DoEvents()\r\nEnd Sub','Have Application Run In The Background','application background process file explorer','',15,20,1,0,1,1215,'2023-09-09'),(144,'Find the READING section of SETTINGS in the admin. make sure the search engine box is not checked if you want to be searched.\r\n
| Search Engine Visibility | \r\n\r\n |
|---|
Renters
\";\r\n\r\n}\r\n?>\r\nOf course you can use your own menu links. Your admin will load externally to bypass wordpress style sheet. \r\n\r\nMy non wordpress admin needed to be modified to see if is linked via wordpress admin to bypass my login and use the wordpress login. Again your way of connecting to the database will be different from mine.\r\n// start my crap here\r\nsession_start();\r\ninclude(\"config.php\");\r\n// end my crap here\r\n// add wordpress info\r\nrequire_once(\"../wp-load.php\");\r\nif(!is_user_logged_in() && $bypass!=true){\r\necho \"This site is under construction\"; exit;\r\n} else $wordpress=true;\r\nif($wordpress==false){\r\n// end wordpress info\r\n// start my crap here\r\n $db = mysql_pconnect($server, $user,$password);\r\n if (!$db){\r\n echo \'Error: Could not connect to database. Please try again later.\'; exit;\r\n }\r\n mysql_select_db($database);\r\n if($pageLevel==\'\')$pageLevel=3;\r\n if($LEVEL<$pageLevel && $bypass!=true){\r\n echo \"\";\r\n echo \"You need to login with more security.Click here to continue.\";$_SESSION[\'LEVEL\']=\'\';exit;\r\n }\r\n}else $_SESSION[\'LEVEL\']=10;\r\n// end my crap here. I just check to see if $wordpress is true and set the permission using wordpress login data','Link Your Admin Inside Of Wordpress Admin','plug-in plug in admin panel link admin','Custom',9,22,0,0,1,725,'2023-09-09'),(146,'get_site_url()\r\n\r\nget_theme_root_uri(), get_stylesheet(), get_stylesheet_uri(), get_stylesheet_directory(), get_stylesheet_directory_uri(), get_bloginfo() \r\n\r\n\r\nWordPress Directories: \r\n\r\n home_url() Home URL http://www.example.com \r\n site_url() Site directory URL http://www.example.com or http://www.example.com/wordpress \r\n admin_url() Admin directory URL http://www.example.com/wp-admin \r\n includes_url() Includes directory URL http://www.example.com/wp-includes \r\n content_url() Content directory URL http://www.example.com/wp-content \r\n plugins_url() Plugins directory URL http://www.example.com/wp-content/plugins \r\n theme_url() Themes directory URL (#18302) http://www.example.com/wp-content/themes \r\n wp_upload_dir() Upload directory URL (returns an array) http://www.example.com/wp-content/uploads \r\n\r\nCategories: \r\n\r\nWordPress Constants\r\n\r\nHere are some of the constants and how they are used. There are probably a few that I missed. I’ll add to this as I find more.\r\nSecurity Constants\r\n\r\nThese constants are declared in wp-config.php and are required for the normal operation of WordPress. All of these constants are 64 character random strings and are used for hashes, nonces and other security purposes. Each installation of WordPress should use different strings to ensure that your site is harder to “hack.†If you haven’t already changed your security keys, you can use WordPress’s online security key generator.\r\n\r\n AUTH_KEY — Used for authenticating a user and setting cookies.\r\n SECURE_AUTH_KEY — Used for authenticating a user and setting cookies under the https protocol.\r\n LOGGED_IN_KEY — Used for marking a user’s cookie data as logged in.\r\n NONCE_KEY — Used for creating Nonces, which are used as one-time values to ensure that humans are entering data in forms.\r\n AUTH_SALT — Used to “salt†the authentication data. Salts are random data added to passwords, keys and other data to make them harder to guess.\r\n SECURE_AUTH_SALT — Used to “salt†the secure authentication data.\r\n LOGGED_IN_SALT — Used to “salt†the logged in cookie data.\r\n NONCE_SALT — Used to “salt†the nonce data.\r\n\r\nDatabase Constants\r\n\r\nThese are used to declare your database connection information. If you ever need to change your database password or location, you can effect this by editing your wp-config.php file and change these values:\r\n\r\n DB_NAME — The name of your database.\r\n DB_USER — The user name for your database connection.\r\n DB_PASSWORD — The password for your database connection.\r\n DB_HOST — The host name, or computer name where your database server is located.\r\n DB_CHARSET — The character set used when creating tables in your database. Unless you have a specific requirement for something else, this should have a value of ‘utf8?.\r\n DB_COLLATE — The collation (sorting) type to use for indexed data in your tables. This should be left empty unless you have a specific requirement otherwise.\r\n\r\nOther wp-config.php Constants\r\n\r\nThese are the last few constants that are normally declared in wp-config.php:\r\n\r\n COOKIE_DOMAIN — Specifies the domain set in cookies for those with unusual domain configurations. This can help to prevent cookies being sent with requests for static content. Example: define(‘COOKIE_DOMAIN’, ‘www.staticdomain.com’);.\r\n WP_DEBUG — Sets WordPress’s “debug†mode on or off. Normally, this is set to false. Changing it to define(‘WP_DEBUG’, true); will turn on debug mode. This can be useful if you need to track down errors.\r\n WP_HOME — This overrides the configuration setting for the home url, but doesn’t change it permanently. This should include the http:// prefix, as in: define(‘WP_HOME’, ‘http://domain.com/optionalsubdirectory’);.\r\n WP_SITEURL — Declares the site’s URL. This defines the address where your WordPress code files reside. It should include the http:// prefix. An example would be: define(‘WP_SITEURL’, ‘http://mydomain.com’);.\r\n WPLANG — Used to localize your WordPress install. This should be left empty for a default language of American English. If you need to localize your WordPress installation, you need to change this and install a corresponding MO file for your language. For example, changing this to: define(‘WPLANG’, ‘de_DE’); will set your language to German.\r\n DISABLE_WP_CRON — Used to turn off WP Cron tasks that are initiated y a page load. When this is disabled, it is recommended to set up a separate Cron job to run the wp-cron.php script on a regular basis in order to still have cron-related operations run.\r\n\r\nSystem Constants\r\n\r\nThese constants are set to describe the state of how WordPress handles various requests.\r\n\r\n APP_REQUEST — Set within wp-app.php to indicate that WordPress is handling an Atom Publishing Protocol request. \r\n\r\nDefault Constants\r\n\r\nThese values are declared in the wp-includes/default-constants.php file. You to change these settings, add them to your wp-config.php file so they are declared before the wp-includes/default-constants.php file is loaded.\r\n\r\n ADMIN_COOKIE_PATH — Sets the cookie path for admin-based cookies. If not already defined, this will take the value: define(‘ADMIN_COOKIE_PATH’, SITECOOKIEPATH . ‘wp-admin’);\r\n AUTH_COOKIE — Sets the authentication cookie name. If not already set, will be: define(‘AUTH_COOKIE’, ‘wordpress_’ . COOKIEHASH);\r\n COOKIEHASH — Defines an MD5 hash of the site’s domain name for use in user and password cookie names.\r\n COOKIEPATH — Defines the path name to be used in setting and retrieving cookies. If not already set, will be the domain name in which WordPress is installed. On MultiSite installs, will be the subdomain name, or the domain name including the directory of the Site.\r\n FORCE_SSL_ADMIN — Enforces the use of SSL for Admin access. Normally, this is disabled. To force SSL for all Admin pages, you can: define(‘FORCE_SSL_ADMIN’, true);\r\n FORCE_SSL_LOGIN — Enforces the use of SSL for site logins. Normally, this is disabled. To force SSL for login requests, you can: define(‘FORCE_SSL_LOGIN’, true);\r\n SITECOOKIEPATH — Sets the cookie path for normal site cookies. If not set, this will take the value define(‘SITECOOKIEPATH’, preg_replace(‘|https?://[^/]+|i’, â€, get_option(‘siteurl’) . ‘/’ ) );\r\n WP_CONTENT_DIR — Sets the name of the content directory. Normally, this is ‘wp-content’. To change this, you can: define(‘WP_CONTENT_DIR’, ‘mycontentdirectory’); This can also be obtained by using plugin_dir_path()\r\n WP_CONTENT_URL — Sets the URL for the content directory references. if you change the WP_CONTENT_DIR, you will also need to change this to match the directory name for http requests.\r\n WP_DEBUG_DISPLAY — Controls display of errors. The default is to use the display_errors setting and not force errors to be displayed. To force errors to display, you can: define(‘WP_DEBUG_DISPLAY’, true);\r\n WP_DEBUG_LOG — Controls error logging to the file wp-content/debug.log. The default is no logging. To change this, you can: define(‘WP_DEBUG_LOG’, true);\r\n WP_DEFAULT_THEME — Sets the default theme. The current version of WordPress assumes a default theme of ‘twentyeleven’. If you want to change this, you can: define(‘WP_DEFAULT_THEME’, ‘mydefaulttheme’);\r\n WP_PLUGIN_DIR — Sets the directory for plugin files. The default is ‘plugins’. To change this, you can: define(‘WP_PLUGIN_DIR’, ‘/newplugindir’);\r\n WP_PLUGIN_URL — Sets the URL for the plugin directory. If you change the WP_PLUGIN_DIR, you will also need to change this to match the directory name for http requests. If you have compatibility issues with some plugins, you can set an additional value, as in: define(‘PLUGINDIR’, ‘/wpdir/wp-content/plugins’);.\r\n WPMU_PLUGIN_DIR — Sets the directory to store the Must Use plugins. The default location is /mu-plugins. To change this, you can: define(‘WPMU_PLUGIN_DIR’, ‘/requiredplugins’);\r\n WPMU_PLUGIN_URL — Sets the URL for the Must Use plugin directory. If you change the WPMU_PLUGIN_DIR, you will also need to change this to match the directory name for http requests.\r\n\r\nCapability Settings\r\n\r\nThese can be used to control certain behaviors that users are allowed to perform. Some of these are confusing because you are turning “on†the ability to “disallow†a feature. So be careful on how you’re declaring these values. Most of these are used in the wp-includes/capabilities.php file, but if you want to change the settings, you should add your settings to your wp-config.php file.\r\n\r\n ALLOW_UNFILTERED_UPLOADS — Allows unfiltered uploads. You can: define(‘ALLOW_UNFILTERED_UPLOADS’, true); to enable users to upload files without filtering. Be careful: this is a potential security risk.\r\n DISALLOW_FILE_EDIT — Allows users to edit theme and plugin files. If you do not want your users to be able to edit these files, you can change this: define(‘DISALLOW_FILE_EDIT’, true);\r\n DISALLOW_FILE_MODS — Allows users to update theme and plugin files via the WordPress Repository. If you do not want your users to be able to update their WordPress install, you can change this: define(‘DISALLOW_FILE_MODS’, true);\r\n DISALLOW_UNFILTERED_HTML — Disables the ability to allow unfiltered HTML. Using define(‘DISALLOW_UNFILTERED_HTML’, false); will turn off the ability to allow unfiltered HTML.\r\n WP_CACHE — Enables the built-in WordPress caching capability. If you want to enable this caching, you can: define(‘WP_CACHE’, true);\r\n WP_USE_THEMES — Declared in /index.php. Tells WordPress whether or not use load it’s template engine. If you want access to WordPress APIs but don’t want or need the overhead of the template engine, define this to false: define(‘WP_USE_THEMES’, false);\r\n\r\nScript Control\r\n\r\nThese settings control how scripts (Javascript and CSS) are handled by the system.\r\n\r\n COMPRESS_CSS — Compresses CSS. To enable CSS compression, you can: define(‘COMPRESS_CSS’, true);\r\n COMPRESS_SCRIPTS — Compresses scripts. To enable compression, you can: define(‘COMPRESS_SCRIPTS’, true);\r\n CONCATENATE_SCRIPTS — Concatenates Javascript and CSS files. To enable, you can define(‘CONCATENATE_SCRIPTS’, true);\r\n ENFORCE_GZIP — Forces gzip for compressoin of data sent to browsers. The default setting is to use the mod_deflate Apache module. If your host does not have this installed, you can: SCRIPT_DEBUG — Include the development (or non-minified) versions of all Javascript and CSS files. It also disabled compression and concatenation. To enable, you can: define(‘SCRIPT_DEBUG’, true);\r\n\r\nOptimization Settings\r\n\r\nThese values can be used to control and optimize your WordPress install.\r\n\r\n AUTOSAVE_INTERVAL — Sets the interval for saving revisions while editing posts.\r\n CORE_UPGRADE_SKIP_NEW_BUNDLED — Enables skipping of theme and plugin updates when upgrading WordPress.\r\n DOING_AJAX — Set to TRUE when processing an AJAX request.\r\n EMPTY_TRASH_DAYS — Sets the number of days before trashed items are removed.\r\n IMAGE_EDIT_OVERWRITE — Allows overwriting images when editing them.\r\n MEDIA_TRASH — Enables the trash function for Media files.\r\n WP_MEMORY_LIMIT — Sets the memory limit used.\r\n WP_MAX_MEMORY_LIMIT — Controls the maximum memory size used. Some WordPress processes require more memory. This setting controls the upper limit used by these high memory use procedures.\r\n SHORTINIT — Turns on only the core WordPress functions. Often used when interfacing to other platforms.\r\n WP_POST_REVISIONS — Sets the maximum number of revisions to save. If set to FALSE it will be unlimited, an integer set the maximum number of revisions to save.\r\n\r\nMultiSite Settings\r\n\r\nThese values control how WordPress MultiSite behaves.\r\n\r\n NOBLOGREDIRECT — Sets the URL to redirect visitors to when they request a non-existent MultiSite blog. The default is ‘%siteurl%’, which is the default site. If you wish to use a different location, you can: define(‘NOBLOGREDIRECT’, ‘mynewdomain.com’);\r\n WP_ALLOW_MULTISITE — Turns on MultiSite. Just enabling this using define(‘WP_ALLOW_MULTISITE’, true); does not by itself make your WordPress install a MultiSite install. It just starts the process. When you add this to your wp-config.php file, it turns on the Network menu in the Admin. This allows you to make certain choices and continue the setup process for your MultiSite install.\r\n WPMU_ACCEL_REDIRECT — When using Apache X-Sendfile for quicker loading, this helps you turn it on natively in WordPress for MultiSites. To enable, you can: define(‘WPMU_ACCEL_REDIRECT’, true);\r\n\r\n\r\n ABSPATH Definitions: 5 References: 597\r\n ADMIN_COOKIE_PATH Definitions: 3 References: 8\r\n AKISMET_DELETE_LIMIT Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n AKISMET_VERSION Definitions: 1 References: 8\r\n AKISMET__MINIMUM_WP_VERSION Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n AKISMET__PLUGIN_DIR Definitions: 1 References: 7\r\n AKISMET__PLUGIN_URL Definitions: 1 References: 5\r\n ARRAY_A Definitions: 1 References: 71\r\n ARRAY_N Definitions: 1 References: 16\r\n ATOM Definitions: 1 References: 10\r\n AUTH_COOKIE Definitions: 1 References: 12\r\n AUTH_KEY Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n AUTH_SALT Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n AUTOSAVE_INTERVAL Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n BACKGROUND_COLOR Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n BACKGROUND_IMAGE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n BLOGUPLOADDIR Definitions: 1 References: 5\r\n BLOG_ID_CURRENT_SITE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n COMMENTS_TEMPLATE Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n COOKIEHASH Definitions: 2 References: 29\r\n COOKIEPATH Definitions: 2 References: 17\r\n COOKIE_DOMAIN Definitions: 3 References: 28\r\n CRLF Definitions: 1 References: 37\r\n CUSTOM_TAGS Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n DAY_IN_SECONDS Definitions: 1 References: 33\r\n DB_CHARSET Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n DB_COLLATE Definitions: 1 References: 6\r\n DB_HOST Definitions: 2 References: 4\r\n DB_NAME Definitions: 2 References: 5\r\n DB_PASSWORD Definitions: 2 References: 4\r\n DB_USER Definitions: 2 References: 4\r\n DOING_AJAX Definitions: 2 References: 34\r\n DOING_AUTOSAVE Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n DOING_CRON Definitions: 1 References: 24\r\n DOMAIN_CURRENT_SITE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_ASPECTRATIOTYPE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_ATTACHEDFILE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_ATTACHMENTLINK Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_ATTACHMENTS Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_AUDIO Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n EBML_ID_BITDEPTH Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CHANNELPOSITIONS Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CHANNELS Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CHAPCOUNTRY Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CHAPLANGUAGE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CHAPPROCESS Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_CHAPPROCESSCODECID Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_CHAPPROCESSCOMMAND Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_CHAPPROCESSDATA Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_CHAPPROCESSPRIVATE Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_CHAPPROCESSTIME Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_CHAPSTRING Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CHAPTERATOM Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n EBML_ID_CHAPTERDISPLAY Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n EBML_ID_CHAPTERFLAGENABLED Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CHAPTERFLAGHIDDEN Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CHAPTERPHYSICALEQUIV Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_CHAPTERS Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CHAPTERSEGMENTEDITIONUID Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CHAPTERSEGMENTUID Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CHAPTERTIMEEND Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CHAPTERTIMESTART Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CHAPTERTRACK Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n EBML_ID_CHAPTERTRACKNUMBER Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CHAPTERTRANSLATE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CHAPTERTRANSLATECODEC Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CHAPTERTRANSLATEEDITIONUID Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CHAPTERTRANSLATEID Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CHAPTERUID Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CLUSTER Definitions: 1 References: 5\r\n EBML_ID_CLUSTERBLOCK Definitions: 1 References: 5\r\n EBML_ID_CLUSTERBLOCKADDID Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_CLUSTERBLOCKADDITIONAL Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_CLUSTERBLOCKADDITIONID Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_CLUSTERBLOCKADDITIONS Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_CLUSTERBLOCKDURATION Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CLUSTERBLOCKGROUP Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n EBML_ID_CLUSTERBLOCKMORE Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_CLUSTERBLOCKVIRTUAL Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_CLUSTERCODECSTATE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CLUSTERDELAY Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_CLUSTERDURATION Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_CLUSTERENCRYPTEDBLOCK Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_CLUSTERFRAMENUMBER Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_CLUSTERLACENUMBER Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_CLUSTERPOSITION Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CLUSTERPREVSIZE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CLUSTERREFERENCEBLOCK Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CLUSTERREFERENCEPRIORITY Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CLUSTERREFERENCEVIRTUAL Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_CLUSTERSILENTTRACKNUMBER Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CLUSTERSILENTTRACKS Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n EBML_ID_CLUSTERSIMPLEBLOCK Definitions: 1 References: 7\r\n EBML_ID_CLUSTERSLICES Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_CLUSTERTIMECODE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CLUSTERTIMESLICE Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_CODECDECODEALL Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CODECDOWNLOADURL Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_CODECID Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CODECINFOURL Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_CODECNAME Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CODECPRIVATE Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n EBML_ID_CODECSETTINGS Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_COLOURSPACE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CONTENTCOMPALGO Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CONTENTCOMPRESSION Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n EBML_ID_CONTENTCOMPSETTINGS Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CONTENTENCALGO Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CONTENTENCKEYID Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CONTENTENCODING Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CONTENTENCODINGORDER Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CONTENTENCODINGS Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n EBML_ID_CONTENTENCODINGSCOPE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CONTENTENCODINGTYPE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CONTENTENCRYPTION Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n EBML_ID_CONTENTSIGALGO Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CONTENTSIGHASHALGO Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CONTENTSIGKEYID Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CONTENTSIGNATURE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CRC32 Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CUEBLOCKNUMBER Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CUECLUSTERPOSITION Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CUECODECSTATE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CUEPOINT Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CUEREFCLUSTER Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_CUEREFCODECSTATE Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_CUEREFERENCE Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_CUEREFNUMBER Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_CUEREFTIME Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_CUES Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CUETIME Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CUETRACK Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_CUETRACKPOSITIONS Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n EBML_ID_DATEUTC Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_DEFAULTDURATION Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_DISPLAYHEIGHT Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_DISPLAYUNIT Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_DISPLAYWIDTH Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_DOCTYPE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_DOCTYPEREADVERSION Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_DOCTYPEVERSION Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_DURATION Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_EBML Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_EBMLMAXIDLENGTH Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_EBMLMAXSIZELENGTH Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_EBMLREADVERSION Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_EBMLVERSION Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_EDITIONENTRY Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_EDITIONFLAGDEFAULT Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_EDITIONFLAGHIDDEN Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_EDITIONFLAGORDERED Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_EDITIONUID Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_FILEDATA Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n EBML_ID_FILEDESCRIPTION Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_FILEMIMETYPE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_FILENAME Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_FILEREFERRAL Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_FILEUID Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_FLAGDEFAULT Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_FLAGENABLED Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_FLAGFORCED Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_FLAGINTERLACED Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_FLAGLACING Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_GAMMAVALUE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_INFO Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_LANGUAGE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_MAXBLOCKADDITIONID Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_MAXCACHE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_MINCACHE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_MUXINGAPP Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_NAME Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_NEXTFILENAME Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_NEXTUID Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_OLDSTEREOMODE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_OUTPUTSAMPLINGFREQUENCY Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_PIXELCROPBOTTOM Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_PIXELCROPLEFT Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_PIXELCROPRIGHT Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_PIXELCROPTOP Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_PIXELHEIGHT Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_PIXELWIDTH Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_PREVFILENAME Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_PREVUID Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_SAMPLINGFREQUENCY Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_SEEK Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_SEEKHEAD Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_SEEKID Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_SEEKPOSITION Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_SEGMENT Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_SEGMENTFAMILY Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_SEGMENTFILENAME Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_SEGMENTUID Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_SIMPLETAG Definitions: 1 References: 5\r\n EBML_ID_STEREOMODE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_TAG Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_TAGATTACHMENTUID Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_TAGBINARY Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_TAGCHAPTERUID Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_TAGDEFAULT Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_TAGEDITIONUID Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_TAGLANGUAGE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_TAGNAME Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_TAGS Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_TAGSTRING Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_TAGTRACKUID Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_TARGETS Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_TARGETTYPE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_TARGETTYPEVALUE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_TIMECODESCALE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_TITLE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_TRACKENTRY Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_TRACKNUMBER Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_TRACKOFFSET Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_TRACKOVERLAY Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_TRACKS Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_TRACKTIMECODESCALE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_TRACKTRANSLATE Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_TRACKTRANSLATECODEC Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_TRACKTRANSLATEEDITIONUID Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_TRACKTRANSLATETRACKID Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EBML_ID_TRACKTYPE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_TRACKUID Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_VIDEO Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n EBML_ID_VOID Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EBML_ID_WRITINGAPP Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EMPTY_TRASH_DAYS Definitions: 1 References: 28\r\n EP_ALL Definitions: 1 References: 1\r\n EP_ALL_ARCHIVES Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n EP_ATTACHMENT Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EP_AUTHORS Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EP_CATEGORIES Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EP_COMMENTS Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EP_DATE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EP_DAY Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EP_MONTH Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EP_NONE Definitions: 1 References: 6\r\n EP_PAGES Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n EP_PERMALINK Definitions: 1 References: 5\r\n EP_ROOT Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n EP_SEARCH Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EP_TAGS Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EP_YEAR Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n EZSQL_VERSION Definitions: 1 References: 1\r\n FORCE_SSL_ADMIN Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n FORCE_SSL_LOGIN Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n FS_CHMOD_DIR Definitions: 1 References: 17\r\n FS_CHMOD_FILE Definitions: 1 References: 21\r\n FS_CONNECT_TIMEOUT Definitions: 1 References: 5\r\n FS_TIMEOUT Definitions: 2 References: 8\r\n FTP_ASCII Definitions: 1 References: 21\r\n FTP_AUTOASCII Definitions: 1 References: 9\r\n FTP_BINARY Definitions: 1 References: 19\r\n FTP_FORCE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n GETID3_FLV_TAG_AUDIO Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n GETID3_FLV_TAG_META Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n GETID3_FLV_TAG_VIDEO Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n GETID3_FLV_VIDEO_H263 Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n GETID3_FLV_VIDEO_H264 Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n GETID3_FLV_VIDEO_SCREEN Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n GETID3_FLV_VIDEO_SCREENV2 Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n GETID3_FLV_VIDEO_VP6FLV Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n GETID3_FLV_VIDEO_VP6FLV_ALPHA Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n GETID3_HELPERAPPSDIR Definitions: 1 References: 11\r\n GETID3_INCLUDEPATH Definitions: 1 References: 24\r\n GETID3_MP3_VALID_CHECK_FRAMES Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n GETID3_OS_ISWINDOWS Definitions: 1 References: 7\r\n GETID3_TEMP_DIR Definitions: 1 References: 6\r\n H264_AVC_SEQUENCE_HEADER Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n H264_PROFILE_BASELINE Definitions: 1 References: 1\r\n H264_PROFILE_EXTENDED Definitions: 1 References: 1\r\n H264_PROFILE_HIGH Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n H264_PROFILE_HIGH10 Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n H264_PROFILE_HIGH422 Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n H264_PROFILE_HIGH444 Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n H264_PROFILE_HIGH444_PREDICTIVE Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n H264_PROFILE_MAIN Definitions: 1 References: 1\r\n HEADER_IMAGE Definitions: 3 References: 5\r\n HEADER_IMAGE_HEIGHT Definitions: 3 References: 7\r\n HEADER_IMAGE_WIDTH Definitions: 3 References: 10\r\n HEADER_TEXTCOLOR Definitions: 3 References: 7\r\n HOUR_IN_SECONDS Definitions: 1 References: 45\r\n IFRAME_REQUEST Definitions: 8 References: 12\r\n IS_PROFILE_PAGE Definitions: 2 References: 24\r\n LANGDIR Definitions: 2 References: 4\r\n LOGGED_IN_COOKIE Definitions: 1 References: 12\r\n LOGGED_IN_KEY Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n LOGGED_IN_SALT Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n MAGPIE_CACHE_AGE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n MAGPIE_CACHE_DIR Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n MAGPIE_CACHE_FRESH_ONLY Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n MAGPIE_CACHE_ON Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n MAGPIE_DEBUG Definitions: 1 References: 10\r\n MAGPIE_FETCH_TIME_OUT Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n MAGPIE_INITALIZED Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n MAGPIE_USER_AGENT Definitions: 2 References: 3\r\n MAGPIE_USE_GZIP Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n MEDIA_TRASH Definitions: 1 References: 13\r\n MINUTE_IN_SECONDS Definitions: 1 References: 9\r\n MULTISITE Definitions: 2 References: 12\r\n MUPLUGINDIR Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n NONCE_KEY Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n NONCE_SALT Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n NO_HEADER_TEXT Definitions: 2 References: 4\r\n OBJECT Definitions: 1 References: 44\r\n OBJECT_K Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n PASS_COOKIE Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n PATH_CURRENT_SITE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n PCLZIP_ATT_FILE_COMMENT Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n PCLZIP_ATT_FILE_CONTENT Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n PCLZIP_ATT_FILE_MTIME Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n PCLZIP_ATT_FILE_NAME Definitions: 1 References: 6\r\n PCLZIP_ATT_FILE_NEW_FULL_NAME Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n PCLZIP_ATT_FILE_NEW_SHORT_NAME Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n PCLZIP_CB_POST_ADD Definitions: 1 References: 7\r\n PCLZIP_CB_POST_DELETE Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n PCLZIP_CB_POST_EXTRACT Definitions: 1 References: 13\r\n PCLZIP_CB_POST_LIST Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n PCLZIP_CB_PRE_ADD Definitions: 1 References: 7\r\n PCLZIP_CB_PRE_DELETE Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n PCLZIP_CB_PRE_EXTRACT Definitions: 1 References: 13\r\n PCLZIP_CB_PRE_LIST Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n PCLZIP_ERROR_EXTERNAL Definitions: 1 References: 6\r\n PCLZIP_ERR_ALREADY_A_DIRECTORY Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n PCLZIP_ERR_BAD_CHECKSUM Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n PCLZIP_ERR_BAD_EXTENSION Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n PCLZIP_ERR_BAD_EXTRACTED_FILE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n PCLZIP_ERR_BAD_FORMAT Definitions: 1 References: 14\r\n PCLZIP_ERR_DELETE_FILE_FAIL Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n PCLZIP_ERR_DIRECTORY_RESTRICTION Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n PCLZIP_ERR_DIR_CREATE_FAIL Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n PCLZIP_ERR_FILENAME_TOO_LONG Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n PCLZIP_ERR_INVALID_ARCHIVE_ZIP Definitions: 1 References: 8\r\n PCLZIP_ERR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE Definitions: 1 References: 11\r\n PCLZIP_ERR_INVALID_OPTION_VALUE Definitions: 1 References: 11\r\n PCLZIP_ERR_INVALID_PARAMETER Definitions: 1 References: 24\r\n PCLZIP_ERR_INVALID_ZIP Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n PCLZIP_ERR_MISSING_FILE Definitions: 1 References: 8\r\n PCLZIP_ERR_MISSING_OPTION_VALUE Definitions: 1 References: 12\r\n PCLZIP_ERR_NO_ERROR Definitions: 1 References: 6\r\n PCLZIP_ERR_READ_OPEN_FAIL Definitions: 1 References: 16\r\n PCLZIP_ERR_RENAME_FILE_FAIL Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n PCLZIP_ERR_UNSUPPORTED_COMPRESSION Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n PCLZIP_ERR_UNSUPPORTED_ENCRYPTION Definitions: 1 References: 5\r\n PCLZIP_ERR_USER_ABORTED Definitions: 1 References: 7\r\n PCLZIP_ERR_WRITE_OPEN_FAIL Definitions: 1 References: 7\r\n PCLZIP_OPT_ADD_COMMENT Definitions: 1 References: 5\r\n PCLZIP_OPT_ADD_PATH Definitions: 1 References: 14\r\n PCLZIP_OPT_ADD_TEMP_FILE_OFF Definitions: 1 References: 1\r\n PCLZIP_OPT_ADD_TEMP_FILE_ON Definitions: 1 References: 1\r\n PCLZIP_OPT_ADD_TEMP_FILE_THRESHOLD Definitions: 1 References: 1\r\n PCLZIP_OPT_BY_EREG Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n PCLZIP_OPT_BY_INDEX Definitions: 1 References: 23\r\n PCLZIP_OPT_BY_NAME Definitions: 1 References: 21\r\n PCLZIP_OPT_BY_PREG Definitions: 1 References: 11\r\n PCLZIP_OPT_COMMENT Definitions: 1 References: 10\r\n PCLZIP_OPT_EXTRACT_AS_STRING Definitions: 1 References: 10\r\n PCLZIP_OPT_EXTRACT_DIR_RESTRICTION Definitions: 1 References: 7\r\n PCLZIP_OPT_EXTRACT_IN_OUTPUT Definitions: 1 References: 5\r\n PCLZIP_OPT_NO_COMPRESSION Definitions: 1 References: 8\r\n PCLZIP_OPT_PATH Definitions: 1 References: 8\r\n PCLZIP_OPT_PREPEND_COMMENT Definitions: 1 References: 5\r\n PCLZIP_OPT_REMOVE_ALL_PATH Definitions: 1 References: 15\r\n PCLZIP_OPT_REMOVE_PATH Definitions: 1 References: 14\r\n PCLZIP_OPT_REPLACE_NEWER Definitions: 1 References: 7\r\n PCLZIP_OPT_SET_CHMOD Definitions: 1 References: 6\r\n PCLZIP_OPT_STOP_ON_ERROR Definitions: 1 References: 14\r\n PCLZIP_OPT_TEMP_FILE_OFF Definitions: 1 References: 13\r\n PCLZIP_OPT_TEMP_FILE_ON Definitions: 1 References: 10\r\n PCLZIP_OPT_TEMP_FILE_THRESHOLD Definitions: 1 References: 17\r\n PCLZIP_READ_BLOCK_SIZE Definitions: 1 References: 34\r\n PCLZIP_SEPARATOR Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n PCLZIP_TEMPORARY_DIR Definitions: 1 References: 7\r\n PCLZIP_TEMPORARY_FILE_RATIO Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n PHP_INT_MIN Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n PLUGINDIR Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n PLUGINS_COOKIE_PATH Definitions: 1 References: 5\r\n PO_MAX_LINE_LEN Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n RSS Definitions: 1 References: 33\r\n SCRIPT_DEBUG Definitions: 2 References: 14\r\n SECURE_AUTH_COOKIE Definitions: 1 References: 12\r\n SECURE_AUTH_KEY Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n SECURE_AUTH_SALT Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n SERVICES_JSON_IN_ARR Definitions: 1 References: 10\r\n SERVICES_JSON_IN_CMT Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n SERVICES_JSON_IN_OBJ Definitions: 1 References: 10\r\n SERVICES_JSON_IN_STR Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n SERVICES_JSON_LOOSE_TYPE Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n SERVICES_JSON_SLICE Definitions: 1 References: 7\r\n SERVICES_JSON_SUPPRESS_ERRORS Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n SERVICES_JSON_USE_TO_JSON Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n SHORTINIT Definitions: 2 References: 4\r\n SIMPLEPIE_BUILD Definitions: 1 References: 6\r\n SIMPLEPIE_CONSTRUCT_ALL Definitions: 1 References: 1\r\n SIMPLEPIE_CONSTRUCT_BASE64 Definitions: 1 References: 5\r\n SIMPLEPIE_CONSTRUCT_HTML Definitions: 1 References: 18\r\n SIMPLEPIE_CONSTRUCT_IRI Definitions: 1 References: 60\r\n SIMPLEPIE_CONSTRUCT_MAYBE_HTML Definitions: 1 References: 18\r\n SIMPLEPIE_CONSTRUCT_NONE Definitions: 1 References: 5\r\n SIMPLEPIE_CONSTRUCT_TEXT Definitions: 1 References: 258\r\n SIMPLEPIE_CONSTRUCT_XHTML Definitions: 1 References: 8\r\n SIMPLEPIE_FILE_SOURCE_CURL Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n SIMPLEPIE_FILE_SOURCE_FILE_GET_CONTENTS Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n SIMPLEPIE_FILE_SOURCE_FSOCKOPEN Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n SIMPLEPIE_FILE_SOURCE_LOCAL Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n SIMPLEPIE_FILE_SOURCE_NONE Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n SIMPLEPIE_FILE_SOURCE_REMOTE Definitions: 1 References: 11\r\n SIMPLEPIE_IANA_LINK_RELATIONS_REGISTRY Definitions: 1 References: 19\r\n SIMPLEPIE_LINKBACK Definitions: 1 References: 1\r\n SIMPLEPIE_LOCATOR_ALL Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n SIMPLEPIE_LOCATOR_AUTODISCOVERY Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n SIMPLEPIE_LOCATOR_LOCAL_BODY Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n SIMPLEPIE_LOCATOR_LOCAL_EXTENSION Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n SIMPLEPIE_LOCATOR_NONE Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n SIMPLEPIE_LOCATOR_REMOTE_BODY Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n SIMPLEPIE_LOCATOR_REMOTE_EXTENSION Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n SIMPLEPIE_LOWERCASE Definitions: 1 References: 1\r\n SIMPLEPIE_NAME Definitions: 1 References: 5\r\n SIMPLEPIE_NAMESPACE_ATOM_03 Definitions: 1 References: 79\r\n SIMPLEPIE_NAMESPACE_ATOM_10 Definitions: 1 References: 89\r\n SIMPLEPIE_NAMESPACE_DC_10 Definitions: 1 References: 21\r\n SIMPLEPIE_NAMESPACE_DC_11 Definitions: 1 References: 21\r\n SIMPLEPIE_NAMESPACE_GEORSS Definitions: 1 References: 7\r\n SIMPLEPIE_NAMESPACE_ITUNES Definitions: 1 References: 24\r\n SIMPLEPIE_NAMESPACE_MEDIARSS Definitions: 1 References: 116\r\n SIMPLEPIE_NAMESPACE_MEDIARSS_WRONG Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n SIMPLEPIE_NAMESPACE_MEDIARSS_WRONG2 Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n SIMPLEPIE_NAMESPACE_MEDIARSS_WRONG3 Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n SIMPLEPIE_NAMESPACE_MEDIARSS_WRONG4 Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n SIMPLEPIE_NAMESPACE_MEDIARSS_WRONG5 Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n SIMPLEPIE_NAMESPACE_RDF Definitions: 1 References: 20\r\n SIMPLEPIE_NAMESPACE_RSS_090 Definitions: 1 References: 23\r\n SIMPLEPIE_NAMESPACE_RSS_10 Definitions: 1 References: 23\r\n SIMPLEPIE_NAMESPACE_RSS_20 Definitions: 1 References: 50\r\n SIMPLEPIE_NAMESPACE_W3C_BASIC_GEO Definitions: 1 References: 10\r\n SIMPLEPIE_NAMESPACE_XHTML Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n SIMPLEPIE_NAMESPACE_XML Definitions: 1 References: 5\r\n SIMPLEPIE_PCRE_HTML_ATTRIBUTE Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n SIMPLEPIE_PCRE_XML_ATTRIBUTE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n SIMPLEPIE_SAME_CASE Definitions: 1 References: 1\r\n SIMPLEPIE_TYPE_ALL Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n SIMPLEPIE_TYPE_ATOM_03 Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n SIMPLEPIE_TYPE_ATOM_10 Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n SIMPLEPIE_TYPE_ATOM_ALL Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n SIMPLEPIE_TYPE_NONE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n SIMPLEPIE_TYPE_RSS_090 Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n SIMPLEPIE_TYPE_RSS_091 Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n SIMPLEPIE_TYPE_RSS_091_NETSCAPE Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n SIMPLEPIE_TYPE_RSS_091_USERLAND Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n SIMPLEPIE_TYPE_RSS_092 Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n SIMPLEPIE_TYPE_RSS_093 Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n SIMPLEPIE_TYPE_RSS_094 Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n SIMPLEPIE_TYPE_RSS_10 Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n SIMPLEPIE_TYPE_RSS_20 Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n SIMPLEPIE_TYPE_RSS_ALL Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n SIMPLEPIE_TYPE_RSS_RDF Definitions: 1 References: 2\r\n SIMPLEPIE_TYPE_RSS_SYNDICATION Definitions: 1 References: 7\r\n SIMPLEPIE_UPPERCASE Definitions: 1 References: 1\r\n SIMPLEPIE_URL Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n SIMPLEPIE_USERAGENT Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n SIMPLEPIE_VERSION Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n SITECOOKIEPATH Definitions: 2 References: 20\r\n SITE_ID_CURRENT_SITE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n STYLESHEETPATH Definitions: 1 References: 8\r\n SUBDOMAIN_INSTALL Definitions: 3 References: 13\r\n TEMPLATEPATH Definitions: 1 References: 9\r\n TEST_COOKIE Definitions: 1 References: 5\r\n UPLOADBLOGSDIR Definitions: 1 References: 5\r\n UPLOADS Definitions: 1 References: 7\r\n USER_COOKIE Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n VHOST Definitions: 2 References: 11\r\n WEEK_IN_SECONDS Definitions: 1 References: 6\r\n WPINC Definitions: 5 References: 204\r\n WPLANG Definitions: 1 References: 22\r\n WPMU_ACCEL_REDIRECT Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n WPMU_PLUGIN_DIR Definitions: 1 References: 20\r\n WPMU_PLUGIN_URL Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n WPMU_SENDFILE Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n WP_ADMIN Definitions: 4 References: 10\r\n WP_ALLOW_REPAIR Definitions: 2 References: 3\r\n WP_BLOG_ADMIN Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n WP_CACHE Definitions: 1 References: 6\r\n WP_CONTENT_DIR Definitions: 3 References: 95\r\n WP_CONTENT_URL Definitions: 1 References: 10\r\n WP_CRON_LOCK_TIMEOUT Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n WP_DEBUG Definitions: 3 References: 26\r\n WP_DEBUG_DISPLAY Definitions: 1 References: 5\r\n WP_DEBUG_LOG Definitions: 1 References: 5\r\n WP_DEFAULT_THEME Definitions: 1 References: 19\r\n WP_IMPORTING Definitions: 1 References: 7\r\n WP_INSTALLING Definitions: 5 References: 37\r\n WP_INSTALLING_NETWORK Definitions: 2 References: 9\r\n WP_LANG_DIR Definitions: 2 References: 32\r\n WP_LOAD_IMPORTERS Definitions: 2 References: 3\r\n WP_MAIL_INTERVAL Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n WP_MAX_MEMORY_LIMIT Definitions: 1 References: 8\r\n WP_MEMORY_LIMIT Definitions: 2 References: 7\r\n WP_NETWORK_ADMIN Definitions: 2 References: 9\r\n WP_PLUGIN_DIR Definitions: 1 References: 58\r\n WP_PLUGIN_URL Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n WP_POST_REVISIONS Definitions: 1 References: 3\r\n WP_REPAIRING Definitions: 1 References: 4\r\n WP_SETUP_CONFIG Definitions: 1 References: 5\r\n WP_UNINSTALL_PLUGIN Definitions: 1 References: 1\r\n WP_USER_ADMIN Definitions: 2 References: 9\r\n WP_USE_THEMES Definitions: 1 References: 6\r\n WXR_VERSION Definitions: 1 References: 1\r\n XMLRPC_REQUEST Definitions: 1 References: 8\r\n YEAR_IN_SECONDS Definitions: 1 References: 21','Wordpress Constants','wordpress constants directories variables','',22,23,1,0,1,972,'2023-09-09'),(147,'I like to use my stuff with the WordPress capabilities. I can also put my stuff in a separate directory making it easier to debug files.\r\n\r\nThe newest version of WP merged the old WordPress Multi-User (WPMU) and the standalone version of WordPress. Since this merger, the new way to include WP in external pages is to change the require() statement to pull in wp-load.php (instead of wp-blog-header.php) like this:\r\n\r\n\r\n< ?php\r\nrequire(\'./wp-load.php\');\r\nget_header();\r\n?>\r\n
This is the external content.
\r\n< ?php\r\nget_sidebar();\r\nget_footer();\r\n?>','Using External Php Pages','external pages get header get footer get sidebar get_header() get_footer() get_sidebar()','',22,3,0,0,1,757,'2023-09-09'),(148,'My computer does not give me the option to update to 10. I found this link which may help.\r\n\r\nhttps://www.microsoft.com/en-us/software-download/windows10','Updating To Windows 10','windows 10 update','',18,19,0,0,1,888,'2023-09-09'),(149,'Special characters such as spaces will mess up a url to the point where it will not work. PHP has these functions to handle this. Your will need to apply for each parameter passed or the \"&\" sign will be replaced\r\n\r\nfor passing $_GETS\r\n \r\nrawurlencode()\r\n\r\nurlencode($var1) and urldecode($var1) //return the information into a readable format','Preparing Url For Passing With Php','url encoding encode special characters','',1,3,1,0,1,808,'2023-09-09'),(150,'URL INFO [USE parse_url under langueage\r\n\r\n\'PHP_SELF\'\r\n The filename of the currently executing script, relative to the document root. For instance, $_SERVER[\'PHP_SELF\'] in a script at the address http://example.com/test.php/foo.bar would be /test.php/foo.bar. The __FILE__ constant contains the full path and filename of the current (i.e. included) file. If PHP is running as a command-line processor this variable contains the script name since PHP 4.3.0. Previously it was not available. \r\n\'argv\'\r\n Array of arguments passed to the script. When the script is run on the command line, this gives C-style access to the command line parameters. When called via the GET method, this will contain the query string. \r\n\'argc\'\r\n Contains the number of command line parameters passed to the script (if run on the command line). \r\n\'GATEWAY_INTERFACE\'\r\n What revision of the CGI specification the server is using; i.e. \'CGI/1.1\'. \r\n\'SERVER_ADDR\'\r\n The IP address of the server under which the current script is executing. \r\n\'SERVER_NAME\'\r\n The name of the server host under which the current script is executing. If the script is running on a virtual host, this will be the value defined for that virtual host. \r\n\'SERVER_SOFTWARE\'\r\n Server identification string, given in the headers when responding to requests. \r\n\'SERVER_PROTOCOL\'\r\n Name and revision of the information protocol via which the page was requested; i.e. \'HTTP/1.0\'; \r\n\'REQUEST_METHOD\'\r\n Which request method was used to access the page; i.e. \'GET\', \'HEAD\', \'POST\', \'PUT\'.\r\n\r\n Note:\r\n\r\n PHP script is terminated after sending headers (it means after producing any output without output buffering) if the request method was HEAD.\r\n\r\n\'REQUEST_TIME\'\r\n The timestamp of the start of the request. Available since PHP 5.1.0. \r\n\'REQUEST_TIME_FLOAT\'\r\n The timestamp of the start of the request, with microsecond precision. Available since PHP 5.4.0. \r\n\'QUERY_STRING\'\r\n The query string, if any, via which the page was accessed. \r\n\'DOCUMENT_ROOT\'\r\n The document root directory under which the current script is executing, as defined in the server\'s configuration file. \r\n\'HTTP_ACCEPT\'\r\n Contents of the Accept: header from the current request, if there is one. \r\n\'HTTP_ACCEPT_CHARSET\'\r\n Contents of the Accept-Charset: header from the current request, if there is one. Example: \'iso-8859-1,*,utf-8\'. \r\n\'HTTP_ACCEPT_ENCODING\'\r\n Contents of the Accept-Encoding: header from the current request, if there is one. Example: \'gzip\'. \r\n\'HTTP_ACCEPT_LANGUAGE\'\r\n Contents of the Accept-Language: header from the current request, if there is one. Example: \'en\'. \r\n\'HTTP_CONNECTION\'\r\n Contents of the Connection: header from the current request, if there is one. Example: \'Keep-Alive\'. \r\n\'HTTP_HOST\'\r\n Contents of the Host: header from the current request, if there is one. \r\n\'HTTP_REFERER\'\r\n The address of the page (if any) which referred the user agent to the current page. This is set by the user agent. Not all user agents will set this, and some provide the ability to modify HTTP_REFERER as a feature. In short, it cannot really be trusted. \r\n\'HTTP_USER_AGENT\'\r\n Contents of the User-Agent: header from the current request, if there is one. This is a string denoting the user agent being which is accessing the page. A typical example is: Mozilla/4.5 [en] (X11; U; Linux 2.2.9 i586). Among other things, you can use this value with get_browser() to tailor your page\'s output to the capabilities of the user agent. \r\n\r\n\'HTTPS\'\r\n if ($_SERVER[\"HTTPS\"] == \"on\") {$pageURL .= \"s\";}\r\n Set to a non-empty value if the script was queried through the HTTPS protocol.\r\n\r\n Note: Note that when using ISAPI with IIS, the value will be off if the request was not made through the HTTPS protocol. \r\n\r\n\'REMOTE_ADDR\'\r\n The IP address from which the user is viewing the current page. \r\n if($_SERVER[\'REMOTE_ADDR\']==\"127.0.0.1\"){ $server=\'localhost\';$user=\'greatone\';$password=\'gr38t0n3\';$database=\'angel\'; $_SESSION[\'LEVEL\']=10;}\r\n else{ $server=\"localhost\";$user=\"angelde_flunky1\";$password=\"wied55\";$database=\"angelde_a1\"; }\r\n\r\n\'REMOTE_HOST\'\r\n The Host name from which the user is viewing the current page. The reverse dns lookup is based off the REMOTE_ADDR of the user.\r\n\r\n Note: Your web server must be configured to create this variable. For example in Apache you\'ll need HostnameLookups On inside httpd.conf for it to exist. See also gethostbyaddr(). \r\n\r\n\'REMOTE_PORT\'\r\n The port being used on the user\'s machine to communicate with the web server. \r\n\'REMOTE_USER\'\r\n The authenticated user. \r\n\'REDIRECT_REMOTE_USER\'\r\n The authenticated user if the request is internally redirected. \r\n\'SCRIPT_FILENAME\'\r\n\r\n The absolute pathname of the currently executing script.\r\n\r\n Note:\r\n\r\n If a script is executed with the CLI, as a relative path, such as file.php or ../file.php, $_SERVER[\'SCRIPT_FILENAME\'] will contain the relative path specified by the user.\r\n\r\n\'SERVER_ADMIN\'\r\n The value given to the SERVER_ADMIN (for Apache) directive in the web server configuration file. If the script is running on a virtual host, this will be the value defined for that virtual host. \r\n\'SERVER_PORT\'\r\n The port on the server machine being used by the web server for communication. For default setups, this will be \'80\'; using SSL, for instance, will change this to whatever your defined secure HTTP port is. \r\n\'SERVER_SIGNATURE\'\r\n String containing the server version and virtual host name which are added to server-generated pages, if enabled. \r\n\'PATH_TRANSLATED\'\r\n Filesystem- (not document root-) based path to the current script, after the server has done any virtual-to-real mapping.\r\n\r\n Note: As of PHP 4.3.2, PATH_TRANSLATED is no longer set implicitly under the Apache 2 SAPI in contrast to the situation in Apache 1, where it\'s set to the same value as the SCRIPT_FILENAME server variable when it\'s not populated by Apache. This change was made to comply with the CGI specification that PATH_TRANSLATED should only exist if PATH_INFO is defined. Apache 2 users may use AcceptPathInfo = On inside httpd.conf to define PATH_INFO. \r\n\r\n\'SCRIPT_NAME\'\r\n Contains the current script\'s path. This is useful for pages which need to point to themselves. The __FILE__ constant contains the full path and filename of the current (i.e. included) file. \r\n\'REQUEST_URI\'\r\n The URI which was given in order to access this page; for instance, \'/index.html\'. \r\n\'PHP_AUTH_DIGEST\'\r\n When doing Digest HTTP authentication this variable is set to the \'Authorization\' header sent by the client (which you should then use to make the appropriate validation). \r\n\'PHP_AUTH_USER\'\r\n When doing HTTP authentication this variable is set to the username provided by the user. \r\n\'PHP_AUTH_PW\'\r\n When doing HTTP authentication this variable is set to the password provided by the user. \r\n\'AUTH_TYPE\'\r\n When doing HTTP authenticated this variable is set to the authentication type. \r\n\'PATH_INFO\'\r\n Contains any client-provided pathname information trailing the actual script filename but preceding the query string, if available. For instance, if the current script was accessed via the URL http://www.example.com/php/path_info.php/some/stuff?foo=bar, then $_SERVER[\'PATH_INFO\'] would contain /some/stuff. \r\n\'ORIG_PATH_INFO\'\r\n Original version of \'PATH_INFO\' before processed by PHP.','Server Information - Using The $_SERVER','server information function','',1,2,1,0,1,1006,'2023-09-09'),(151,'In the header.php file of wordpress temporarily add\r\n\r\npost_content);\r\n echo $content;\r\n\r\n//end load my wordpress page\r\n\r\n// start my custom code \r\n\r\n?>','Embed Wordpress Page Into An External Php Page','embed wordpress page apply_filters get_pages functions','',22,3,0,0,1,759,'2023-09-09'),(153,'To delete a cookie in PHP, you must use the\r\nsetcookie() function with an expiration time in the past. This tells the user\'s browser to remove the cookie. \r\nSteps to Delete a PHP Cookie\r\n\r\n Ensure no output is sent to the browser before calling setcookie(), as it modifies HTTP headers.\r\n Call the setcookie() function with the same name and parameters (path, domain, etc.) that were used when the cookie was created.\r\n Set the expiration time to a time in the past, for example, an hour ago (time() - 3600). The value of the cookie can be set to an empty string. \r\n\r\nExample Code\r\nphp\r\n\r\n// Set a cookie (example, expires in 30 days)\r\n$cookie_name = \"username\";\r\n$cookie_value = \"John Doe\";\r\nsetcookie($cookie_name, $cookie_value, time() + (86400 * 30), \"/\"); // 86400 = 1 day\r\n\r\n// ... your other code ...\r\n\r\n// To delete the cookie named \"username\":\r\n// Set the expiration date to one hour ago (or any time in the past)\r\nsetcookie(\"username\", \"\", time() - 3600, \"/\");\r\nsetcookie(\"humans_21909\", \"\", time() - 3600, \"/\");\r\n\r\n// Optionally, you can also unset the cookie from the current script\'s $_COOKIE superglobal array\r\nunset($_COOKIE[\'username\']);\r\n\r\necho \"Cookie \'username\' has been deleted.\";\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nThis example stores my variables into cookies and retrieves them back when I want them:\r\n\r\n$appid=\"635667735729502691\";$appidLast=\"\";\r\nif($_GET[\"BACK\"]==1) {\r\n $savedSessions=array();$savedRequests=array();\r\n $savedSessions= json_decode($_COOKIE[\"SESSIONARRAY\".$appid]); $savedPosts= json_decode($_COOKIE[\"POSTARRAY\".$appid]); $savedGets= json_decode($_COOKIE[\"GETARRAY\".$appid]);\r\n foreach($savedSessions as $k=>$value) {\r\n $_SESSION[$k]=$value;\r\n }\r\n foreach($savedPosts as $k=>$value) {\r\n $_POST[$k]=$value;\r\n }\r\n foreach($savedGets as $k=>$value) {\r\n $_GET[$k]=$value;\r\n }\r\n } //CHECK CURRENT APPLICATION\r\nelse{\r\n $json = json_encode($_SESSION, true);setcookie(\'SESSIONARRAY\'.$appid,$json, time()+1800,\"/\");\r\n $json = json_encode($_POST, true);setcookie(\'POSTARRAY\'.$appid,$json,time()+1800,\"/\");\r\n $json = json_encode($_GET, true);setcookie(\'GETARRAY\'.$appid,$json,time()+1800,\"/\");\r\n}','Cookies','cookies json_encode store arrays post get session','Storing Settings',1,23,1,0,1,837,'2023-09-09'),(154,'When moving a wordpress site from a sub folder to the root folder, use the File Manager located in your cPanel. It will make it easy to select the files and folders and COPY (not MOVE) them at blazing speeds. Make sure that you select the wordpress files and underlying folders and press the copy button. It will ask you where to put them. After that make sure that you login under the sub folder wordpress admin and change the word press url and the admin url under the \"general setting\". This will redirect your subfolder wordpress to the root folder wordpress. After you see that the new site and admin all work without the subfolder name in the url, you can use file manager to delete the subfolder.','Moving Wordpress Site From Design Folder.','moving move wordpress admin','',22,2,0,0,1,671,'2023-09-09'),(155,'','','','',0,0,0,0,0,0,'2015-12-24'),(156,'If you have a select element that looks like this:\r\n\r\n\r\nRunning this code:\r\nvar e = document.getElementById(\\\"ddlViewBy\\\");\r\nvar strUser = e.options[e.selectedIndex].value;\r\n\r\nWould make strUser be 2. If what you actually want is test2, then do this:\r\nvar e = document.getElementById(\\\"ddlViewBy\\\");\r\nvar strUser = e.options[e.selectedIndex].text;\r\n\r\nWhich would make strUser be test2\r\n\r\nvar e = document.getElementById(\\\"ddlViewBy\\\");\r\nvar SELIndex = e.selectedIndex\r\nif (SELIndex==0){\r\n error_message = error_message + \\\'*Select something from xx.\\\\n\\\';\r\n error = 1;\r\n}\r\n\r\nif you want to see if the select has nothing selected.?\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\njavascript code:\r\nvar e = document.getElementById(\\\"comoperationid\\\");\r\nvar SELIndex = e.selectedIndex\r\nif (SELIndex==0){\r\n error_message = error_message + \\\'*Select something from operationid.\\\\n\\\';\r\n error = 1;\r\n}','Select - Check To See If Your Select Has Been Used','select form javascript getelementbyid','',2,4,1,0,1,763,'2025-12-27'),(157,'You can use Microsoft Excel to import data from a text file into a worksheet. The Text Import Wizard examines the text file that you are importing and helps you ensure that the data is imported in the way that you want.\r\n\r\nNote To start the Text Import Wizard, on the Data tab, in the Get External Data group, click From Text. Then, in the Import Text File dialog box, double-click the text file that you want to import.\r\n\r\nExcel Ribbon Image \r\n\r\n\r\nStep 1 of 3\r\n\r\nOriginal data type If items in the text file are separated by tabs, colons, semicolons, spaces, or other characters, select Delimited. If all of the items in each column are the same length, select Fixed width.\r\n\r\nStart import at row Type or select a row number to specify the first row of the data that you want to import.\r\n\r\nFile origin Select the character set that is used in the text file. In most cases, you can leave this setting at its default. If you know that the text file was created by using a different character set than the character set that you are using on your computer, you should change this setting to match that character set. For example, if your computer is set to use character set 1251 (Cyrillic, Windows), but you know that the file was produced by using character set 1252 (Western European, Windows), you should set File Origin to 1252.\r\n\r\nPreview of file This box displays the text as it will appear when it is separated into columns on the worksheet.\r\n\r\n\r\nStep 2 of 3 (Delimited data)\r\n\r\nDelimiters Select the character that separates values in your text file. If the character is not listed, select the Other check box, and then type the character in the box that contains the cursor. These options are not available if your data type is Fixed width.\r\n\r\nTreat consecutive delimiters as one Select this check box if your data contains a delimiter of more than one character between data fields or if your data contains multiple custom delimiters.\r\n\r\nText qualifier Select the character that encloses values in your text file. When Excel encounters the text qualifier character, all of the text that follows that character and precedes the next occurrence of that character is imported as one value, even if the text contains a delimiter character. For example, if the delimiter is a comma (,) and the text qualifier is a quotation mark (\"), \"Dallas, Texas\" is imported into one cell as Dallas, Texas. If no character or the apostrophe (\') is specified as the text qualifier, \"Dallas, Texas\" is imported into two adjacent cells as \"Dallas and Texas\".\r\n\r\nIf the delimiter character occurs between text qualifiers, Excel omits the qualifiers in the imported value. If no delimiter character occurs between text qualifiers, Excel includes the qualifier character in the imported value. Hence, \"Dallas Texas\" (using the quotation mark text qualifier) is imported into one cell as \"Dallas Texas\".\r\n\r\nData preview Review the text in this box to verify that the text will be separated into columns on the worksheet as you want it.\r\n\r\n\r\nStep 2 of 3 (Fixed width data)\r\n\r\nData preview Set field widths in this section. Click the preview window to set a column break, which is represented by a vertical line. Double-click a column break to remove it, or drag a column break to move it.\r\n\r\n\r\nStep 3 of 3\r\n\r\nClick the Advanced button to do one or more of the following:\r\n\r\n##Specify the type of decimal and thousands separators that are used in the text file. When the data is imported into Excel, the separators will match those that are specified for your location in Regional and Language Options or Regional Settings (Windows Control Panel).\r\n\r\n\r\n##Specify that one or more numeric values may contain a trailing minus sign.\r\n\r\n\r\nColumn data format Click the data format of the column that is selected in the Data preview section. If you do not want to import the selected column, click Do not import column (skip).\r\n\r\nAfter you select a data format option for the selected column, the column heading under Data preview displays the format. If you select Date, select a date format in the Date box.\r\n\r\nChoose the data format that closely matches the preview data so that Excel can convert the imported data correctly. For example:\r\n\r\n##To convert a column of all currency number characters to the Excel Currency format, select General. \r\n\r\n\r\n##To convert a column of all number characters to the Excel Text format, select Text. \r\n\r\n\r\n##To convert a column of all date characters, each date in the order of year, month, and day, to the Excel Date format, select Date, and then select the date type of YMD in the Date box.\r\n\r\n\r\nExcel will import the column as General if the conversion could yield unintended results. For example:\r\n\r\n##If the column contains a mix of formats, such as alphabetical and numeric characters, Excel converts the column to General.\r\n\r\n\r\n##If, in a column of dates, each date is in the order of year, month, and date, and you select Date along with a date type of MDY, Excel converts the column to General format. A column that contains date characters must closely match an Excel built-in date or custom date formats.\r\n\r\n\r\nIf Excel does not convert a column to the format that you want, you can convert the data after you import it.','Text Import Wizard','csv delimited special formatting','',7,24,0,0,1,1089,'2023-09-09'),(158,'With the new css dropdown menus it is easier to assign a class to the top ul and use the format\r\nlike below:\r\n\r\nul.menu-widget li a {color: #fff;}\r\n\r\nThis is faster that applying a class to the \\\"a\\\". Just change the ul class for each new menu','Multiple Menu Color Changes','wordpress menu color changes css','',4,3,0,0,1,666,'2023-09-09'),(159,'http://wordpress.stackexchange.com/questions/94018/merging-two-wp-posts-tables-while-avoiding-duplicates\r\n\r\nImport the new table as wp_posts_2, then join them and delete all duplicates based on post_content; then merge the two tables.\r\n\r\nThe following SQL query (untested!) should give the posts from the new table to be deleted:\r\n\r\nSELECT wp2.* FROM wp_posts_2 as wp2 LEFT JOIN wp_posts as wp ON wp2.post_content = wp.post_content WHERE wp2.post_content = wp.post_content\r\n\r\nSo, you can delete the entries with this query (also untested):\r\n\r\nDELETE wp_posts_2.* LEFT JOIN wp_posts as wp ON wp_posts_2.post_content = wp.post_content WHERE wp_posts_2.post_content = wp.post_content\r\n\r\nThen merge the two tables.','Merging Two Wordpress Databases','merge wordpress databases left join posts','',22,12,1,0,1,666,'2023-09-09'),(160,'Wordpress themes usually have a div tag surrounding the widget area. Using something like Firebug in Firefox will show the div tag id names and classes. Using the header widget area in the themes css file:\r\n\r\n#header .widget-area {\r\n float: right;\r\n padding: 35px 0 0;\r\n width: 550px;\r\n}\r\n add \"display:none;\" after \"width:550px;\" and it will disappear.\r\n\r\nexternal pages can have javascript at the end of the document can have:\r\n\r\n if it is a class.\r\n\r\n\r\n if it is an id.\r\n','Hide A Widget Area Without Removing It','hide widget area class id','',22,3,0,0,1,670,'2023-09-09'),(161,'
00:00:00 Win11 - 10 things to turn off disable startup apps\r\n00:50:03 ctrl + shift + ESC for task manager\r\n01:18:04 2. Kill notification & tips\r\n01:51:18 3. Shut down back ground apps\r\n03:00:10 4. Stop online search in the start menu.\r\n04:35:13 5. Kill widgets.\r\n05:03:17 6. Reduce telemetry and diagnostics.\r\n05:41:02 7. Disable ads in Explorer and the lock screen\r\n06:08:24 kill the \"fun facts and tips\".\r\n07:18:20 8. Kill Cortana and co-pilot.\r\n07:44:19 9. Kill activity history and timeline.\r\n08:51:17 10. stop auto reboots after updates\r\n09:55:00 11. TURN OFF REMOTE ASSISTANCE.\r\n10:23:15 12. Optional windows features you do not need\r\n11:44:11 13. Kill the hibernation file if you don\'t hibernate.\r\n13:03:26 another Microsoft update.\r\n14:08:00 2. Searching index.\r\n14:39:01 turn off search history.\r\n15:12:26 turn off search highlights.\r\n15:59:19 set my files to classic.\r\n16:27:00 add excluded files folders you do not want searched.\r\n16:41:12 3. Delivery optimization.\r\n17:11:14 turn off delivery optimization.\r\n17:33:13 turn off downloads from other devices.\r\n17:50:19 5. Suggested apps in start menu ads.\r\n18:31:27 turn off shell recommendations for tips.\r\n23:00:27 god mode\r\n23:23:13 made fixing windows simple.\r\n27:27:27 stop windows from spying.\r\n31:54:18 five PC tricks you should do\r\n32:09:06 god mode code\r\n32:58:26 windows 10 end-of-life.\r\n40:43:16 are you still running Windows 10?\r\n46:41:08 password locked out of windows.\r\n53:45:10 END | \r\n[video width=\"720\" height=\"486\" mp4=\"https://softwarewebdesign.com/SWDHome/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Win11Howto20251129.mp4\"][/video]\r\nWindows 10 tips near the at 32 min mark\r\n | \r\n
$file\";\r\n}\r\n closedir($dir);\r\n?>\r\n\r\nYou can tweak it to your folder requirements','Making An Image Viewer','files images viewer','',1,9,1,0,1,752,'2023-09-09'),(163,'
The full hook layout can be found on the My StudioPress site. There are a lot of great articles over there explaining some keys to working with Genesis.
Here is a simplified reference in the order the hooks load, starting with the hooks that load the actual framework
- genesis_pre
- genesis_pre_framework
- genesis_init
- header.php
- genesis_title
- genesis_meta
- genesis_before
- genesis_before_header
- genesis_header
- genesis_site_title
- genesis_site_description
- genesis_after_header
- framework.php
- genesis_before_content_sidebar_wrap
- genesis_before_content
- genesis_before_loop
- genesis_loop
- genesis_before_post
- genesis_before_post_title
- genesis_post_title
- genesis_after_post_title
- genesis_before_post_content
- genesis_post_content
- genesis_after_post_content
- genesis_after_post
- genesis_before_comments
- genesis_comments
- genesis_list_comments
- genesis_before_pings
- genesis_pings
- genesis_list_pings
- genesis_after_pings
- genesis_before_comment
- genesis_after_comment
- genesis_before_comment_form
- genesis_comment_form
- genesis_after_comment_form
- genesis_after_endwhile
- genesis_loop_else
- genesis_after_loop
- genesis_after_content
- genesis_sidebar
- genesis_before_sidebar_widget_area
- genesis_after_sidebar_widget_area
- genesis_sidebar_alt
- genesis_before_sidebar_alt_widget_area
- genesis_after_sidebar_alt_widget_area
- genesis_sidebar
- genesis_after_sidebar_content_wrap
- footer.php
- genesis_before_footer
- genesis_footer
- genesis_after_footer
- genesis_after
- header.php
Wow, that’s a lot of hooks. Each on of those can have additional functions added. just a few lines of code can move entire sections of the site around. The next part in the series will be about actions. After that I’ll explain how to read the Genesis files to lear how to quickly find the right code to copy into your theme for editing.
','Genesis Hooks','genesis framework hooks','Genesis Framework',16,7,0,0,1,601,'2023-09-09'),(164,'Genesis Functions
A list of genesis functions
genesis_get_default_layout
by Christopher
genesis_get_layout
by Christopher
genesis_get_layouts
by Christopher
genesis_unregister_layout
by Christopher
genesis_set_default_layout
by Christopher
genesis_register_layout
by Christopher
This function registers new layouts by modifying the global $_genesis_layouts variable. Usage Parameters $layout_name (required) The name of the layout. $args An array of Arguments. Arguments label Actual name that is displayed in the admin area to select a layout. Default: No Label Selected img Image to be displayed when selecting layout on post page. […]
genesis_create_initial_layouts
by Christopher
genesis_nav
by Christopher
genesis_get_term_filter
by Christopher
genesis_get_custom_field
by Christopher
genesis_custom_field
by Christopher
genesis_seo_option
by Christopher
genesis_get_seo_option
by Christopher
genesis_option
by Christopher
genesis_get_option
by Christopher
genesis_user_meta_save
by Christopher
genesis_user_seo_fields
by Christopher
genesis_term_meta_save
by Christopher
genesis_add_taxonomy_seo_options
by Christopher
genesis_inpost_seo_save
by Christopher
genesis_add_inpost_seo_box
by Christopher
rel_canonical
by Christopher
genesis_canonical
by Christopher
genesis_robots_meta
by Christopher
genesis_seo_meta_keywords
by Christopher
genesis_seo_meta_description
by Christopher
genesis_doc_head_control
by Christopher
genesis_default_title
by Christopher
genesis_disable_scribe_nag
by Christopher
genesis_scribe_nag
by Christopher
genesis_seo_compatibility_check
by Christopher
genesis_clear_update_transient
by Christopher
genesis_update_push
by Christopher
genesis_update_email
by Christopher
genesis_update_nag
by Christopher
genesis_update_action_links
by Christopher
genesis_upgraded_notice
by Christopher
genesis_upgrade
by Christopher
genesis_update_check
by Christopher
genesis_register_sidebar
by Christopher
Description This function expedites the widget area registration process by taking common things, before/after_widget, before/after_title, and doing them automatically. Usage Parameters name – Sidebar name. id – Sidebar id – Must be all in lowercase, with no spaces. description – Text description of what/where the sidebar is. Shown on widget management screen. (Since 2.9) before_widget […]
genesis_get_image
by Christopher
Info: Pulls an image from the media gallery and returns it. Since: 0.1 Function:genesis_get_image($args = array())
genesis_load_favicon
by Christopher
Info: This function looks for a favicon. If it finds one, it will output the proper code in the Since: 0.2.2 Function Contents: Function Info: apply_filters() Filter Info: genesis_pre_load_favicon, genesis_favicon_url
| Value | Description | Play it |
|---|---|---|
| normal | Defines normal characters. This is default | Play it » |
| bold | Defines thick characters | Play it » |
| bolder | Defines thicker characters | Play it » |
| lighter | Defines lighter characters | Play it » |
| 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 | Defines from thin to thick characters. 400 is the same as normal, and 700 is the same as bold | Play it » |
| initial | Sets this property to its default value. Read about initial | Play it » |
| inherit | Inherits this property from its parent element. Read about inherit |
Battery Is Not Charging To 100%
Questions? Call us at 866-514-2590
If your battery will not recharge at all, but will stilldischarge correctly, you are likely experiencing a problem with your chargesystem. Most commonly this means your adapter is beginning to fail, or you havedamaged the power socket on the side of the computer where the charger plugsin. In more rare cases you could have experienced a failure in the chargecircuit on the motherboard.
If your battery will discharge and recharge, but gets stuckat a percentage less than 100%, you may have a failed cell in your battery, aproblem with your power management settings, or a software calibration issue
Battery Report:
Windows can generate a “Battery Report†which will show thedesign capacity and the current capacity of your battery. For Apple users, youcan find your battery health statistics in System Settings > Hardware >Power. These two numbers will almost always be slightly different, but you willbe able to see if there is a substantial reduction in capacity. If thedisparity is great enough your computer will recommend that you change thebattery. If the short runtime bothers you a new battery will help.
Power Management:
Some research has shown that the total service life of abattery can be extended by not fully charging and discharging the battery. Insome cases, your laptop will have a power management tool that can be set torestrict the amount of charge the computer gives the battery. If your computeroffers this feature it is a wise idea to make sure the settings have not beenchanged to restrict the charge to a lower percentage.
Software Calibration:
There is also a chance that the computer\'s battery softwareis no longer correctly calibrated. This can be a result of swapping betweenbatteries often, not rebooting your computer often enough or simply installinga new battery. Sometimes your laptop can have trouble distinguishing between anew replacement battery and the older worn out battery. The new battery usuallyis charging to 100% even though the power gauge software doesn’t correctlyrepresent this.
Often with new batteries, the operating system is unable tocorrectly measure the charge in the new battery. Your battery may be fullycharged, but the power gauge is giving you a false reading. This can be becauseof some stored data relating to the former battery. If your laptop battery isnot charging to 100% you may need to calibrate your battery.
Laptop Battery Power Cycle:
- Power down the computer.
- Unplug the wall adapter.
- Uninstall the battery.
- Press and hold the power button for 30 seconds.
- Re-install the battery.
- Plug in the wall adapter.
- Turn on the computer.
If the “Power Cycle†did not help, a full “Re-Calibrationâ€ÂÂmight be needed. Below are the directions for calibrating the battery software:
Note: If your computer will not recharge the battery at allthis calibration will not help. This process may cause the battery to failpermanently if you are unable to recharge the battery immediately following thedischarge.
Laptop Battery Calibration For Windows:
- The goal is to run the battery to zero percent, and for thecomputer to shut off without going to sleep or going into hibernate mode.
- Unplug your laptop from the wall.
- Change the “Power Plan†> “On Battery†> \"Put the Computer to Sleep\" settings to“Never.â€ÂÂ
- If you cannot find these settings you can turn on aninternet radio station, and let it play until the computer shuts off. (This isnot effective in all versions of Windows)
- After the computer shuts down, plugging in the AC adaptershould be required to turn the machine back on. Once the computer starts amessage will appear asking if you would like to start in “Safe Mode.†RestartWindows normally.
- Leave your computer plugged in and charge it all the wayfrom 0% to 100%.
- Remember to change your Power Scheme settings back to whatthey were.
Laptop Battery Calibration For Mac:
- Charge your battery to the highest percent available.
- Leave the laptop plugged in for 2 hours after you reach thetopmost charge percentage.
- Unplug the AC adapter and use the computer until it forcesthe machine into hibernation mode.
- Let the computer stay in hibernation mode for 5 hours.
- Recharge the battery from 0% to 100%.
If the re-calibration is performed correctly and does NOT fix the problem a new battery should correct the issue.
If your computer shuts down immediately after unplugging theAC adapter, your battery has failed completely. The most common reason thishappens is that the battery ran out of power completely. If a laptop batteryruns to 0% and does not get recharged right away the computer will not allowthat battery to be used again. Laptop batteries have a computer chip insideeach battery. This chip monitors the battery status and requests a charge fromthe laptop when required. The chip requires a small amount of energy from thebattery to continue functioning. When the battery loses all charge the computercan no longer communicate with the battery, and as a safety precaution, thecomputer will not allow electricity to be sent to the battery. Without thesoftware in the chip to restrict the flow of electricity there would be apotential fire threat, so the laptop refusing to use the battery is a safetyfeature. Unfortunately, this is a non-fixable state, and a new battery is theonly solution.
If your original battery still charges and discharges but your Xtend replacement battery will not, the new battery may have run to 0% or it may be a defective unit. This may be an indication that you need to replace your AC Adapter. It is more difficult to charge a new battery than it is to charge an older \"broken in\" battery. If your AC adapter is not outputting the correct amount of power you can run your computer, and charge an old battery, but you may be unable to charge a brand new battery.
If neither battery will recharge, you are most likely experiencing a failure in the laptop charge system (AC adapter, charge port, or motherboard charge circuit).
and \r\necho strip_tags($text, \' \');\r\n\r\n// as of PHP 7.4.0 the line above can be written as:\r\n// echo strip_tags($text, [\'p\', \'a\']);\r\n?>\r\n In this example, the three divs will float next to each other.
\r\n\r\nThe strip_tags() function strips a string from HTML, XML, and PHP tags.\r\n\r\nNote: HTML comments are always stripped. This cannot be changed with the allow parameter.\r\n\r\nNote: This function is binary-safe.\r\n\r\nSyntax\r\nstrip_tags(string,allow)\r\nParameter Values\r\nParameter Description\r\nstring Required. Specifies the string to check\r\nallow Optional. Specifies allowable tags. These tags will not be removed\r\nTechnical Details\r\nReturn Value: Returns the stripped string\r\n\r\nExample\r\nStrip the string from HTML tags, but allow <b> tags to be used:\r\n\r\n<?php\r\necho strip_tags("Hello <b><i>world!</i></b>","<b>");\r\n?>','Strip Html Tags','strip html','Library',1,3,1,0,1,4,'2023-09-09'),(222,'$appid=\"777\";if(!defined(\'SWD_PATH\')){define( \'SWD_PATH\', plugin_dir_path( __FILE__ ));}\r\nrequire_once( SWD_PATH.\"SWD/WPfunctions.php\");$connection=$wpdb->dbh;','Start Plugin','plugin wpdb','Plugin',22,7,0,0,1,3,'2023-09-09'),(223,'\r\n\r\nFloat Next To Each Other
\r\n\r\nDiv 1\r\nDiv 2\r\nDiv 3\r\n\r\nAdvanced box\r\n\r\ndiv {\r\n width: 300px;\r\n border: 15px solid green;\r\n padding: 50px;\r\n margin: 20px;\r\n}','Float Divs Next To Each Other','float left div box frame border','Boxes',4,3,0,0,1,10,'2023-09-09'),(224,'A solid green circle with a white checkmark means your file or folder is fully synced and local. “Synced†means that any changes you made to this file or folder are reflected everywhere you access your files in Dropbox. “Local†means that your file or folder is available when you’re not connected to internet.\"\r\n\r\nSync in progress\r\nA solid blue circle with two white arrows going in a circle means that your file or folder is in the process of updating. If you chose to add it to your hard drive with the selective sync feature, this icon could mean that it’s still in the process of syncing to your hard drive. If you have set it to online-only, this icon could mean that your file is in the process of changing its sync status between online-only and available offline.\r\n\r\nMixed state folder icon \r\nAvailable\r\nA white circle with a green border and a green checkmark means that a file or folder was opened (directly or with a third-party application) and synced. It also represents files uploaded from the computer you are using.\r\n\r\n“Synced†means that any changes you made to this file or folder are reflected everywhere you access your files in Dropbox. While this file or folder is stored on your device, it can be made online-only by right-clicking and selecting Make online-only.\r\n\r\nFor folders, this icon means there is at least one available file in the folder, but no online-only files. There can also be files that are available offline in the folder.\r\n\r\nNote: If your computer is low on hard drive space, these files can automatically change to online-only to free up space.\r\n\r\nRed icon with an x \r\nSync error\r\nA red circle with a white “X†means that your file or folder can’t update or sync. If you just attempted to add this file or folder to your Dropbox account, it may mean that it can’t be added.\r\n\r\nLearn about the different types of sync errors and how to solve them.\r\n\r\nGray icon with a minus sign \r\nIgnored file\r\nA gray circle with a white minus sign means that your file is ignored. That means it’s stored in the Dropbox folder on your computer, but not on dropbox.com or on the Dropbox server. \r\n\r\nLearn more about ignored files.','Dropbox Checkmarks Meaning','checkmark','Dropbox 163.4.5456',19,30,1,0,1,2,'2023-09-09'),(225,'Select Settings found by clicking on 3 dots in right hand corner and more > Settings > Privacy, search, and services.\r\n\r\nUnder Clear browsing data > Clear browsing data now, select Choose what to clear.\r\nUnder Time range, choose a time range from the drop-down menu.\r\nChoose the types of browsing data you want to clear (see the table below for descriptions). ...\r\n\r\nSelect Clear now.\r\n\r\nBrowsing data you can delete in Microsoft Edge - Types of info - - What will be deleted - - Where it\'s stored\r\n\r\nBrowsing history - - The URLs of sites you\'ve visited, and the dates and times of each visit. - - On your device (or, if sync is turned on, across your synced devices) - - \r\n\r\nDownload history - - The list of files you\'ve downloaded from the web. This only deletes the list, not the actual files that you\'ve downloaded. - - On your device - - \r\n\r\nCookies and other site data - - Information and data that websites store on your device to remember your preferences, such as sign-in info, your location, or media licenses. - - On your device - - \r\n\r\nCached images and files - - Copies of pages, images, and other media content stored on your device. The browser uses these copies to load content faster the next time you visit those sites. - - On your device - - \r\n\r\nPasswords - - Site passwords that you\'ve saved. - - On your device (or, if sync is turned on, across your synced devices)\r\n\r\nAutofill form data (includes forms and cards) - - Info that you\'ve entered into forms, such as your email, credit card, or a shipping address. - - On your device (or, if sync is turned on, across your synced devices) - - \r\n\r\nSite permissions - - Go to Settings and more > Settings > Cookies and site permissions to see a list for each website, including location, cookies, pop-ups, and media autoplay. - - On your device - - \r\n\r\nAll data from the previous version of Microsoft Edge - - All data including history, favorites, passwords, and more from the legacy version of Microsoft Edge. - - On your device (or, if sync is turned on, across your synced devices)','To Clear Your Browsing Data In Microsoft Edge:','clear data style history','Edge Version 108.0.1462.54',13,20,1,0,1,4,'2023-09-09'),(168,'keywords: ereg eregi preg_match preg match\r\n\r\nSyntax:\r\n\r\npreg_replace( $pattern, $replacement, $subject, $limit, $count )\r\n\r\nReturn Value: This function returns an array if the subject parameter is an array, or a string otherwise.\r\n\r\nExample: In this example we use preg_replace to remove non-numeric characters from a string, leaving only the numbers. It then prints the extracted numbers from the string.\r\n\r\n\r\nOutput\r\nThe numbers are: 24 \r\n===========================================\r\nfilter_var\r\nYou can use filter_var and sanitize the string to only include integers.\r\n$s = \"Lesson 001: Complete\";\r\necho filter_var($s, FILTER_SANITIZE_NUMBER_INT);\r\n==========================================\r\n\r\n$s = \"Lesson 001: Complete\";\r\npreg_match(\"/([0-9]+)/\", $s, $matches);\r\necho $matches[1];\r\n==========================================\r\n7;','Concat - Combine Fields Or Text','add join concat','',1,27,0,0,1,2,'2023-09-09'),(171,'count records that link to same file
\r\n$sql=\"SELECT * FROM eqMaintenance WHERE maintenanceid = $value_\";\r\n $r->dbsql($sql);$row=$r->data1;\r\n $upfile=\"../maintenance/\".$row[\'img\'];\r\nStart count query
\r\n $sql=\"SELECT count(img) as dog FROM eqMaintenance WHERE img=\'\".$row[\'img\'].\"\' GROUP BY img\";\r\n $r->dbsql($sql);$dog=$r->data1[0];\r\n if(file_exists($upfile) && $dog<2)unlink($upfile);\r\n\r\n//example from php file creator\r\n\r\nSELECT hide,count(hide) as dog FROM `invoice` GROUP BY hide LIMIT 0, 30\r\n\r\nSELECT invoices.customerid, `last_name` , `first_name`, COUNT(`last_name`) AS dog,\r\ncount(if(`date`< ADDDATE(NOW(), INTERVAL -365 DAY), 1, null)) AS year1, count(if(`date`>= ADDDATE(NOW(), INTERVAL -365 DAY), 1, null)) AS year0, count(if(`date`< ADDDATE(NOW(), INTERVAL -730 DAY), 1, null)) AS year2\r\nFROM `invoices` \r\nINNER JOIN `customer` ON customer.customerid = invoices.customerid \r\nGROUP BY invoices.customerid, `last_name` , `first_name`\r\nORDER BY year0,year1','Count','count query','',1,27,1,0,1,3,'2023-12-28'),(172,'// using Left Join to kill orphans\r\nDELETE FROM `cart` USING `cart` LEFT JOIN orders ON cart.sessionid=orders.sessionid WHERE orderid IS NULL AND updated<\'2006-01-01\'','Delete','left join delete orphans','',1,27,0,0,1,2,'2023-09-09'),(173,'// Child to parent using left join to find orphans\r\nSelect * from table1groups left join table1 on table1groups.musgraveid=table1.musgraveid LIMIT 0, 30 \r\n\r\n\r\nSelect * from table1groups left join table1 on table1groups.musgraveid=table1.musgraveid Where table1.musgraveid IS NULL LIMIT 0, 30 \r\n\r\nSelect * from `customer` left join invoices on `customer.customerid`=invoices.customerid Where invoices.customerid IS NULL LIMIT 0, 300','Find Orphans','left join orphan delete','',1,27,0,0,1,2,'2023-09-09'),(174,'SELECT category,categories.categoryid, COUNT(ads.categoryid) AS junk FROM categories LEFT JOIN ads ON categories.categoryid=ads.categoryid GROUP BY category ORDER BY category\r\n\r\n\r\nSELECT products.productname, soldout, restock, count( orderedproducts.productid ) \r\nFROM categories, products, orderedproducts, orders\r\nWHERE filled = \'Y\'\r\nAND orders.orderid = orderedproducts.orderid\r\nAND orderedproducts.productid = products.productid\r\nAND categories.catid = products.catid\r\nAND orders.date>=\'2010-04-01\' AND orders.date<=\'2010-04-30\' \r\nGROUP BY productname\r\n\r\n\r\nSELECT * FROM `orderedproducts INNER JOIN orders ON orders.orderid=orderedproducts.orderid WHERE orders.date>=\'2010-04-01\' AND orders.date<=\'2010-04-30\'','Group By','group by inner join','',1,27,0,0,1,2,'2023-09-09'),(175,'DROP TABLE IF EXISTS `renters`;\r\nCREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS `renters` (\r\n `renterid` mediumint(5) NOT NULL AUTO_INCREMENT,\r\n `last_name` varchar(50) NOT NULL DEFAULT \'\',\r\n `first_name` varchar(50) NOT NULL DEFAULT \'\',\r\n `address` varchar(50) NOT NULL DEFAULT \'\',\r\n `city` varchar(25) NOT NULL DEFAULT \'\',\r\n `zipcode` varchar(10) NOT NULL DEFAULT \'\',\r\n `phone` varchar(20) NOT NULL DEFAULT \'\',\r\n `cellphone` varchar(20) NOT NULL DEFAULT \'\',\r\n `email` varchar(100) NOT NULL DEFAULT \'\',\r\n `birthday` date NOT NULL DEFAULT \'0000-00-00\',\r\n `username` varchar(20) NOT NULL DEFAULT \'\',\r\n `password` varchar(20) NOT NULL DEFAULT \'\',\r\n `lastlogin` datetime NOT NULL DEFAULT \'0000-00-00 00:00:00\',\r\n `logintimes` tinyint(4) NOT NULL DEFAULT \'0\',\r\n `level` tinyint(2) NOT NULL DEFAULT \'0\',\r\n PRIMARY KEY (`renterid`) \r\n) ENGINE=MyISAM DEFAULT CHARSET=latin1 AUTO_INCREMENT=1 ;\r\n\r\n\r\n// ============== EXAMPLE 2 =============================\r\n$query=\"CREATE TABLE Reply (\r\nreplyid int PRIMARY KEY auto_increment, \r\nquestionid int NOT NULL, \r\nreply text NOT NULL \r\n)\";\r\n\r\n$result = mysql_query($query);//run query\r\n if ($result)\r\n echo \'Question Table is Done/n\';','Insert Table','insert table','',1,27,0,0,1,2,'2023-09-09'),(176,'INSERT INTO exportregistration( `registrationid` , `groupid` , `event` , `dateof` , `lastname` , `firstname` , `address` , `city` , `state` , `zip` , `home_phone` , `email` , `special_email` , `relationid` , `arrived` ) \r\nSELECT `registrationid` , `groupid` , `event` , `date` , `lastname` , `firstname` , `address` , `city` , `state` , `zip` , `home_phone` , `email` , `special_email` , `relationid` , `arrived` \r\nFROM EVENTS INNER JOIN event_registration ON events.eventid = event_registration.eventid ORDER BY date, lastname, firstname','Insert Using Select','insert select','',1,27,0,0,1,2,'2023-09-09'),(177,'[Add More Fields]\r\nALTER TABLE warehouse \r\n ADD fire_protection tinyint(4) NOT NULL default \'0\' AFTER interstate,\r\n ADD fire_water tinyint(4) NOT NULL default \'0\' AFTER fire_protection,\r\n ADD fire_inertgas tinyint(4) NOT NULL default \'0\' AFTER fire_water,\r\n ADD fire_CO2 tinyint(4) NOT NULL default \'0\' AFTER fire_inertgas; \r\n\r\n[rename fields]\r\nALTER TABLE `warehouse` CHANGE `AMPERAGE` `amperage` SMALLINT(6) DEFAULT \'0\' NOT NULL \r\n\r\n\r\nRENAME TABLE current_db.tbl_name TO other_db.tbl_name;\r\n\r\nALTER TABLE orders\r\n ADD `responsecode` tinyint(4) NOT NULL default \'0\',\r\n ADD `responsesubcode` tinyint(4) NOT NULL default \'0\',\r\n ADD `reasoncode` tinyint(4) NOT NULL default \'0\',\r\n ADD `reasontext` varchar(255) NOT NULL default \'\',\r\n ADD `authcode` varchar(20) NOT NULL default \'\',\r\n ADD `avscode` varchar(5) NOT NULL default \'\',\r\n ADD `transid` tinyint(4) NOT NULL default \'0\';\r\n\r\n[EMPTY TABLE]\r\nTRUNCATE TABLE table','Alter Table','change table alter table','',11,27,0,0,1,2,'2023-09-09'),(178,'TINYINT=-127 TO 128\r\nSMALLINT=-32768 TO 32767 OR 0 TO 65535\r\nMEDIUMINT=0 TO 16777215\r\nINT= 0 TO (2^32)-1\r\nBIGINT=0 TO (2^64)-1\r\n\r\nVARCHAR=1 TO 255\r\nTINYTEXT=255\r\nTEXT=65535\r\nMEDIUMTEXT=16,777,215\r\nLONGTEXT=4,294,967,295','Variable Lenghts','variable description size','',1,27,0,0,1,2,'2023-09-09'),(179,'$date = date(\'m/d/Y\',strtotime($date.\' + 2 days\'));\r\n\r\n[compare difference]\r\n$date = date(\'Y-m-d\',strtotime(date(\'Y-m-d\').\' + 10 days\'));\r\n $priority=\"\";if(strtotime($date)>strtotime($daterequested)) $priority=\"!\";\r\n\r\n[Subraction]\r\n$date = date(\'Y-m-d\',strtotime(date(\'Y-m-d\'))-(10*24*60*60));\r\n\r\n\";\r\necho (31*24);\r\n?>','Add Day','add day','',1,13,0,0,1,3,'2023-09-09'),(180,'$now=date(\'Y-m-j\');\r\n\r\necho date(\"Y-m-d h:i:sa\");\r\n\r\nmysql\r\nMySQL FORMAT (yyyy-mm-dd)','Current Date','today','',1,13,0,0,1,2,'2023-09-09'),(181,'getdate\r\n(PHP 3, PHP 4 )\r\n\r\ngetdate -- Get date/time information\r\nDescription\r\narray getdate ( [int timestamp])\r\n\r\n\r\nReturns an associative array containing the date information of the timestamp, or the current local time if no timestamp is given, as the following associative array elements: \r\n\r\n\r\nTable 1. Key elements of the returned associative array\r\n\r\nKey Description Example returned values \r\n\"seconds\" Numeric representation of seconds 0 to 59 \r\n\"minutes\" Numeric representation of minutes 0 to 59 \r\n\"hours\" Numeric representation of hours 0 to 23 \r\n\"mday\" Numeric representation of the day of the month 1 to 31 \r\n\"wday\" Numeric representation of the day of the week 0 (for Sunday) through 6 (for Saturday) \r\n\"mon\" Numeric representation of a month 1 through 12 \r\n\"year\" A full numeric representation of a year, 4 digits Examples: 1999 or 2003 \r\n\"yday\" Numeric representation of the day of the year 0 through 366 \r\n\"weekday\" A full textual representation of the day of the week Sunday through Saturday \r\n\"month\" A full textual representation of a month, such as January or March January through December \r\n0 Seconds since the Unix Epoch, similar to the values returned by time() and used by date(). System Dependent, typically -2147483648 through 2147483647. \r\n\r\n\r\nExample 1. getdate() example \r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nThe output will look similar to: \r\n\r\nArray\r\n(\r\n [seconds] => 40\r\n [minutes] => 58\r\n [hours] => 21\r\n [mday] => 17\r\n [wday] => 2\r\n [mon] => 6\r\n [year] => 2003\r\n [yday] => 167\r\n [weekday] => Tuesday\r\n [month] => June\r\n [0] => 1055901520\r\n)','Getdate','date breakdown','',1,13,0,0,1,2,'2023-09-09'),(182,'int mktime ( [int $hour [, int $minute [, int $second [, int $month [, int $day [, int $year [, int $is_dst}}] )\r\n\r\n\r\n$tomorrow = mktime(0, 0, 0, date(\"m\") , date(\"d\")+1, date(\"Y\"));\r\n$lastmonth = mktime(0, 0, 0, date(\"m\")-1, date(\"d\"), date(\"Y\"));\r\n$nextyear = mktime(0, 0, 0, date(\"m\"), date(\"d\"), date(\"Y\")+1)','Mktime - Create New Date','build date new date','',1,13,0,0,1,2,'2023-09-09'),(183,'Update adds Set durationdays=ADDDATE(now(),INTERVAL 30 DAY) WHERE addid=15\r\n\r\nDate and Time Functions\r\nThis section describes the functions that can be used to manipulate temporal values. See section 6.2.2 Date and Time Types for a description of the range of values each date and time type has and the valid formats in which values may be specified.\r\n\r\nHere is an example that uses date functions. The following query selects all records with a date_col value from within the last 30 days:\r\n\r\nmysql> SELECT something FROM tbl_name\r\n WHERE TO_DAYS(NOW()) - TO_DAYS(date_col) <= 30;\r\n\r\neqMaintenance.intervalof-(TO_DAYS(NOW())- TO_DAYS(equipment.date_done)\r\n\r\n(Note that the query will also select records with dates that lie in the future.)\r\n\r\nFunctions that expect date values usually will accept datetime values and ignore the time part. Functions that expect time values usually will accept datetime values and ignore the date part.\r\n\r\nFunctions that return the current date or time each are evaluated only once per query at the start of query execution. This means that multiple references to a function such as NOW() within a single query will always produce the same result. This principle also applies to CURDATE(), CURTIME(), UTC_DATE(), UTC_TIME(), UTC_TIMESTAMP(), and any of their synonyms.\r\n\r\nThe return value ranges in the following function descriptions apply for complete dates. If a date is a ``zero\'\' value or an incomplete date such as \'2001-11-00\', functions that extract a part of a date may return 0. For example, DAYOFMONTH(\'2001-11-00\') returns 0.\r\n\r\nADDDATE(date,INTERVAL expr type) \r\n \r\nADDDATE(expr,days) \r\nWhen invoked with the INTERVAL form of the second argument, ADDDATE() is a synonym for DATE_ADD(). The related function SUBDATE() is a synonym for DATE_SUB(). \r\nmysql> SELECT DATE_ADD(\'1998-01-02\', INTERVAL 31 DAY);\r\n -> \'1998-02-02\'\r\nmysql> SELECT ADDDATE(\'1998-01-02\', INTERVAL 31 DAY);\r\n -> \'1998-02-02\'\r\n\r\nAs of MySQL 4.1.1, the second syntax is allowed, where expr is a date or datetime expression and days is the number of days to be added to expr. \r\nmysql> SELECT ADDDATE(\'1998-01-02\', 31);\r\n -> \'1998-02-02\'\r\n\r\nADDTIME(expr,expr2) \r\nADDTIME() adds expr2 to expr and returns the result. expr is a date or datetime expression, and expr2 is a time expression. \r\nmysql> SELECT ADDTIME(\"1997-12-31 23:59:59.999999\", \"1 1:1:1.000002\");\r\n -> \'1998-01-02 01:01:01.000001\'\r\nmysql> SELECT ADDTIME(\"01:00:00.999999\", \"02:00:00.999998\");\r\n -> \'03:00:01.999997\'\r\n\r\nADDTIME() was added in MySQL 4.1.1. \r\nCURDATE() \r\nReturns the current date as a value in \'YYYY-MM-DD\' or YYYYMMDD format, depending on whether the function is used in a string or numeric context: \r\nmysql> SELECT CURDATE();\r\n -> \'1997-12-15\'\r\nmysql> SELECT CURDATE() + 0;\r\n -> 19971215\r\n\r\nCURRENT_DATE \r\n \r\nCURRENT_DATE() \r\nCURRENT_DATE and CURRENT_DATE() are synonyms for CURDATE(). \r\nCURTIME() \r\nReturns the current time as a value in \'HH:MM:SS\' or HHMMSS format, depending on whether the function is used in a string or numeric context: \r\nmysql> SELECT CURTIME();\r\n -> \'23:50:26\'\r\nmysql> SELECT CURTIME() + 0;\r\n -> 235026\r\n\r\nCURRENT_TIME \r\n \r\nCURRENT_TIME() \r\nCURRENT_TIME and CURRENT_TIME() are synonyms for CURTIME(). \r\nCURRENT_TIMESTAMP \r\n \r\nCURRENT_TIMESTAMP() \r\nCURRENT_TIMESTAMP and CURRENT_TIMESTAMP() are synonyms for NOW(). \r\nDATE(expr) \r\nExtracts the date part of the date or datetime expression expr. \r\nmysql> SELECT DATE(\'2003-12-31 01:02:03\');\r\n -> \'2003-12-31\'\r\n\r\nDATE() is available as of MySQL 4.1.1. \r\nDATEDIFF(expr,expr2) \r\nDATEDIFF() returns the number of days between the start date expr and the end date expr2. expr and expr2 are date or date-and-time expressions. Only the date parts of the values are used in the calculation. \r\nmysql> SELECT DATEDIFF(\'1997-12-31 23:59:59\',\'1997-12-30\');\r\n -> 1\r\nmysql> SELECT DATEDIFF(\'1997-11-31 23:59:59\',\'1997-12-31\');\r\n -> -30\r\n\r\nDATEDIFF() was added in MySQL 4.1.1. \r\nDATE_ADD(date,INTERVAL expr type) \r\n \r\nDATE_SUB(date,INTERVAL expr type) \r\nThese functions perform date arithmetic. As of MySQL Version 3.23, INTERVAL expr type is allowed on either side of the + operator if the expression on the other side is a date or datetime value. For the - operator, INTERVAL expr type is allowed only on the right side, because it makes no sense to subtract a date or datetime value from an interval. (See examples below.) date is a DATETIME or DATE value specifying the starting date. expr is an expression specifying the interval value to be added or subtracted from the starting date. expr is a string; it may start with a `-\' for negative intervals. type is a keyword indicating how the expression should be interpreted. The following table shows how the type and expr arguments are related: type Value Expected expr Format \r\nSECOND SECONDS \r\nMINUTE MINUTES \r\nHOUR HOURS \r\nDAY DAYS \r\nMONTH MONTHS \r\nYEAR YEARS \r\nMINUTE_SECOND \'MINUTES:SECONDS\' \r\nHOUR_MINUTE \'HOURS:MINUTES\' \r\nDAY_HOUR \'DAYS HOURS\' \r\nYEAR_MONTH \'YEARS-MONTHS\' \r\nHOUR_SECOND \'HOURS:MINUTES:SECONDS\' \r\nDAY_MINUTE \'DAYS HOURS:MINUTES\' \r\nDAY_SECOND \'DAYS HOURS:MINUTES:SECONDS\' \r\nDAY_MICROSECOND \'DAYS.MICROSECONDS\' \r\nHOUR_MICROSECOND \'HOURS.MICROSECONDS\' \r\nMINUTE_MICROSECOND \'MINUTES.MICROSECONDS\' \r\nSECOND_MICROSECOND \'SECONDS.MICROSECONDS\' \r\nMICROSECOND \'MICROSECONDS\' \r\nThe type values DAY_MICROSECOND, HOUR_MICROSECOND, MINUTE_MICROSECOND, SECOND_MICROSECOND, and MICROSECOND are allowed as of MySQL 4.1.1. MySQL allows any punctuation delimiter in the expr format. Those shown in the table are the suggested delimiters. If the date argument is a DATE value and your calculations involve only YEAR, MONTH, and DAY parts (that is, no time parts), the result is a DATE value. Otherwise, the result is a DATETIME value: \r\nmysql> SELECT \'1997-12-31 23:59:59\' + INTERVAL 1 SECOND;\r\n -> \'1998-01-01 00:00:00\'\r\nmysql> SELECT INTERVAL 1 DAY + \'1997-12-31\';\r\n -> \'1998-01-01\'\r\nmysql> SELECT \'1998-01-01\' - INTERVAL 1 SECOND;\r\n -> \'1997-12-31 23:59:59\'\r\nmysql> SELECT DATE_ADD(\'1997-12-31 23:59:59\',\r\n -> INTERVAL 1 SECOND);\r\n -> \'1998-01-01 00:00:00\'\r\nmysql> SELECT DATE_ADD(\'1997-12-31 23:59:59\',\r\n -> INTERVAL 1 DAY);\r\n -> \'1998-01-01 23:59:59\'\r\nmysql> SELECT DATE_ADD(\'1997-12-31 23:59:59\',\r\n -> INTERVAL \'1:1\' MINUTE_SECOND);\r\n -> \'1998-01-01 00:01:00\'\r\nmysql> SELECT DATE_SUB(\'1998-01-01 00:00:00\',\r\n -> INTERVAL \'1 1:1:1\' DAY_SECOND);\r\n -> \'1997-12-30 22:58:59\'\r\nmysql> SELECT DATE_ADD(\'1998-01-01 00:00:00\',\r\n -> INTERVAL \'-1 10\' DAY_HOUR);\r\n -> \'1997-12-30 14:00:00\'\r\nmysql> SELECT DATE_SUB(\'1998-01-02\', INTERVAL 31 DAY);\r\n -> \'1997-12-02\'\r\nmysql> SELECT DATE_ADD(\'1992-12-31 23:59:59.000002\',\r\n -> INTERVAL \'1.999999\' SECOND_MICROSECOND);\r\n -> \'1993-01-01 00:00:01.000001\'\r\n\r\nIf you specify an interval value that is too short (does not include all the interval parts that would be expected from the type keyword), MySQL assumes you have left out the leftmost parts of the interval value. For example, if you specify a type of DAY_SECOND, the value of expr is expected to have days, hours, minutes, and seconds parts. If you specify a value like \'1:10\', MySQL assumes that the days and hours parts are missing and the value represents minutes and seconds. In other words, \'1:10\' DAY_SECOND is interpreted in such a way that it is equivalent to \'1:10\' MINUTE_SECOND. This is analogous to the way that MySQL interprets TIME values as representing elapsed time rather than as time of day. Note that if you add to or subtract from a date value something that contains a time part, the result is automatically converted to a datetime value: \r\nmysql> SELECT DATE_ADD(\'1999-01-01\', INTERVAL 1 DAY);\r\n -> \'1999-01-02\'\r\nmysql> SELECT DATE_ADD(\'1999-01-01\', INTERVAL 1 HOUR);\r\n -> \'1999-01-01 01:00:00\'\r\n\r\nIf you use really malformed dates, the result is NULL. If you add MONTH, YEAR_MONTH, or YEAR and the resulting date has a day that is larger than the maximum day for the new month, the day is adjusted to the maximum days in the new month: \r\nmysql> SELECT DATE_ADD(\'1998-01-30\', interval 1 month);\r\n -> \'1998-02-28\'\r\n\r\nNote from the preceding example that the keyword INTERVAL and the type specifier are not case-sensitive. \r\nDATE_FORMAT(date,format) \r\nFormats the date value according to the format string. The following specifiers may be used in the format string: Specifier Description \r\n%M Month name (January..December) \r\n%W Weekday name (Sunday..Saturday) \r\n%D Day of the month with English suffix (0th, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, etc.) \r\n%Y Year, numeric, 4 digits \r\n%y Year, numeric, 2 digits \r\n%X Year for the week where Sunday is the first day of the week, numeric, 4 digits; used with %V \r\n%x Year for the week, where Monday is the first day of the week, numeric, 4 digits; used with %v \r\n%a Abbreviated weekday name (Sun..Sat) \r\n%d Day of the month, numeric (00..31) \r\n%e Day of the month, numeric (0..31) \r\n%m Month, numeric (00..12) \r\n%c Month, numeric (0..12) \r\n%b Abbreviated month name (Jan..Dec) \r\n%j Day of year (001..366) \r\n%H Hour (00..23) \r\n%k Hour (0..23) \r\n%h Hour (01..12) \r\n%I Hour (01..12) \r\n%l Hour (1..12) \r\n%i Minutes, numeric (00..59) \r\n%r Time, 12-hour (hh:mm:ss followed by AM or PM) \r\n%T Time, 24-hour (hh:mm:ss) \r\n%S Seconds (00..59) \r\n%s Seconds (00..59) \r\n%f Microseconds (000000..999999) \r\n%p AM or PM \r\n%w Day of the week (0=Sunday..6=Saturday) \r\n%U Week (00..53), where Sunday is the first day of the week \r\n%u Week (00..53), where Monday is the first day of the week \r\n%V Week (01..53), where Sunday is the first day of the week; used with %X \r\n%v Week (01..53), where Monday is the first day of the week; used with %x \r\n%% A literal `%\'. \r\nAll other characters are just copied to the result without interpretation. The %f format specifier is available as of MySQL 4.1.1. As of MySQL Version 3.23, the `%\' character is required before format specifier characters. In earlier versions of MySQL, `%\' was optional. The reason the ranges for the month and day specifiers begin with zero is that MySQL allows incomplete dates such as \'2004-00-00\' to be stored as of MySQL 3.23. \r\nmysql> SELECT DATE_FORMAT(\'1997-10-04 22:23:00\', \'%W %M %Y\');\r\n -> \'Saturday October 1997\'\r\nmysql> SELECT DATE_FORMAT(\'1997-10-04 22:23:00\', \'%H:%i:%s\');\r\n -> \'22:23:00\'\r\nmysql> SELECT DATE_FORMAT(\'1997-10-04 22:23:00\',\r\n \'%D %y %a %d %m %b %j\');\r\n -> \'4th 97 Sat 04 10 Oct 277\'\r\nmysql> SELECT DATE_FORMAT(\'1997-10-04 22:23:00\',\r\n \'%H %k %I %r %T %S %w\');\r\n -> \'22 22 10 10:23:00 PM 22:23:00 00 6\'\r\nmysql> SELECT DATE_FORMAT(\'1999-01-01\', \'%X %V\');\r\n -> \'1998 52\'\r\n\r\nDAY(date) \r\nDAY() is a synonym for DAYOFMONTH(). It is available as of MySQL 4.1.1. \r\nDAYNAME(date) \r\nReturns the name of the weekday for date: \r\nmysql> SELECT DAYNAME(\'1998-02-05\');\r\n -> \'Thursday\'\r\n\r\nDAYOFMONTH(date) \r\nReturns the day of the month for date, in the range 1 to 31: \r\nmysql> SELECT DAYOFMONTH(\'1998-02-03\');\r\n -> 3\r\n\r\nDAYOFWEEK(date) \r\nReturns the weekday index for date (1 = Sunday, 2 = Monday, ... 7 = Saturday). These index values correspond to the ODBC standard. \r\nmysql> SELECT DAYOFWEEK(\'1998-02-03\');\r\n -> 3\r\n\r\nDAYOFYEAR(date) \r\nReturns the day of the year for date, in the range 1 to 366: \r\nmysql> SELECT DAYOFYEAR(\'1998-02-03\');\r\n -> 34\r\n\r\nEXTRACT(type FROM date) \r\nThe EXTRACT() function uses the same kinds of interval type specifiers as DATE_ADD() or DATE_SUB(), but extracts parts from the date rather than performing date arithmetic. \r\nmysql> SELECT EXTRACT(YEAR FROM \"1999-07-02\");\r\n -> 1999\r\nmysql> SELECT EXTRACT(YEAR_MONTH FROM \"1999-07-02 01:02:03\");\r\n -> 199907\r\nmysql> SELECT EXTRACT(DAY_MINUTE FROM \"1999-07-02 01:02:03\");\r\n -> 20102\r\nmysql> SELECT EXTRACT(MICROSECOND FROM \"2003-01-02 10:30:00.00123\");\r\n -> 123\r\n\r\nFROM_DAYS(N) \r\nGiven a daynumber N, returns a DATE value: \r\nmysql> SELECT FROM_DAYS(729669);\r\n -> \'1997-10-07\'\r\n\r\nFROM_DAYS() is not intended for use with values that precede the advent of the Gregorian calendar (1582), because it doesn\'t take into account the days that were lost when the calendar was changed. \r\nFROM_UNIXTIME(unix_timestamp) \r\n \r\nFROM_UNIXTIME(unix_timestamp,format) \r\nReturns a representation of the unix_timestamp argument as a value in \'YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS\' or YYYYMMDDHHMMSS format, depending on whether the function is used in a string or numeric context: \r\nmysql> SELECT FROM_UNIXTIME(875996580);\r\n -> \'1997-10-04 22:23:00\'\r\nmysql> SELECT FROM_UNIXTIME(875996580) + 0;\r\n -> 19971004222300\r\n\r\nIf format is given, the result is formatted according to the format string. format may contain the same specifiers as those listed in the entry for the DATE_FORMAT() function: \r\nmysql> SELECT FROM_UNIXTIME(UNIX_TIMESTAMP(),\r\n -> \'%Y %D %M %h:%i:%s %x\');\r\n -> \'2003 6th August 06:22:58 2003\'\r\n\r\nGET_FORMAT(DATE | TIME | TIMESTAMP, \'EUR\' | \'USA\' | \'JIS\' | \'ISO\' | \'INTERNAL\') \r\nReturns a format string. This function is useful in combination with the DATE_FORMAT() and the STR_TO_DATE() functions, and when setting the server variables DATE_FORMAT, TIME_FORMAT, and DATETIME_FORMAT. The three possible values for the first argument and the five possible values for the second argument result in 15 possible format strings (for the specifiers used, see the table in the DATE_FORMAT() function description): Function call Result \r\nGET_FORMAT(DATE,\'USA\') \'%m.%d.%Y\' \r\nGET_FORMAT(DATE,\'JIS\') \'%Y-%m-%d\' \r\nGET_FORMAT(DATE,\'ISO\') \'%Y-%m-%d\' \r\nGET_FORMAT(DATE,\'EUR\') \'%d.%m.%Y\' \r\nGET_FORMAT(DATE,\'INTERNAL\') \'%Y%m%d\' \r\nGET_FORMAT(TIMESTAMP,\'USA\') \'%Y-%m-%d-%H.%i.%s\' \r\nGET_FORMAT(TIMESTAMP,\'JIS\') \'%Y-%m-%d %H:%i:%s\' \r\nGET_FORMAT(TIMESTAMP,\'ISO\') \'%Y-%m-%d %H:%i:%s\' \r\nGET_FORMAT(TIMESTAMP,\'EUR\') \'%Y-%m-%d-%H.%i.%s\' \r\nGET_FORMAT(TIMESTAMP,\'INTERNAL\') \'%Y%m%d%H%i%s\' \r\nGET_FORMAT(TIME,\'USA\') \'%h:%i:%s %p\' \r\nGET_FORMAT(TIME,\'JIS\') \'%H:%i:%s\' \r\nGET_FORMAT(TIME,\'ISO\') \'%H:%i:%s\' \r\nGET_FORMAT(TIME,\'EUR\') \'%H.%i.%S\' \r\nGET_FORMAT(TIME,\'INTERNAL\') \'%H%i%s\' \r\nISO format is ISO 9075, not ISO 8601. \r\nmysql> SELECT DATE_FORMAT(\'2003-10-03\', GET_FORMAT(DATE, \'EUR\')\r\n -> \'03.10.2003\'\r\nmysql> SELECT STR_TO_DATE(\'10.31.2003\', GET_FORMAT(DATE, \'USA\'))\r\n -> 2003-10-31\r\nmysql> SET DATE_FORMAT=GET_FORMAT(DATE, \'USA\'); SELECT \'2003-10-31\';\r\n -> 10-31-2003\r\n\r\nGET_FORMAT() is available as of MySQL 4.1.1. See See section 5.5.6 SET Syntax. \r\nHOUR(time) \r\nReturns the hour for time. The range of the return value will be 0 to 23 for time-of-day values: \r\nmysql> SELECT HOUR(\'10:05:03\');\r\n -> 10\r\n\r\nHowever, the range of TIME values actually is much larger, so HOUR can return values greater than 23: \r\nmysql> SELECT HOUR(\'272:59:59\');\r\n -> 272\r\n\r\nLAST_DAY(date) \r\nTakes a date or datetime value and returns the corresponding value for the last day of the month. Returns NULL if the argument is invalid. \r\nmysql> SELECT LAST_DAY(\'2003-02-05\'), LAST_DAY(\'2004-02-05\');\r\n -> \'2003-02-28\', \'2004-02-29\'\r\nmysql> SELECT LAST_DAY(\'2004-01-01 01:01:01\');\r\n -> \'2004-01-31\'\r\nmysql> SELECT LAST_DAY(\'2003-03-32\');\r\n -> NULL\r\n\r\nLAST_DAY() is available as of MySQL 4.1.1. \r\nLOCALTIME \r\n \r\nLOCALTIME() \r\nLOCALTIME and LOCALTIME() are synonyms for NOW(). \r\nLOCALTIMESTAMP \r\n \r\nLOCALTIMESTAMP() \r\nLOCALTIMESTAMP and LOCALTIMESTAMP() are synonyms for NOW(). \r\nMAKEDATE(year,dayofyear) \r\nReturns a date, given year and day-of-year values. dayofyear must be greater than 0 or the result will NULL. \r\nmysql> SELECT MAKEDATE(2001,31), MAKEDATE(2001,32);\r\n -> \'2001-01-31\', \'2001-02-01\'\r\nmysql> SELECT MAKEDATE(2001,365), MAKEDATE(2004,365);\r\n -> \'2001-12-31\', \'2004-12-30\'\r\nmysql> SELECT MAKEDATE(2001,0);\r\n -> NULL\r\n\r\nMAKEDATE() is available as of MySQL 4.1.1. \r\nMAKETIME(hour,minute,second) \r\nReturns a time value calculated from the hour, minute, and second arguments. \r\nmysql> SELECT MAKETIME(12,15,30);\r\n -> \'12:15:30\'\r\n\r\nMAKETIME() is available as of MySQL 4.1.1. \r\nMICROSECOND(expr) \r\nReturns the microseconds from the time or datetime expression expr as a number in the range from 0 to 999999. \r\nmysql> SELECT MICROSECOND(\'12:00:00.123456\');\r\n -> 123456\r\nmysql> SELECT MICROSECOND(\'1997-12-31 23:59:59.000010\');\r\n -> 10\r\n\r\nMICROSECOND() is available as of MySQL 4.1.1. \r\nMINUTE(time) \r\nReturns the minute for time, in the range 0 to 59: \r\nmysql> SELECT MINUTE(\'98-02-03 10:05:03\');\r\n -> 5\r\n\r\nMONTH(date) \r\nReturns the month for date, in the range 1 to 12: \r\nmysql> SELECT MONTH(\'1998-02-03\');\r\n -> 2\r\n\r\nMONTHNAME(date) \r\nReturns the name of the month for date: \r\nmysql> SELECT MONTHNAME(\'1998-02-05\');\r\n -> \'February\'\r\n\r\nNOW() \r\nReturns the current date and time as a value in \'YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS\' or YYYYMMDDHHMMSS format, depending on whether the function is used in a string or numeric context: \r\nmysql> SELECT NOW();\r\n -> \'1997-12-15 23:50:26\'\r\nmysql> SELECT NOW() + 0;\r\n -> 19971215235026\r\n\r\nPERIOD_ADD(P,N) \r\nAdds N months to period P (in the format YYMM or YYYYMM). Returns a value in the format YYYYMM. Note that the period argument P is not a date value: \r\nmysql> SELECT PERIOD_ADD(9801,2);\r\n -> 199803\r\n\r\nPERIOD_DIFF(P1,P2) \r\nReturns the number of months between periods P1 and P2. P1 and P2 should be in the format YYMM or YYYYMM. Note that the period arguments P1 and P2 are not date values: \r\nmysql> SELECT PERIOD_DIFF(9802,199703);\r\n -> 11\r\n\r\nQUARTER(date) \r\nReturns the quarter of the year for date, in the range 1 to 4: \r\nmysql> SELECT QUARTER(\'98-04-01\');\r\n -> 2\r\n\r\nSECOND(time) \r\nReturns the second for time, in the range 0 to 59: \r\nmysql> SELECT SECOND(\'10:05:03\');\r\n -> 3\r\n\r\nSEC_TO_TIME(seconds) \r\nReturns the seconds argument, converted to hours, minutes, and seconds, as a value in \'HH:MM:SS\' or HHMMSS format, depending on whether the function is used in a string or numeric context: \r\nmysql> SELECT SEC_TO_TIME(2378);\r\n -> \'00:39:38\'\r\nmysql> SELECT SEC_TO_TIME(2378) + 0;\r\n -> 3938\r\n\r\nSTR_TO_DATE(str,format) \r\nThis is the reverse function of the DATE_FORMAT() function. It takes a string str, and a format string format, and returns a DATETIME value. The date, time, or datetime values contained in str should be given in the format indicated by format. For the specifiers that can be used in format, see the table in the DATE_FORMAT() function description. All other characters are just taken verbatim, thus not being interpreted. If str contains an illegal date, time, or datetime value, STR_TO_DATE() returns NULL. \r\nmysql> SELECT STR_TO_DATE(\'03.10.2003 09.20\', \'%d.%m.%Y %H.%i\')\r\n -> 2003-10-03 09:20:00\r\nmysql> SELECT STR_TO_DATE(\'10rap\', \'%crap\')\r\n -> 0000-10-00 00:00:00\r\nmysql> SELECT STR_TO_DATE(\'2003-15-10 00:00:00\', \'%Y-%m-%d %H:%i:%s\')\r\n -> NULL\r\n\r\nSTR_TO_DATE() is available as of MySQL 4.1.1. \r\nSUBDATE(date,INTERVAL expr type) \r\n \r\nSUBDATE(expr,days) \r\nWhen invoked with the INTERVAL form of the second argument, SUBDATE() is a synonym for DATE_SUB(). \r\nmysql> SELECT DATE_SUB(\'1998-01-02\', INTERVAL 31 DAY);\r\n -> \'1997-12-02\'\r\nmysql> SELECT SUBDATE(\'1998-01-02\', INTERVAL 31 DAY);\r\n -> \'1997-12-02\'\r\n\r\nAs of MySQL 4.1.1, the second syntax is allowed, where expr is a date or datetime expression and days is the number of days to be subtracted from expr. \r\nmysql> SELECT SUBDATE(\'1998-01-02 12:00:00\', 31);\r\n -> \'1997-12-02 12:00:00\'\r\n\r\nSUBTIME(expr,expr2) \r\nSUBTIME() subtracts expr2 from expr and returns the result. expr is a date or datetime expression, and expr2 is a time expression. \r\nmysql> SELECT SUBTIME(\"1997-12-31 23:59:59.999999\", \"1 1:1:1.000002\");\r\n -> \'1997-12-30 22:58:58.999997\'\r\nmysql> SELECT SUBTIME(\"01:00:00.999999\", \"02:00:00.999998\");\r\n -> \'-00:59:59.999999\'\r\n\r\nSUBTIME() was added in MySQL 4.1.1. \r\nSYSDATE() \r\nSYSDATE() is a synonym for NOW(). \r\nTIME(expr) \r\nExtracts the time part of the time or datetime expression expr. \r\nmysql> SELECT TIME(\'2003-12-31 01:02:03\');\r\n -> \'01:02:03\'\r\nmysql> SELECT TIME(\'2003-12-31 01:02:03.000123\');\r\n -> \'01:02:03.000123\'\r\n\r\nTIME() is available as of MySQL 4.1.1. \r\nTIMEDIFF(expr,expr2) \r\nTIMEDIFF() returns the time between the start time expr and the end time expr2. expr and expr2 are time or date-and-time expressions, but both must be of the same type. \r\nmysql> SELECT TIMEDIFF(\'2000:01:01 00:00:00\', \'2000:01:01 00:00:00.000001\');\r\n -> \'-00:00:00.000001\'\r\nmysql> SELECT TIMEDIFF(\'1997-12-31 23:59:59.000001\',\'1997-12-30 01:01:01.000002\');\r\n -> \'46:58:57.999999\'\r\n\r\nTIMEDIFF() was added in MySQL 4.1.1. \r\nTIMESTAMP(expr) \r\n \r\nTIMESTAMP(expr,expr2) \r\nWith one argument, returns the date or datetime expression expr as a datetime value. With two arguments, adds the time expression expr2 to the date or datetime expression expr and returns a datetime value. \r\nmysql> SELECT TIMESTAMP(\'2003-12-31\');\r\n -> \'2003-12-31 00:00:00\'\r\nmysql> SELECT TIMESTAMP(\'2003-12-31 12:00:00\',\'12:00:00\');\r\n -> \'2004-01-01 00:00:00\'\r\n\r\nTIMESTAMP() is available as of MySQL 4.1.1. \r\nTIME_FORMAT(time,format) \r\nThis is used like the DATE_FORMAT() function, but the format string may contain only those format specifiers that handle hours, minutes, and seconds. Other specifiers produce a NULL value or 0. If the time value contains an hour part that is greater than 23, the %H and %k hour format specifiers produce a value larger than the usual range of 0..23. The other hour format specifiers produce the hour value modulo 12: \r\nmysql> SELECT TIME_FORMAT(\'100:00:00\', \'%H %k %h %I %l\');\r\n -> \'100 100 04 04 4\'\r\n\r\nTIME_TO_SEC(time) \r\nReturns the time argument, converted to seconds: \r\nmysql> SELECT TIME_TO_SEC(\'22:23:00\');\r\n -> 80580\r\nmysql> SELECT TIME_TO_SEC(\'00:39:38\');\r\n -> 2378\r\n\r\nTO_DAYS(date) \r\nGiven a date date, returns a daynumber (the number of days since year 0): \r\nmysql> SELECT TO_DAYS(950501);\r\n -> 728779\r\nmysql> SELECT TO_DAYS(\'1997-10-07\');\r\n -> 729669\r\n\r\nTO_DAYS() is not intended for use with values that precede the advent of the Gregorian calendar (1582), because it doesn\'t take into account the days that were lost when the calendar was changed. \r\nUNIX_TIMESTAMP() \r\n \r\nUNIX_TIMESTAMP(date) \r\nIf called with no argument, returns a Unix timestamp (seconds since \'1970-01-01 00:00:00\' GMT) as an unsigned integer. If UNIX_TIMESTAMP() is called with a date argument, it returns the value of the argument as seconds since \'1970-01-01 00:00:00\' GMT. date may be a DATE string, a DATETIME string, a TIMESTAMP, or a number in the format YYMMDD or YYYYMMDD in local time: \r\nmysql> SELECT UNIX_TIMESTAMP();\r\n -> 882226357\r\nmysql> SELECT UNIX_TIMESTAMP(\'1997-10-04 22:23:00\');\r\n -> 875996580\r\n\r\nWhen UNIX_TIMESTAMP is used on a TIMESTAMP column, the function returns the internal timestamp value directly, with no implicit ``string-to-Unix-timestamp\'\' conversion. If you pass an out-of-range date to UNIX_TIMESTAMP() it returns 0, but please note that only basic checking is performed (year 1970-2037, month 01-12, day 01-31). If you want to subtract UNIX_TIMESTAMP() columns, you may want to cast the result to signed integers. See section 6.3.5 Cast Functions. \r\nUTC_DATE \r\n \r\nUTC_DATE() \r\nReturns the current UTC date as a value in \'YYYY-MM-DD\' or YYYYMMDD format, depending on whether the function is used in a string or numeric context: \r\nmysql> SELECT UTC_DATE(), UTC_DATE() + 0;\r\n -> \'2003-08-14\', 20030814\r\n\r\nUTC_DATE() is available as of MySQL 4.1.1. \r\nUTC_TIME \r\n \r\nUTC_TIME() \r\nReturns the current UTC time as a value in \'HH:MM:SS\' or HHMMSS format, depending on whether the function is used in a string or numeric context: \r\nmysql> SELECT UTC_TIME(), UTC_TIME() + 0;\r\n -> \'18:07:53\', 180753\r\n\r\nUTC_TIME() is available as of MySQL 4.1.1. \r\nUTC_TIMESTAMP \r\n \r\nUTC_TIMESTAMP() \r\nReturns the current UTC date and time as a value in \'YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS\' or YYYYMMDDHHMMSS format, depending on whether the function is used in a string or numeric context: \r\nmysql> SELECT UTC_TIMESTAMP(), UTC_TIMESTAMP() + 0;\r\n -> \'2003-08-14 18:08:04\', 20030814180804\r\n\r\nUTC_TIMESTAMP() is available as of MySQL 4.1.1. \r\nWEEK(date [,mode]) \r\nThe function returns the week number for date. The two-argument form of WEEK() allows you to specify whether the week starts on Sunday or Monday and whether the return value should be in the range 0-53 or 1-52. When mode argument is omitted the value of a default_week_format server variable (or 0 in MySQL 4.0 or earlier) is assumed. See section 5.5.6 SET Syntax. The following table demonstrates how the mode argument works: Value Meaning \r\n0 Week starts on Sunday; return value range is 0 to 53; week 1 is the first week that starts in this year \r\n1 Week starts on Monday; return value range is 0 to 53; week 1 is the first week that has more than 3 days in this year \r\n2 Week starts on Sunday; return value range is 1 to 53; week 1 is the first week that starts in this year \r\n3 Week starts on Monday; return value range is 1 to 53; week 1 is the first week that has more than 3 days in this year \r\n4 Week starts on Sunday; return value range is 0 to 53; week 1 is the first week that has more than 3 days in this year \r\n5 Week starts on Monday; return value range is 0 to 53; week 1 is the first week that starts in this year \r\n6 Week starts on Sunday; return value range is 1 to 53; week 1 is the first week that has more than 3 days in this year \r\n7 Week starts on Monday; return value range is 1 to 53; week 1 is the first week that starts in this year \r\nThe mode value of 3 can be used as of MySQL 4.0.5. The mode value of 4 and above can be used as of MySQL 4.0.17. \r\nmysql> SELECT WEEK(\'1998-02-20\');\r\n -> 7\r\nmysql> SELECT WEEK(\'1998-02-20\',0);\r\n -> 7\r\nmysql> SELECT WEEK(\'1998-02-20\',1);\r\n -> 8\r\nmysql> SELECT WEEK(\'1998-12-31\',1);\r\n -> 53\r\n\r\nNote: In Version 4.0, WEEK(date,0) was changed to match the calendar in the USA. Before that, WEEK() was calculated incorrectly for dates in USA. (In effect, WEEK(date) and WEEK(date,0) was incorrect for all cases.) Note that if a date falls in the last week of the previous year, MySQL will return 0 if you don\'t use 2, 3, 6, or 7 as the optional mode argument: \r\nmysql> SELECT YEAR(\'2000-01-01\'), WEEK(\'2000-01-01\',0);\r\n -> 2000, 0\r\n\r\nOne might argue that MySQL should return 52 for the WEEK() function, because the given date actually occurs in the 52nd week of 1999. We decided to return 0 instead as we want the function to return ``the week number in the given year.\'\' This makes the usage of the WEEK() function reliable when combined with other functions that extract a date part from a date. If you would prefer the result to be evaluated with respect to the year that contains the first day of the week for the given date, you should use 2, 3, 6, or 7 as the optional mode argument. \r\nmysql> SELECT WEEK(\'2000-01-01\',2);\r\n -> 52\r\n\r\nAlternatively, use the YEARWEEK() function: \r\nmysql> SELECT YEARWEEK(\'2000-01-01\');\r\n -> 199952\r\nmysql> SELECT MID(YEARWEEK(\'2000-01-01\'),5,2);\r\n -> \'52\'\r\n\r\nWEEKDAY(date) \r\nReturns the weekday index for date (0 = Monday, 1 = Tuesday, ... 6 = Sunday): \r\nmysql> SELECT WEEKDAY(\'1998-02-03 22:23:00\');\r\n -> 1\r\nmysql> SELECT WEEKDAY(\'1997-11-05\');\r\n -> 2\r\n\r\nWEEKOFYEAR(date) \r\nReturns the calendar week of the date as a number in the range from 1 to 53. \r\nmysql> SELECT WEEKOFYEAR(\'1998-02-20\');\r\n -> 8\r\n\r\nWEEKOFYEAR() is available as of MySQL 4.1.1. \r\nYEAR(date) \r\nReturns the year for date, in the range 1000 to 9999: \r\nmysql> SELECT YEAR(\'98-02-03\');\r\n -> 1998\r\n\r\nYEARWEEK(date) \r\n \r\nYEARWEEK(date,start) \r\nReturns year and week for a date. The start argument works exactly like the start argument to WEEK(). Note that the year in the result may be different from the year in the date argument for the first and the last week of the year: \r\nmysql> SELECT YEARWEEK(\'1987-01-01\');\r\n -> 198653\r\n\r\nNote that the week number is different from what the WEEK() function would return (0) for optional arguments 0 or 1, as WEEK() then returns the week in the context of the given year.','ADDDATE - Mysql','add date mysql','',11,13,0,0,0,3,'2024-02-15'),(184,'When a user writes a shortcode:\r\n\r\n[my_shortcode att1=\"Attribute 1 value\" att2=\"Attribute 2 value\"]\r\n\r\nThe attributes are passed to the shortcode\'s callback function as an array as the first argument:\r\n\r\nfunction my_shortcode_callback( $atts ) {\r\n // $atts = array(\r\n // \'att1\' => \'Attribute 1 value\',\r\n // \'att2\' => \'Attribute 2 value\',\r\n // );\r\n}\r\nadd_shortcode( \'my_shortcode\', \'my_shortcode_callback\' );\r\n\r\nThe function shortcode_atts():\r\n\r\n Combine user attributes with known attributes and fill in defaults when needed.\r\n\r\nSo you use shortcode_atts() to create an array with default values all supported attributes, except for any that were provided by the user. To do this you pass an array of all supported attributes and their defaults as the first argument, and the user-provided attributes as the second argument. The second argument will therefore be the same array that is passed to the callback function:\r\n\r\nfunction my_shortcode_callback( $user_atts ) {\r\n // $user_atts = array(\r\n // \'att1\' => \'Attribute 1 value\',\r\n // \'att2\' => \'Attribute 2 value\',\r\n // );\r\n\r\n $default_atts = array(\r\n \'att1\' => \'Attribute 1 default\',\r\n \'att2\' => \'Attribute 2 default\',\r\n \'att3\' => \'Attribute 3 default\',\r\n );\r\n\r\n $atts = shortcode_atts( $default_atts, $user_atts, \'my_shortcode\' );\r\n\r\n // $atts = array(\r\n // \'att1\' => \'Attribute 1 value\',\r\n // \'att2\' => \'Attribute 2 value\',\r\n // \'att3\' => \'Attribute 3 default\',\r\n // );\r\n}\r\nadd_shortcode( \'my_shortcode\', \'my_shortcode_callback\' );\r\n\r\nYou do this so that you can do things like use $atts[\'att3\'] without causing a PHP error if the user did not enter att3=\"Attribute 3 value\" when placing the shortcode.\r\n\r\nThe 3rd argument of shorcode_atts() should be set to the shortcode name. This makes it possible to filter the shortcode attributes like this:\r\n\r\nadd_filter(\r\n \'shortcode_atts_my_shortcode\',\r\n function( $atts ) {\r\n $atts[\'atts2\'] = \'Attribute 2 override\';\r\n\r\n return $atts;\r\n }\r\n);\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\nTo create a WordPress shortcode with attributes, you need to define a PHP function that accepts an\r\n$atts parameter and use the shortcode_atts() function to parse and manage the attributes. \r\n1. Define the Callback Function \r\nThe shortcode handler function accepts three optional parameters: \r\n\r\n $atts: An associative array of attributes provided by the user in the post content.\r\n $content: The content enclosed between the opening and closing tags (for enclosing shortcodes).\r\n $tag: The shortcode tag name itself. \r\n\r\nThe shortcode_atts() helper function merges the user-provided attributes with a set of default values, ensuring all defined attributes exist in the resulting array and unsupported ones are ignored. \r\nfunction custom_button_shortcode( $atts, $content = null, $tag = \'\' ) {\r\n // Define default attributes and merge with user-provided attributes\r\n $a = shortcode_atts(\r\n array(\r\n \'class\' => \'button\', // Default class\r\n \'href\' => \'#\', // Default URL\r\n \'color\' => \'blue\', // Default color\r\n ),\r\n $atts,\r\n \'custom_button\' // The shortcode name (tag) for filtering\r\n );\r\n\r\n // Sanitize and use the attributes\r\n $class = esc_attr( $a[\'class\'] );\r\n $href = esc_url( $a[\'href\'] );\r\n $color = esc_attr( $a[\'color\'] );\r\n $content = sanitize_text_field( $content );\r\n\r\n // Return the HTML output\r\n return \'\' . $content . \'\';\r\n}\r\n\r\n2. Register the Shortcode \r\nUse the add_shortcode() function to register your handler function with a specific shortcode tag. This code is typically placed in your theme\'s functions.php file or a custom plugin file. \r\n\r\nadd_shortcode( \'custom_button\', \'custom_button_shortcode\' );\r\n\r\n3. Use the Shortcode in WordPress \r\nYou can now use the shortcode in your post or page content with or without attributes. \r\n\r\n With attributes:\r\n [custom_button href=\"https://example.com\" color=\"red\" class=\"my-btn\"]Visit Example[/custom_button]\r\n Without attributes (uses defaults):\r\n [custom_button]Learn More[/custom_button]\r\n Self-closing form (if $content is optional):\r\n [custom_button href=\"https://example.com\" /] \r\n\r\nKey Points\r\nReturn, Don\'t Echo: Shortcode functions must return their output as a string, not echo it directly.\r\nAttribute Names: Attribute names are converted to lowercase automatically. Use lowercase and underscores for best compatibility.\r\nSecurity: Always sanitize user input (attributes and content) using functions like esc_attr(), esc_url(), or sanitize_text_field() before outputting to prevent security vulnerabilities.\r\nSpacing: A space is required between the shortcode name and its first attribute, and between each attribute. \r\n\r\n
\r\ndbh;\r\nfunction MemberCheck($atts){\r\n global $wpdb; global $appid;global $connection;\r\n //print_r ($atts);exit;\r\n $dis= $_COOKIE[\"Member\"];\r\n //if($dis!=\"true\"){ header(\"Location:https://www.keepcofree.com/member-login/\");exit; }\r\n if(substr($dis,0,4)!=\"true\" || $dis==\"true\"){\r\n ?>^script language=\"javascript\">location.href=\"https://www.keepcofree.com/member-login/\"dbsql($sql);\r\n if($atts[\"level\"]==1)return;\r\n if($atts[\"level\"]==2 && $r->data1[\"paid\"]==0){ ?>^script language=\"javascript\">location.href=\"https://www.keepcofree.com/member-login/\"\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n','Shortcode Examples (Keep Colorado Free)','shortcode wordpress admin plugin membership form attribute','Custom',9,22,1,0,1,3,'2022-12-22'),(185,'dbh;\r\n $table=\'\';$terms=\'\';$where=\"\";$AND=\'WHERE\';\r\n $orderby=\"ORDER BY dateof DESC\";\r\n //>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>\r\n $pageLevel=3;$bypass=true;$varView=\"https://jesusovergangs.com/demo/\";\r\n$savedPosts=array(); $savedGets=array();\r\n $_POST[\'resetSM\']=isset($_POST[\'resetSM\'])?$_POST[\'resetSM\']:\'\';\r\n if($_POST[\'resetSM\']!=\"\"){\r\n foreach($_SESSION as $k=>$value) { unset($_SESSION[$k]); }\r\n foreach($_GET as $k=>$value) { unset($_GET[$k]); }\r\n foreach($_POST as $k=>$value) { unset($_POST[$k]); }\r\n } else {\r\n $savedPosts= json_decode(stripslashes($_SESSION[\"jsonPost\"]),JSON_OBJECT_AS_ARRAY); $savedGets= json_decode(stripslashes($_SESSION[\"jsonGet\"]),JSON_OBJECT_AS_ARRAY);\r\n }\r\n///echo $savedPosts[\"SEARCH\"].\"=============\".$_POST[\'SEARCH\']; print_r ($savedPosts);\r\n $_POST[\'value\']=isset($_POST[\'value\']) ? $_POST[\'value\'] : \'\';\r\n $_GET[\'RESET\']=isset($_GET[\'RESET\']) ? $_GET[\'RESET\'] : \'\';\r\n $_GET[\'prn\']=isset($_GET[\'prn\'])?$_GET[\'prn\']:\'\';\r\n $_GET[\'BACK\']=isset($_GET[\'BACK\'])?$_GET[\'BACK\']:\'\';\r\n $_POST[\'inside_search\']=isset($_POST[\'inside_search\'])?$_POST[\'inside_search\']:$savedPosts[\'inside_search\'];\r\n if($_POST[\'inside_search\']==\"on\"){ $checked1=\"checked\"; $anywhere=\"%\"; }\r\n $_GET[\'URL\']=isset($_GET[\'URL\'])?$_GET[\'URL\']:\'\';\r\n $_POST[\'BUTTON\']=isset($_POST[\'BUTTON\'])?$_POST[\'BUTTON\']:\'\';\r\n $_POST[\'SEARCH\']=isset($_POST[\'SEARCH\'])?$_POST[\'SEARCH\']:$savedPosts[\"SEARCH\"];\r\n $search1= $_POST[\'SEARCH\'];\r\n $_POST[\'updaterecord1\']=isset($_POST[\'updaterecord1\'])?$_POST[\'updaterecord1\']:$savedPosts[\"updaterecord1\"];\r\n $FID1=$_POST[\'updaterecord1\'];\r\n $_POST[\'resetLG\']=isset($_POST[\'resetLG\'])?$_POST[\'resetLG\']:\'\';\r\n $_REQUEST[\'txWhere\']=isset($_REQUEST[\'txWhere\'])?$_REQUEST[\'txWhere\']:\'\';\r\n $txWhere=$_REQUEST[\"txWhere\"];\r\n $_REQUEST[\'txOrderby\']=isset($_REQUEST[\'txOrderby\'])?$_REQUEST[\'txOrderby\']:$savedPosts[\"txOrderby\"];\r\n $txOrderby= htmlspecialchars($_REQUEST[\'txOrderby\'],ENT_QUOTES); //echo\">>>>\".$txOrderby;\r\n $ALL=isset($_GET[\'ALL\'])?$_GET[\'ALL\']:\'\';\r\n $_GET[\'MULTINPUT\']=isset($_GET[\'MULTINPUT\'])?$_GET[\'MULTINPUT\']:\'\';\r\n $_GET[\'PDS_\']=isset($_GET[\'PDS_\'])?$_GET[\'PDS_\']:\'\';\r\n $_GET[\'PDS_KILL\']=isset($_GET[\'PDS_KILL\'])?$_GET[\'PDS_KILL\']:\'\';\r\n $_GET[\'INX\']=isset($_GET[\'INX\'])?$_GET[\'INX\']:$savedGets[\'INX\']; $INX=$_GET[\'INX\'];\r\n $_GET[\'VIEW\']=isset($_GET[\'VIEW\'])?$_GET[\'VIEW\']:\'\';\r\n $_GET[\'NUM\']=isset($_GET[\'NUM\'])?$_GET[\'NUM\']:\'\';\r\n $_GET[\'ALPHA\']=isset($_GET[\'ALPHA\'])?$_GET[\'ALPHA\']:\'\';\r\n $_GET[\'SB\']=isset($_GET[\'SB\'])?$_GET[\'SB\']:\'\';\r\n $_GET[\'report\']=isset($_GET[\'report\'])?$_GET[\'report\']:\'\';\r\n $part[\'query\']=isset($part[\'query\'])?$part[\'query\']:\'\';\r\n $part[\'fragment\']=isset($part[\'fragment\'])?$part[\'fragment\']:\'\';\r\n $prn=$_GET[\"prn\"];\r\n $_SESSION[\'INSIDE\']=isset($_SESSION[\'INSIDE\'])?$_SESSION[\'INSIDE\']:\'\';\r\n //$_SESSION[\'MULTINPUT\']=isset($_SESSION[\'MULTINPUT\'])?$_SESSION[\'MULTINPUT\']:\'\';$_SESSION[\'MULIUPDATEFIELD\']=isset($_SESSION[\'MULIUPDATEFIELD\'])?$_SESSION[\'MULIUPDATEFIELD\']:\'\';\r\n $_SESSION[\'TABLENAME\']=isset($_SESSION[\'TABLENAME\']) ? $_SESSION[\'TABLENAME\'] : \'\';\r\n $_SESSION[\'PDS_SAVE\']=isset($_SESSION[\'PDS_SAVE\'])?$_SESSION[\'PDS_SAVE\']:\'\';\r\n $_SESSION[\'SORTBY\']=isset($_SESSION[\'SORTBY\'])?$_SESSION[\'SORTBY\']:\'\';\r\n $_SESSION[\'FIELDSAVE\']=isset($_SESSION[\'FIELDSAVE\'])?$_SESSION[\'FIELDSAVE\']:\'\';\r\n $_SESSION[\'SEARCHSAVE\']=isset($_SESSION[\'SEARCHSAVE\'])?$_SESSION[\'SEARCHSAVE\']:\'\';\r\n $_SESSION[\'URLSAVE\']=isset($_SESSION[\'URLSAVE\'])?$_SESSION[\'URLSAVE\']:\'\';\r\n $ALPHA=$_GET[\'ALPHA\'];\r\n if($ALPHA!=\'\'){ $_SESSION[\'ALPHA_SAVE\']=$ALPHA; }\r\n ELSE $ALPHA=$_SESSION[\'ALPHA_SAVE\'];\r\n if($_POST[\"SEARCH\"]!=\"\"){$_SESSION[\'ALPHA_SAVE\']=\"\";$ALPHA=\"\";}\r\n if($txWhere!=\"\") {$whereCondition=$AND.$txWhere; $AND=\" AND \";}\r\n if($ALPHA!=\"\"){$whereAlpha=\"$AND $FID1 LIKE \'$ALPHA%\'\";$AND=\" AND \";}\r\n //store data for restart\r\n //echo $jsonSess = json_encode($_SESSION);\r\n $_SESSION[\"jsonPost\"]= json_encode($_POST);\r\n $_SESSION[\"jsonGet\"]= json_encode($_GET);\r\n $dis.=\"